VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
SECTION 230500, PAGE 1
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC
SECTION 230500 - COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
Drawings, Agreement, Part 0, Special Conditions and Forms, and Division 01
Specifications Sections, apply to this Section.
B.
Verizon Wireless Network Standards:
1.
1.02
NSTD385, Mechanical Systems in Switching Center Design.
SUMMARY
A.
This Section includes the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
Piping materials and installation instructions common to most piping systems.
Transition fittings.
Dielectric fittings.
Mechanical sleeve seals.
Sleeves.
Escutcheons.
Grout.
HVAC demolition.
Equipment installation requirements common to equipment sections.
Painting and finishing.
Concrete bases.
Supports and anchorages.
B.
The Drawings, Specifications, Referenced Standards, Verizon Wireless Standards, other
RFP Attachments and the Terms and Conditions are complimentary of one another. In
the event of conflict between the Drawings, Specifications, Referenced Standards,
Verizon Wireless Standards, other RFP Attachments or Terms and Conditions, the
Architect / Engineer shall be contacted for formal interpretation of the requirement. The
Contractor shall be deemed to have provided the most detailed and expensive
interpretation of the requirement. Any work installed in conflict with the Architect /
Engineer interpretation shall be corrected by the contractor at his expense and at no
expense to Owner.
C.
Assignment of Work: The Agreement between the Contractor and the Owner is a single
prime contract. The Contractor is responsible for the complete scope of work including
the coordination of subcontractors. The construction documents do not delineate between
subcontractors and any inference to division of work is a suggestion only. Neither the
Owner nor the Architect / Engineer will offer, at any time, any opinions or proposed
resolutions concerning assignment of work to subcontractors. In the event of missing or
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
SECTION 230500, PAGE 2
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC
conflicting scope provided by the Contractor or any of the subcontractors, the Contractor
shall be responsible for the work.
1.03
DEFINITIONS
A.
Finished Spaces: Spaces other than mechanical and electrical equipment rooms, furred
spaces, pipe and duct chases, unheated spaces immediately below roof, spaces above
ceilings, unexcavated spaces, crawlspaces, and tunnels.
B.
Exposed, Interior Installations: Exposed to view indoors. Examples include finished
occupied spaces and mechanical equipment rooms.
C.
Exposed, Exterior Installations: Exposed to view outdoors or subject to outdoor ambient
temperatures and weather conditions. Examples include rooftop locations.
D.
Concealed, Interior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from physical
contact by building occupants. Examples include above ceilings and chases.
E.
Concealed, Exterior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from weather
conditions and physical contact by building occupants but subject to outdoor ambient
temperatures. Examples include installations within unheated shelters.
F.
The following are industry abbreviations for plastic materials:
1.
2.
3.
G.
The following are industry abbreviations for rubber materials:
1.
2.
1.04
CPVC: Chlorinated polyvinyl chloride plastic.
PE: Polyethylene plastic.
PVC: Polyvinyl chloride plastic.
EPDM: Ethylene-propylene-diene terpolymer rubber.
NBR: Acrylonitrile-butadiene rubber.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
B.
Transition fittings.
Dielectric fittings.
Mechanical sleeve seals.
Escutcheons.
Welding certificates for all welders.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
1.05
SECTION 230500, PAGE 3
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Steel Support Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to AWS D1.1,
"Structural Welding Code--Steel."
B.
Steel Pipe Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to ASME Boiler and
Pressure Vessel Code: Section IX, "Welding and Brazing Qualifications."
1.
2.
Comply with provisions in ASME B31 Series, "Code for Pressure Piping."
Certify that each welder has passed AWS qualification tests for welding
processes involved and that certification is current.
C.
Electrical Characteristics for HVAC Equipment: Equipment of higher electrical
characteristics may be furnished provided such proposed equipment is approved in
writing and connecting electrical services, circuit breakers, and conduit sizes are
appropriately modified. If minimum energy ratings or efficiencies are specified,
equipment shall comply with requirements.
D.
Source Limitations: Obtain each category of materials, products and equipment through
one source from a single manufacturer unless otherwise specified.
E.
General:
1.
F.
Manufacturer's Qualifications:
1.
2.
G.
The Division 23 Contractor(s) shall be responsible for obtaining shop and
installation drawings including meeting the requirements as imposed by the AHJ
in addition to the requirements of Division 23 specifications as it applies to the
mechanical systems. Any costs as a result of these requirements shall be the
Division 23 Contractor(s) responsibility.
Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of mechanical systems of types, sizes,
and electrical characteristics required, and whose products have been in
satisfactory use in similar service for not less than five years.
The name of the manufacturer, part numbers and serial numbers shall appear on
all major components.
Installer's Qualifications:
1.
2.
3.
4.
The installing contractor shall be an experienced firm regularly engaged in the
installation of mechanical systems in strict accordance with all applicable
standards.
The installing contractor must have a minimum of five (5) years experience in
the installation and testing of mechanical systems. A list of systems of similar
nature and scope shall be provided on request.
Licensed from the state in which the work occurs.
The installing contractor shall show proof of emergency service available on a
twenty-four hour, seven-days-a-week basis during the warranty period.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
1.06
1.07
SECTION 230500, PAGE 4
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A.
It is the Contractor’s responsibility to ensure on-time delivery of all materials and
equipment required for the Project. All materials furnished or incorporated in the Work
shall be new, unused, of best quality, and especially adapted for the service required;
whenever the characteristics of any material are not particularly specified, such material
shall be utilized as is customary in first class work of a nature for which the material is
employed.
B.
Contractor shall provide necessary means to properly stage and store all materials and
equipment until time of use or installation on the Project. Contractor shall be solely
responsible for materials and equipment stored on the Site; type and extent of security
provided to be at Contractor’s discretion. Coordinate all requirements with Owner.
C.
Contractor shall be responsible for proper handling, rigging, and installing of all materials
and equipment for the Project.
D.
Owner reserves the right to reject any materials or equipment that are not properly stored
in accordance with these specifications or the manufacturers’ requirements.
E.
Refer to Section 015000, Temporary Facilities and Controls, for additional delivery and
storage requirements.
COORDINATION
A.
Contractor shall be responsible for all coordination of Owner-Furnished items on the
project, including but not limited to, phasing for installation, use of premises, delivery,
storage, handling, installation, testing, training, and Cx. Owner-Furnished items are
indicated on the Drawings and scheduled on Sheet G010.
B.
Coordination Drawings:
Refer to Section 013100, Project Management and
Coordination, for coordination drawing requirements.
C.
Coordinate mechanical equipment installation with other building components.
D.
Arrange for pipe spaces, chases, slots, and openings in building structure during progress
of construction, to allow for HVAC installations.
E.
Coordinate installation of required supporting devices and set sleeves in poured-in-place
concrete and other structural components as they are constructed.
F.
Coordinate requirements for access panels and doors for HVAC items requiring access
that are concealed behind finished surfaces. Access panels and doors are specified in
Section 083113, Access Doors and Frames.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
SECTION 230500, PAGE 5
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01
MANUFACTURERS
A.
In other Part 2 articles where subparagraph titles below introduce lists, the following
requirements apply for product selection:
1.
2.02
2.03
Approved Manufacturers or equivalent: Subject to compliance with
requirements, provide products by one of the named manufacturers or an
approved equivalent product. The Architect / Engineer will be the sole judge of
equivalency. Substitution requests are not required in advance of bid, but may be
submitted at Contractors option. When substitution requests are not submitted,
the Architect / Engineer will evaluate equivalency during submittal review.
PIPE, TUBE, AND FITTINGS
A.
Refer to individual Division 23 piping Sections for pipe, tube, and fitting materials and
joining methods.
B.
Pipe Threads: ASME B1.20.1 for factory-threaded pipe and pipe fittings.
JOINING MATERIALS
A.
Refer to individual Division 23 piping Sections for special joining materials not listed
below.
B.
Pipe-Flange Gasket Materials: Suitable for chemical and thermal conditions of piping
system contents.
1.
ASME B16.21, nonmetallic, flat, asbestos-free, 1/8-inch maximum thickness
unless thickness or specific material is indicated.
a.
b.
2.
3.
Full-Face Type: For flat-face, Class 125, cast-iron and cast-bronze
flanges.
Narrow-Face Type: For raised-face, Class 250, cast-iron and steel
flanges.
AWWA C110, rubber, flat face, 1/8 inch thick, unless otherwise indicated; and
full-face or ring type, unless otherwise indicated.
ASME B16.20 for grooved, ring joint, steel flanges.
C.
Flange Bolts and Nuts: ASME B18.2.1, carbon steel, unless otherwise indicated.
D.
Plastic, Pipe-Flange Gasket, Bolts, and Nuts: Type and material recommended by piping
system manufacturer, unless otherwise indicated.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
E.
Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B 32, lead-free alloys.
according to ASTM B 813.
F.
Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8, BCuP Series, copper-phosphorus alloys for generalduty brazing, unless otherwise indicated; and AWS A5.8, BAg1, silver alloy for
refrigerant piping, unless otherwise indicated.
G.
Welding Filler Metals: Comply with AWS D10.12 for welding materials appropriate for
wall thickness and chemical analysis of steel pipe being welded.
H.
Mechanical Couplings: Ductile iron body housing, fabricated to match outside diameters
of grooved end steel pipe.
1.
2.
3.
4.
I.
Include water-flushable flux
Housing: ASTM A536, ductile iron.
Gaskets: ASTM D2000, EPDM molded synthetic rubber.
Bolts and Nuts: ASTM A183 carbon steel.
Finish: Enamel paint.
Solvent Cements for Joining Plastic Piping:
1.
2.
2.04
SECTION 230500, PAGE 6
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC
CPVC Piping: ASTM F 493.
PVC Piping: ASTM D 2564. Include primer according to ASTM F 656.
TRANSITION FITTINGS
A.
Plastic-to-Metal Transition Fittings: CPVC and PVC one-piece fitting with
manufacturer's Schedule 80 equivalent dimensions; one end with threaded brass insert,
and one solvent-cement-joint end.
1.
Approved Manufacturers or equivalent: Subject to compliance with
requirements, provide products by one of the named manufacturers or an
approved equivalent product. The Architect / Engineer will be the sole judge of
equivalency. Substitution requests are not required in advance of bid, but may be
submitted at Contractors option. When substitution requests are not submitted,
the Architect / Engineer will evaluate equivalency during submittal review.
a.
B.
Eslon Thermoplastics.
Plastic-to-Metal Transition Adaptors: One-piece fitting with manufacturer's SDR 11
equivalent dimensions; one end with threaded brass insert, and one solvent-cement-joint
end.
1.
Approved Manufacturers or equivalent: Subject to compliance with
requirements, provide products by one of the named manufacturers or an
approved equivalent product. The Architect / Engineer will be the sole judge of
equivalency. Substitution requests are not required in advance of bid, but may be
submitted at Contractors option. When substitution requests are not submitted,
the Architect / Engineer will evaluate equivalency during submittal review.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
a.
C.
Thompson Plastics, Inc.
Plastic-to-Metal Transition Unions: MSS SP-107, CPVC and PVC four-part union.
Include brass end, solvent-cement-joint end, rubber O-ring, and union nut.
1.
Approved Manufacturers or equivalent: Subject to compliance with
requirements, provide products by one of the named manufacturers or an
approved equivalent product. The Architect / Engineer will be the sole judge of
equivalency. Substitution requests are not required in advance of bid, but may be
submitted at Contractors option. When substitution requests are not submitted,
the Architect / Engineer will evaluate equivalency during submittal review.
a.
2.05
SECTION 230500, PAGE 7
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC
NIBCO, Inc.; Chemtrol Div.
DIELECTRIC FITTINGS
A.
Description: Combination fitting of copper alloy and ferrous materials with threaded,
solder-joint, plain, or weld-neck end connections that match piping system materials.
B.
Insulating Material: Suitable for system fluid, pressure, and temperature.
C.
Dielectric Unions: Factory-fabricated, union assembly, for 250-psig minimum working
pressure at 180 degrees F.
1.
Approved Manufacturers or equivalent: Subject to compliance with
requirements, provide products by one of the named manufacturers or an
approved equivalent product. The Architect / Engineer will be the sole judge of
equivalency. Substitution requests are not required in advance of bid, but may be
submitted at Contractors option. When substitution requests are not submitted,
the Architect / Engineer will evaluate equivalency during submittal review.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
D.
Capitol Manufacturing Co.
Central Plastics Company.
Eclipse, Inc.
Epco Sales, Inc.
Hart Industries, International, Inc.
Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div.
Zurn Industries, Inc.; Wilkins Div.
Dielectric Flanges: Factory-fabricated, companion-flange assembly, for 150- or 300-psig
minimum working pressure as required to suit system pressures.
1.
Approved Manufacturers or equivalent: Subject to compliance with
requirements, provide products by one of the named manufacturers or an
approved equivalent product. The Architect / Engineer will be the sole judge of
equivalency. Substitution requests are not required in advance of bid, but may be
submitted at Contractors option. When substitution requests are not submitted,
the Architect / Engineer will evaluate equivalency during submittal review.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
a.
b.
c.
d.
E.
Approved Manufacturers or equivalent: Subject to compliance with
requirements, provide products by one of the named manufacturers or an
approved equivalent product. The Architect / Engineer will be the sole judge of
equivalency. Substitution requests are not required in advance of bid, but may be
submitted at Contractors option. When substitution requests are not submitted,
the Architect / Engineer will evaluate equivalency during submittal review.
a.
b.
c.
d.
2.
Advance Products & Systems, Inc.
Calpico, Inc.
Central Plastics Company.
Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc.
Separate companion flanges and steel bolts and nuts shall have 150- or 300-psig
minimum working pressure where required to suit system pressures.
Dielectric Couplings:
Galvanized-steel coupling with inert and noncorrosive,
thermoplastic lining; threaded ends; and 300-psig minimum working pressure at 225
degrees F.
1.
Approved Manufacturers or equivalent: Subject to compliance with
requirements, provide products by one of the named manufacturers or an
approved equivalent product. The Architect / Engineer will be the sole judge of
equivalency. Substitution requests are not required in advance of bid, but may be
submitted at Contractors option. When substitution requests are not submitted,
the Architect / Engineer will evaluate equivalency during submittal review.
a.
b.
G.
Capitol Manufacturing Co.
Central Plastics Company.
Epco Sales, Inc.
Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div.
Dielectric-Flange Kits: Companion-flange assembly for field assembly. Include flanges,
full-face- or ring-type neoprene or phenolic gasket, phenolic or polyethylene bolt sleeves,
phenolic washers, and steel backing washers.
1.
F.
SECTION 230500, PAGE 8
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC
Calpico, Inc.
Lochinvar Corp.
Dielectric Nipples: Electroplated steel nipple with inert and noncorrosive, thermoplastic
lining; plain, threaded, or grooved ends; and 300-psig minimum working pressure at 225
degrees F.
1.
Approved Manufacturers or equivalent: Subject to compliance with
requirements, provide products by one of the named manufacturers or an
approved equivalent product. The Architect / Engineer will be the sole judge of
equivalency. Substitution requests are not required in advance of bid, but may be
submitted at Contractors option. When substitution requests are not submitted,
the Architect / Engineer will evaluate equivalency during submittal review.
a.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Perfection Corp.
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
b.
c.
d.
2.06
Precision Plumbing Products, Inc.
Sioux Chief Manufacturing Co., Inc.
Victaulic Co. of America.
MECHANICAL SLEEVE SEALS
A.
Description: Modular sealing element unit, designed for field assembly, to fill annular
space between pipe and sleeve.
1.
Approved Manufacturers or equivalent: Subject to compliance with
requirements, provide products by one of the named manufacturers or an
approved equivalent product. The Architect / Engineer will be the sole judge of
equivalency. Substitution requests are not required in advance of bid, but may be
submitted at Contractors option. When substitution requests are not submitted,
the Architect / Engineer will evaluate equivalency during submittal review.
a.
b.
c.
d.
2.
3.
4.
2.07
SECTION 230500, PAGE 9
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC
Advance Products & Systems, Inc.
Calpico, Inc.
Metraflex Co.
Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc.
Sealing Elements: EDPM or NBR interlocking links shaped to fit surface of
pipe. Include type and number required for pipe material and size of pipe.
Pressure Plates: Carbon steel. Include two for each sealing element.
Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Carbon steel with corrosion-resistant coating of
length required to secure pressure plates to sealing elements. Include one for
each sealing element.
SLEEVES
A.
Galvanized-Steel Sheet: 0.0239-inch minimum thickness; round tube closed with welded
longitudinal joint.
B.
Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, galvanized, plain ends.
C.
Cast Iron: Cast or fabricated "wall pipe" equivalent to ductile-iron pressure pipe, with
plain ends and integral waterstop, unless otherwise indicated.
D.
Stack Sleeve Fittings: Manufactured, cast-iron sleeve with integral clamping flange.
Include clamping ring and bolts and nuts for membrane flashing.
1.
E.
Underdeck Clamp: Clamping ring with set screws.
Molded PE: Reusable, PE, tapered-cup shaped, and smooth-outer surface with nailing
flange for attaching to wooden forms.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
2.08
ESCUTCHEONS
A.
Description: Manufactured wall and ceiling escutcheons and floor plates, with an ID to
closely fit around pipe, tube, and insulation of insulated piping and an OD that
completely covers opening.
B.
One-Piece, Deep-Pattern Type: Deep-drawn, box-shaped brass with polished chromeplated finish.
C.
One-Piece, Cast-Brass Type: With set screw.
1.
D.
One-Piece, Floor-Plate Type: Cast-iron floor plate.
F.
Split-Casting, Floor-Plate Type: Cast brass with concealed hinge and set screw.
GROUT
Description: ASTM C 1107, Grade B, nonshrink and nonmetallic, dry hydraulic-cement
grout.
1.
2.
3.
Characteristics: Post-hardening, volume-adjusting, nonstaining, noncorrosive,
nongaseous, and recommended for interior and exterior applications.
Design Mix: 5000-psi, 28-day compressive strength.
Packaging: Premixed and factory packaged.
FIRESTOPPING
A.
2.11
Finish: Polished chrome-plated and rough brass..
E.
A.
2.10
Finish: Polished chrome-plated and rough brass.
Split-Casting, Cast-Brass Type: With concealed hinge and set screw.
1.
2.09
SECTION 230500, PAGE 10
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC
Firestopping: See Part 3 of this Section for coordination of firestopping and division of
work. Firestopping products are specified in Section 078000, Fire and Smoke Protection.
ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
A.
Electrical Requirements: Coordinate electrical voltage and phase of electrical
components of mechanical equipment. Electrical components of mechanical equipment
and systems such as motors, starters and controls shall be provided under this division
and shall be as specified herein and as necessary for complete and operable systems.
Interconnecting wiring for components of packaged equipment shall be provided as an
integral part of the equipment. Low voltage “rated for less than 100 volts”
interconnecting power wiring and conduit for field erected equipment and all control
wiring and conduit shall be as specified in this Section. Motor control equipment forming
part of motor control centers or switchgear assemblies and all necessary conduit and
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
SECTION 230500, PAGE 11
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC
wiring connecting such assemblies, centers or other power sources to mechanical
equipment shall conform to Division 26.
B.
Control Wiring:
1.
2.
3.
4.
2.12
Provide control and interlock wiring for safety controls specified hereinafter
under Section 230900, Instrumentation and Control for HVAC. These
requirements apply to wiring required in addition to the power and control wiring
shown and specified as part of the electrical work.
Provide wiring as required by functions as specified and as recommended by
equipment manufacturers, to serve specified control functions.
Extent of control wiring shall include wiring as called for in specifications for
motors and controls, and for motor control centers, and schedules of equipment
and shall also include all wiring as required by manufacturer of equipment to
serve any specific control interlock function recommended by manufacturer.
Conduit: All control wiring shall be installed in conduit.
EXISTING HVAC UNIT FILTER CHANGES
A.
Air filters on HVAC units that operate during construction shall be checked, and replaced
if necessary, on a biweekly basis, or at a frequency determined appropriate by the VZW
switch manager.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01
HVAC DEMOLITION
A.
Refer to Section 017329, Cutting and Patching, and Section 024119, Selective Structure
Demolition, for general demolition requirements and procedures.
B.
Disconnect, demolish, and remove HVAC systems, equipment, and components
indicated to be removed.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Piping to Be Removed: Remove portion of piping indicated to be removed and
cap or plug remaining piping with same or compatible piping material.
Piping to Be Abandoned in Place: Drain piping and cap or plug piping with
same or compatible piping material.
Ducts to Be Removed: Remove portion of ducts indicated to be removed and
plug remaining ducts with same or compatible ductwork material.
Ducts to Be Abandoned in Place: Cap or plug ducts with same or compatible
ductwork material.
Equipment to Be Removed: Disconnect and cap services and remove equipment.
Equipment to Be Removed and Reinstalled: Disconnect and cap services and
remove, clean, and store equipment; when appropriate, reinstall, reconnect, and
make equipment operational.
Equipment to Be Removed and Salvaged: Disconnect and cap services and
remove equipment and deliver to Owner.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
C.
3.02
SECTION 230500, PAGE 12
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC
If pipe, insulation, or equipment to remain is damaged in appearance or is unserviceable,
remove damaged or unserviceable portions and replace with new products of equal
capacity and quality.
PIPING SYSTEMS - COMMON REQUIREMENTS
A.
Install piping according to the following requirements and Division 23 Sections
specifying piping systems.
B.
Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of
piping systems. Indicated locations and arrangements were used to size pipe and
calculate friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other design considerations. Install
piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Coordination Drawings.
C.
Install piping in concealed locations, unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment
rooms and service areas.
D.
Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at
right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically
indicated otherwise.
E.
Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel
removal.
F.
Install piping to permit valve servicing.
G.
Install piping at indicated slopes.
H.
Install piping free of sags and bends.
I.
Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections.
J.
Install piping to allow application of insulation.
K.
Select system components with pressure rating equal to or greater than system operating
pressure.
L.
Install escutcheons for penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors according to the
following:
1.
New Piping:
a.
b.
c.
d.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Piping with Fitting or Sleeve Protruding from Wall: One-piece, deeppattern type.
Chrome-Plated Piping:
One-piece, cast-brass type with polished
chrome-plated finish.
Insulated Piping: One-piece, stamped-steel type with spring clips.
Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: Onepiece, cast-brass type with polished chrome-plated finish.
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
e.
f.
g.
h.
2.
SECTION 230500, PAGE 13
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC
Bare Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece or
split-casting, cast-brass type with polished chrome-plated finish.
Bare Piping in Unfinished Service Spaces: One-piece, cast-brass type
with polished chrome-plated or rough-brass finish.
Bare Piping in Equipment Rooms: One-piece, cast-brass type.
Bare Piping at Floor Penetrations in Equipment Rooms: One-piece,
floor-plate type.
Existing Piping: Use the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
Chrome-Plated Piping: Split-casting, cast-brass type with chrome-plated
finish.
Insulated Piping: Split-plate, stamped-steel type with concealed or
exposed-rivet hinge and spring clips.
Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: Splitcasting, cast-brass type with chrome-plated finish.
Bare Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: Split-casting,
cast-brass type with chrome-plated finish.
Bare Piping in Unfinished Service Spaces: Split-casting, cast-brass type
with polished chrome-plated or rough-brass finish.
Bare Piping in Equipment Rooms: Split-casting, cast-brass type.
Bare Piping at Floor Penetrations in Equipment Rooms: Split-casting,
floor-plate type.
M.
Sleeves are not required for core-drilled holes.
N.
Install sleeves for pipes passing through concrete and masonry walls, gypsum-board
partitions, and concrete floor and roof slabs.
1.
Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces.
a.
2.
3.
Exception: Extend sleeves installed in floors of mechanical equipment
areas or other wet areas 2 inches above finished floor level. Extend castiron sleeve fittings below floor slab as required to secure clamping ring if
ring is specified.
Install sleeves in new walls and slabs as new walls and slabs are constructed.
Install sleeves that are large enough to provide 1/4-inch annular clear space
between sleeve and pipe or pipe insulation. Use the following sleeve materials:
a.
b.
c.
Steel Pipe Sleeves: For pipes smaller than NPS 6.
Steel Sheet Sleeves: For pipes NPS 6 and larger, penetrating gypsumboard partitions.
Stack Sleeve Fittings: For pipes penetrating floors with membrane
waterproofing. Secure flashing between clamping flanges. Install
section of cast-iron soil pipe to extend sleeve to 2 inches above finished
floor level. Refer to Section 076200, Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim, for
flashing.
1)
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Seal space outside of sleeve fittings with grout.
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
4.
O.
Install steel pipe for sleeves smaller than 6 inches in diameter.
Install cast-iron "wall pipes" for sleeves 6 inches and larger in diameter.
Mechanical Sleeve Seal Installation: Select type and number of sealing elements
required for pipe material and size. Position pipe in center of sleeve. Assemble
mechanical sleeve seals and install in annular space between pipe and sleeve.
Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and
make watertight seal.
Underground, Exterior-Wall Pipe Penetrations: Install cast-iron "wall pipes" for sleeves.
Seal pipe penetrations using mechanical sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to allow for 1inch annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals.
1.
3.03
Except for underground wall penetrations, seal annular space between sleeve and
pipe or pipe insulation, using joint sealants appropriate for size, depth, and
location of joint. Refer to Section 079200, Joint Sealants, for materials and
installation.
Aboveground, Exterior-Wall Pipe Penetrations: Seal penetrations using sleeves and
mechanical sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch annular clear space
between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals.
1.
2.
3.
P.
SECTION 230500, PAGE 14
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC
Mechanical Sleeve Seal Installation: Select type and number of sealing elements
required for pipe material and size. Position pipe in center of sleeve. Assemble
mechanical sleeve seals and install in annular space between pipe and sleeve.
Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and
make watertight seal.
Q.
Fire-Barrier Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings, and
floors at pipe penetrations. Seal pipe penetrations with firestop materials. Refer to
Section 078413, Penetration Firestopping, for materials.
R.
Verify final equipment locations for roughing-in.
S.
Refer to equipment specifications in other Sections of these Specifications for roughingin requirements.
PIPING JOINT CONSTRUCTION
A.
Join pipe and fittings according to the following requirements and Division 23 Sections
specifying piping systems.
B.
Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe.
C.
Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings before
assembly.
D.
Soldered Joints: Apply ASTM B 813, water-flushable flux, unless otherwise indicated,
to tube end. Construct joints according to ASTM B 828 or CDA's "Copper Tube
Handbook," using lead-free solder alloy complying with ASTM B 32.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
E.
Brazed Joints: Construct joints according to AWS's "Brazing Handbook," "Pipe and
Tube" Chapter, using copper-phosphorus brazing filler metal complying with AWS A5.8.
F.
Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B1.20.1.
Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs
and restore full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows:
1.
2.
Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads unless dry
seal threading is specified.
Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded
or damaged. Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open welds.
G.
Welded Joints: Construct joints according to AWS D10.12, using qualified processes and
welding operators according to Part 1 "Quality Assurance" Article.
H.
Flanged Joints: Select appropriate gasket material, size, type, and thickness for service
application. Install gasket concentrically positioned. Use suitable lubricants on bolt
threads.
I.
Plastic Piping Solvent-Cement Joints: Clean and dry joining surfaces. Join pipe and
fittings according to the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Comply with ASTM F 402 for safe-handling practice of cleaners, primers, and
solvent cements.
CPVC Piping: Join according to ASTM D 2846/D 2846M Appendix.
PVC Pressure Piping: Join schedule number ASTM D 1785, PVC pipe and PVC
socket fittings according to ASTM D 2672. Join other-than-schedule-number
PVC pipe and socket fittings according to ASTM D 2855.
PVC Nonpressure Piping: Join according to ASTM D 2855.
J.
Plastic Pressure Piping Gasketed Joints: Join according to ASTM D 3139.
K.
Plastic Nonpressure Piping Gasketed Joints: Join according to ASTM D 3212.
L.
PE Piping Heat-Fusion Joints: Clean and dry joining surfaces by wiping with clean cloth
or paper towels. Join according to ASTM D 2657.
1.
2.
M.
3.04
SECTION 230500, PAGE 15
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC
Plain-End Pipe and Fittings: Use butt fusion.
Plain-End Pipe and Socket Fittings: Use socket fusion.
Fiberglass Bonded Joints: Prepare pipe ends and fittings, apply adhesive, and join
according to pipe manufacturer's written instructions.
PIPING CONNECTIONS
A.
Make connections according to the following, unless otherwise indicated:
1.
Install unions, in piping NPS 2 and smaller, adjacent to each valve and at final
connection to each piece of equipment.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
2.
3.
4.
3.05
3.06
3.07
SECTION 230500, PAGE 16
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC
Install flanges, in piping NPS 2-1/2 and larger, adjacent to flanged valves and at
final connection to each piece of equipment.
Dry Piping Systems: Install dielectric unions and flanges to connect piping
materials of dissimilar metals.
Wet Piping Systems: Install dielectric coupling and nipple fittings to connect
piping materials of dissimilar metals.
EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION - COMMON REQUIREMENTS
A.
Install equipment to allow maximum possible headroom unless specific mounting heights
are not indicated.
B.
Install equipment level and plumb, parallel and perpendicular to other building systems
and components in exposed interior spaces, unless otherwise indicated.
C.
Install HVAC equipment to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or replacement of
components. Connect equipment for ease of disconnecting, with minimum interference
to other installations. Extend grease fittings to accessible locations.
D.
Install equipment to allow right of way for piping installed at required slope.
PAINTING
A.
Painting of HVAC systems, equipment, and components is specified in Section 099123,
Interior Painting, and Section 099100, Exterior Painting.
B.
Damage and Touchup: Repair marred and damaged factory-painted finishes with
materials and procedures to match original factory finish.
EQUIPMENT PROTECTION
A.
At all times take such precautions as may be necessary to properly protect all material
and equipment from damage. Failure to provide such protection will be sufficient cause
for rejection of material or equipment.
B.
Install all work complete and protect from injury by others. Cap, plug, or otherwise
protect all temporary openings in piping and ducts to prevent any dirt from entering. Take
care to see that all pipe fittings are installed free from paint or grease. Deliver all finished
work and equipment to Owner, clean.
C.
At jobsite, store piping, equipment, etc., too large to keep under cover in building, a
minimum of 2 feet above ground. Keep covered with plastic sheeting, arranged to
provide adequate ventilation and prevent trapping of moisture.
D.
Restore piping, equipment, etc. that rusts or is damaged by elements to new condition
prior to installation, or such equipment may be rejected by Owner. Replace rejected
piping, equipment, etc. with new materials.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
3.08
E.
Cover all motors and bearings with watertight and dustproof covers during storage and
construction.
F.
Deliver systems to Owner with clean filters, clean strainers, and all bearings properly
lubricated.
CONCRETE BASES
A.
Concrete Bases:
Anchor equipment to concrete base according to equipment
manufacturer's written instructions and according to seismic codes at Project.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
3.09
3.10
SECTION 230500, PAGE 17
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC
Construct concrete bases of dimensions indicated, but not less than 6 inches
larger in both directions than supported unit.
Install dowel rods to connect concrete base to concrete floor. Unless otherwise
indicated, install dowel rods on 18-inch centers around the full perimeter of the
base.
Install epoxy-coated anchor bolts for supported equipment that extend through
concrete base, and anchor into structural concrete floor.
Place and secure anchorage devices. Use supported equipment manufacturer's
setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with
items to be embedded.
Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to supported
equipment.
Install anchor bolts according to anchor-bolt manufacturer's written instructions.
Use 3000-psi, 28-day compressive-strength concrete and reinforcement as
specified in Section 033000, Cast-in-Place Concrete.
ERECTION OF METAL SUPPORTS AND ANCHORAGES
A.
Refer to Section 055000, Metal Fabrications, for structural steel.
B.
Cut, fit, and place miscellaneous metal supports accurately in location, alignment, and
elevation to support and anchor HVAC materials and equipment.
C.
Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1.
GROUTING
A.
Mix and install grout for HVAC equipment base bearing surfaces, pump and other
equipment base plates, and anchors.
B.
Clean surfaces that will come into contact with grout.
C.
Provide forms as required for placement of grout.
D.
Avoid air entrapment during placement of grout.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
3.11
3.12
E.
Place grout, completely filling equipment bases.
F.
Place grout on concrete bases and provide smooth bearing surface for equipment.
G.
Place grout around anchors.
H.
Cure placed grout.
SEALING PENETRATIONS THROUGH WALLS
A.
General: Provide all sealing around pipes, ducts, fire damper sleeves and frames,
motorized damper frames, and other mechanical work penetrating walls and slabs which
are boundaries for recirculating and exhaust air.
B.
Sealing of Sleeves: Where pipe or duct/fire damper sleeves are used, the annular space
around pipes or ducts shall be 1/2". Pack the annular space with an approved UL-listed
packing, leaving 1-1/2" depth for caulking compound. Apply sealing compound filling
this remaining annular space out to a point flush to the wall line.
C.
Sealant: Silicone acoustical sealant or non-hardening butyl, suitable to withstand
moderate joint movement.
INSTALLATION OF FIRESTOPPING
A.
3.13
3.14
SECTION 230500, PAGE 18
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC
Mechanical penetrations shall be firestopped using materials and methods specified in
Section 078000, Fire and Smoke Protection. Firestopping of mechanical penetrations
may be performed by the mechanical contractor, Contractor, or a special firestopping
contractor. Division of work is a coordination issue between contractors. Coordinate
coverage of firestopping with Contractor. Change orders will not be accepted to cover
omission of firestopping from mechanical scope.
PROVISIONS FOR LATER INSTALLATION
A.
Where any mechanical work cannot be installed as structure is being erected, provide and
arrange for building-in of boxes, sleeves, insets, fixtures, or devices necessary to permit
installation later. Lay out any chases, holes, or other openings that must be provided in
masonry, concrete, or other work.
B.
Verify nature and arrangement of materials and construction to which this work attaches
or passes through.
CLEANING AND TESTING OF PIPING SYSTEMS
A.
General: Provide corrosion protection for all ferrous metal portions of mechanical work
exposed to weather including fans, piping and accessories, supports and other items.
During construction, properly cap all lines, to prevent the entrance of sand, dirt, etc. Each
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
SECTION 230500, PAGE 19
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC
system of piping shall be flushed through after completion (for the purpose of removing
grit, dirt, sand, etc., from coils and piping) for as long as required to thoroughly clean the
apparatus. See Section 230593, Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC, for
additional requirements.
B.
3.15
COMMISSIONING
A.
3.16
Protection: All ferrous metal, after fabrication, shall be hot-dip galvanized, cadmium
plated or similarly protected against corrosion prior to installation as approved by the
Architect / Engineer.
Refer to Section 230800, Commissioning of HVAC, for requirements.
DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING
A.
Refer to Section 017900, Demonstration and Training, and individual specification
Sections for requirements.
END OF SECTION 230500
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
SECTION 230513, PAGE 1
COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR
HVAC EQUIPMENT
SECTION 230513 - COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.02
SUMMARY
A.
1.03
Drawings, Agreement, Part 0, Special Conditions and Forms, and Division 01
Specifications Sections, apply to this Section.
Section includes general requirements for single-phase and polyphase, general-purpose,
horizontal, small and medium, squirrel-cage induction motors for use on ac power
systems up to 600 V and installed at equipment manufacturer's factory or shipped
separately by equipment manufacturer for field installation.
COORDINATION
A.
Coordinate features of motors, installed units, and accessory devices to be compatible
with the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Motor controllers.
Torque, speed, and horsepower requirements of the load.
Ratings and characteristics of supply circuit and required control sequence.
Ambient and environmental conditions of installation location.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01
2.02
GENERAL MOTOR REQUIREMENTS
A.
Comply with requirements in this Section except when stricter requirements are specified
in HVAC equipment schedules or Sections.
B.
Comply with NEMA MG 1 unless otherwise indicated.
MOTOR CHARACTERISTICS
A.
Duty: Continuous duty at ambient temperature of 40 degrees C and at altitude of 3300
feet above sea level.
B.
Capacity and Torque Characteristics: Sufficient to start, accelerate, and operate
connected loads at designated speeds, at installed altitude and environment, with
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 09/03/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
SECTION 230513, PAGE 2
COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR
HVAC EQUIPMENT
indicated operating sequence, and without exceeding nameplate ratings or considering
service factor.
2.03
POLYPHASE MOTORS
A.
Description: NEMA MG 1, Design B, medium induction motor.
B.
Motors ¾ hp and larger.
C.
Efficiency: Energy efficient, as defined in NEMA MG 1.
D.
Service Factor: Service factor on motors for critical equipment shall be 1.5. Service
factors on all other motors shall be 1.15.
E.
Multispeed Motors: Separate winding for each speed.
F.
Rotor: Random-wound, squirrel cage.
G.
Bearings: Regreasable, shielded, antifriction ball bearings suitable for radial and thrust
loading.
H.
Temperature Rise: Match insulation rating.
I.
Insulation: Class F.
J.
Code Letter Designation:
1.
2.
K.
2.04
Motors 15 HP and Larger: NEMA starting Code F or Code G.
Motors Smaller than 15 HP: Manufacturer's standard starting characteristic.
Enclosure Material: Cast iron for motor frame sizes 324T and larger; rolled steel for
motor frame sizes smaller than 324T.
POLYPHASE MOTORS WITH ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS
A.
Motors Used with Reduced-Voltage and Multispeed Controllers: Match wiring
connection requirements for controller with required motor leads. Provide terminals in
motor terminal box, suited to control method.
B.
Motors Used with Variable Frequency Controllers: Ratings, characteristics, and features
coordinated with and approved by controller manufacturer.
1.
2.
3.
Windings: Copper magnet wire with moisture-resistant insulation varnish,
designed and tested to resist transient spikes, high frequencies, and short time rise
pulses produced by pulse-width modulated inverters.
Energy- and Premium-Efficient Motors: Class B temperature rise; Class F
insulation.
Inverter-Duty Motors: Class F temperature rise; Class H insulation.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 09/03/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
4.
2.05
Thermal Protection:
protected motors.
SECTION 230513, PAGE 3
COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR
HVAC EQUIPMENT
Comply with NEMA MG 1 requirements for thermally
SINGLE-PHASE MOTORS
A.
Motors larger than 1/20 hp shall be one of the following, to suit starting torque and
requirements of specific motor application:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Permanent-split capacitor.
Split phase.
Capacitor start, inductor run.
Capacitor start, capacitor run.
B.
Multispeed Motors: Variable-torque, permanent-split-capacitor type.
C.
Bearings: Prelubricated, antifriction ball bearings or sleeve bearings suitable for radial
and thrust loading.
D.
Motors 1/20 HP and Smaller: Shaded-pole type.
E.
Thermal Protection: Internal protection to automatically open power supply circuit to
motor when winding temperature exceeds a safe value calibrated to temperature rating of
motor insulation. Thermal-protection device shall automatically reset when motor
temperature returns to normal range.
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 230513
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 09/03/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
SECTION 230548, PAGE 1
VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS
FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
SECTION 230548 - VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
Drawings, Agreement, Part 0, Special Conditions and Forms, and Division 01
Specifications Sections, apply to this Section.
B.
Related Sections include the following:
1.
2.
C.
Verizon Wireless Network Standards:
1.
2.
3.
1.02
Division 23, HVAC.
All Seismic Sections, XX0548.
NSTD385, Mechanical Systems in Switching Center Design.
NSTD389, Structural Systems in Switching Center Design.
NSTD401, Commissioning Standard.
SUMMARY
A.
This Section includes the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
B.
Isolation pads.
Isolation mounts.
Restrained elastomeric isolation mounts.
Freestanding and restrained spring isolators.
Housed spring mounts.
Elastomeric hangers.
Spring hangers.
Spring hangers with vertical-limit stops.
Pipe riser resilient supports.
Resilient pipe guides.
Seismic snubbers.
Restraining braces and cables.
The Drawings, Specifications, Referenced Standards, Verizon Wireless Standards, other
RFP Attachments and the Terms and Conditions are complimentary of one another. In
the event of conflict between the Drawings, Specifications, Referenced Standards,
Verizon Wireless Standards, other RFP Attachments or Terms and Conditions, the
Architect / Engineer shall be contacted for formal interpretation of the requirement. The
Contractor shall be deemed to have provided the most detailed and expensive
interpretation of the requirement. Any work installed in conflict with the Architect /
Engineer interpretation shall be corrected by the contractor at his expense and at no
expense to Owner.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 06/30/10, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
C.
1.03
1.04
Assignment of Work: The Agreement between the Contractor and the Owner is a single
prime contract. The Contractor is responsible for the complete scope of work including
the coordination of subcontractors. The construction documents do not delineate between
subcontractors and any inference to division of work is a suggestion only. Neither the
Owner nor the Architect / Engineer will offer, at any time, any opinions or proposed
resolutions concerning assignment of work to subcontractors. In the event of missing or
conflicting scope provided by the Contractor or any of the subcontractors, the Contractor
shall be responsible for the work.
DEFINITIONS
A.
ASCE: American Society of Civil Engineers
B.
IBC: International Building Code.
C.
ICC-ES: ICC-Evaluation Service.
D.
Longitudinal Bracing: Restraint(s) applied to limit motion parallel to the centerline of the
pipe, duct or conduit.
E.
NFPA: National Fire Protection Agency.
F.
Transverse Bracing: Restraint(s) applied to limit motion perpendicular to the centerline
of the pipe, duct or conduit.
PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A.
Wind-Restraint Loading:
1.
2.
B.
Basic Wind Speed: (Three Second Gust): 90 mph, Exposure B, Importance
Factor Ip = 1.15, Topographic Factor Kp = 1.0.
Minimum wind load to be 10 psf.
Seismic-Restraint Loading:
1.
2.
1.05
SECTION 230548, PAGE 2
VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS
FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
Component Response Modification Factor (Rp) and Component Amplification
Factor (ap): For spring isolated components Rp=2.0, ap=2.5, for suspended
vibration isolated equipment Rp=2.5, ap=2.5, for non-ductile material (cast iron
and types of plastic) Rp=3, ap=2.5, for all other conditions Rp=6, ap=2.5.
Reference Drawing S001 for seismic information for site class, importance factor
(Ip = 1.5), design spectral response acceleration at short periods (0.2 seconds)
(Ss=0.211), design spectral response accelerations at 1.0-second periods
(S1=0.058).
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For the following:
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 06/30/10, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
1.
2.
SECTION 230548, PAGE 3
VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS
FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
Include rated load, rated deflection, and overload capacity for each vibration
isolation device.
Illustrate and indicate style, material, strength, fastening provision, and finish for
each type and size of seismic-restraint component used.
a.
b.
Tabulate types and sizes of seismic restraints, complete with report
numbers and rated strength in tension and shear.
Annotate to indicate application of each product submitted and
compliance with requirements.
B.
Delegated-Design Submittal: For vibration isolation and seismic-restraint details
indicated to comply with performance requirements and design criteria, including
analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified licensed professional engineer in the
project state responsible for their preparation.
C.
Design Calculations: Calculate static and dynamic loading due to equipment weight and
operation, seismic forces required to select vibration isolators, seismic restraints, and for
designing vibration isolation bases.
1.
Seismic-Restraint Details:
a.
b.
c.
Design Analysis: To support selection and arrangement of seismic
restraints. Include calculations of combined tensile and shear loads.
Details: Indicate fabrication and arrangement. Detail attachments of
restraints to the restrained items and to the structure. Show attachment
locations, methods, and spacing’s. Identify components, list their
strengths, and indicate directions and values of forces transmitted to the
structure during seismic events. Indicate association with vibration
isolation devices.
Preapproval and Evaluation Documentation: Showing maximum ratings
of restraint items and the basis for approval (tests or calculations).
D.
Welding certificates for all welders.
E.
Qualification Data: For professional engineer and testing agency.
F.
Field quality control test reports.
G.
Special Inspections plan as outlined in Quality Assurance Article.
H.
Provide Coordination Drawings as indicated in related Sections where vibration and
seismic controls are applicable.
I.
Layout Drawings to include:
1.
2.
All vertical support and seismic bracing locations.
All vertical support and seismic bracing connections to the structure (Anchorage
Manufacturer, Quantity and Size for each location)
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 06/30/10, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
1.06
SECTION 230548, PAGE 4
VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS
FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
Vertical Support and brace arm reactions at all connection points to the structure
(for the Structural Engineer of Record use in checking suitability of the building
structure.
Type and size of brace member
Reference installation detail #’s for vertical support and seismic bracing.
Maximum Transverse and Longitudinal brace spacing for each utility.
Seismic accelerations each utility has been designed to resist.
Suspended utility max weight per lineal foot (lbs/1f) or max pipe/conduit size at
all seismic locations.
Maximum all threaded rod size at all seismic locations.
J.
Jobsite conditions not covered by the manufacturer’s design manual shall be engineered
on an individual and all calculations and details shall be wet stamped by a registered
structural engineer in the state where the project is located.
K.
Submit seismic bracing layouts for all suspended utilities on shop drawings wet stamped
by a registered Structural Engineer and licensed in the state where the project is located.
The basis for the layouts shall be the utility contractors shop drawings, and the addition
of the bracing locations shall be the responsibility of this section.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Comply with seismic-restraint requirements in the IBC unless requirements in this
Section are more stringent.
B.
Provisions from SMACNA including any exclusions for seismic bracing are NOT
acceptable.
C.
Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural
Welding Code - Steel."
D.
Seismic-restraint devices shall have horizontal and vertical load testing and analysis and
shall bear anchorage preapproval by ICC-ES, or preapproval by another agency
acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, showing maximum seismic-restraint ratings.
Ratings based on independent testing are preferred to ratings based on calculations. If
preapproved ratings are not available, submittals based on independent testing are
preferred. Calculations (including combining shear and tensile loads) to support seismicrestraint designs must be signed and sealed by a qualified licensed professional engineer
in the project state responsible for their preparation.
E.
Special inspections shall be performed by an independent professional consultant
working directly for the Owner on the Owner’s behalf during the construction phases of
the project. The Architect / Engineer shall provide the scope of work for special
inspection activities consistent with requirements of the International Building Code
Chapter 17 and local codes for the scope of work applicable to the project.
F.
The mechanical, electrical, component or system is considered to be a “Designated
Seismic System” per Chapter 17 of the 2006 IBC. Each Contractor responsible for the
construction of a Designated Seismic System shall submit a written “statement of
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 06/30/10, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
SECTION 230548, PAGE 5
VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS
FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
responsibility”, per the 2006 IBC (Section 1706), to the building official and owner prior
to the commencement of work on the system or component.
G.
Special Inspection Requirements:
1.
All Designated Seismic Systems are subject to Special Inspection requirements
per Chapter 17 of the 2006 IBC. The engineer or manufacturer providing seismic
restraint for Designated Seismic Systems shall provide a special inspection plan
to the owner and design team for use by the projects’ special inspectors. The
plan shall include the following:
a.
b.
c.
H.
Upon completion of construction a Quality Assurance Representative of the seismic force
resisting system manufacturer/designer shall review the installation of the seismic force
resisting system and provide documentation indicating conformance to shop drawing
seismic restraint layout and with manufacturer’s installation instructions.
I.
Material Requirements:
1.
2.
1.07
List all components of the seismic system that require inspection or
testing.
List the frequency of testing/inspection.
List the type and nature of testing required.
All manufacturer’s specific components that are part of the seismic resistance
system must be strength tested by third party vendors with test reports available
upon request.
All anchors utilized as part of component anchorage and/or seismic anchorage
must comply with Section 13.4.2 of the ASCE 7-05. Specifically, all anchors
much be tested for seismic applications in conformance with ACI 355.2.
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A.
It is the Contractor’s responsibility to ensure on-time delivery of all materials and
equipment required for the Project. All materials furnished or incorporated in the Work
shall be new, unused, of best quality, and especially adapted for the service required;
whenever the characteristics of any material are not particularly specified, such material
shall be utilized as is customary in first class work of a nature for which the material is
employed.
B.
Contractor shall provide necessary means to properly stage and store all materials and
equipment until time of use or installation on the Project. Contractor shall be solely
responsible for materials and equipment stored on the Site; type and extent of security
provided to be at Contractor’s discretion. Coordinate all requirements with Owner.
C.
Contractor shall be responsible for proper handling, rigging, and installing of all materials
and equipment for the Project.
D.
Owner reserves the right to reject any materials or equipment that are not properly stored
in accordance with these specifications or the manufacturers’ requirements.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 06/30/10, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
E.
1.08
SECTION 230548, PAGE 6
VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS
FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
Refer to Section 015000, Temporary Facilities and Controls, for additional delivery and
storage requirements.
WARRANTY
A.
Warranty Period: Three (3) years from date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01
MANUFACTURERS
A.
In other Part 2 articles where subparagraph titles below introduce lists, the following
requirements apply for product selection:
1.
2.02
Approved Manufacturers, substitutions by prior approval only: Subject to
compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the named
manufacturers. Substitutions will be considered for products by other
manufacturers if submitted in advance of bidding in conformance with
requirement of Division 01.
VIBRATION ISOLATORS
A.
Approved Manufacturers, substitutions by prior approval only: Subject to compliance
with requirements, provide products by one of the named manufacturers. Substitutions
will be considered for products by other manufacturers if submitted in advance of bidding
in conformance with requirement of Division 01.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
B.
Pads: Arranged in single or multiple layers of sufficient stiffness for uniform loading
over pad area, molded with a nonslip pattern and galvanized-steel baseplates, and factory
cut to sizes that match requirements of supported equipment.
1.
C.
Ace Mountings Co., Inc.
Amber/Booth Company, Inc.
California Dynamics Corporation.
Isolation Technology, Inc.
Kinetics Noise Control.
Mason Industries.
Vibration Eliminator Co., Inc.
Vibration Isolation.
Vibration Mountings & Controls, Inc.
Resilient Material: Oil- and water-resistant neoprene.
Mounts: Double-deflection type, with molded, oil-resistant rubber, hermetically sealed
compressed fiberglass, or neoprene isolator elements with factory-drilled, encapsulated
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 06/30/10, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
SECTION 230548, PAGE 7
VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS
FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
top plate for bolting to equipment and with baseplate for bolting to structure. Color-code
or otherwise identify to indicate capacity range.
1.
2.
D.
Restrained Mounts: All-directional mountings with seismic restraint.
1.
2.
E.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of
the spring at rated load.
Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load.
Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of rated vertical stiffness.
Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without
deformation or failure.
Baseplates: Factory drilled for bolting to structure and bonded to 1/4-inch thick,
rubber isolator pad attached to baseplate underside. Baseplates shall limit floor
load to 500 psig.
Top Plate and Adjustment Bolt: Threaded top plate with adjustment bolt and cap
screw to fasten and level equipment.
Restrained Spring Isolators: Freestanding, steel, open-spring isolators with seismic or
limit-stop restraint.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
G.
Materials: Cast-ductile-iron or welded steel housing containing two separate and
opposing, oil-resistant rubber or neoprene elements that prevent central threaded
element and attachment hardware from contacting the housing during normal
operation.
Neoprene: Shock-absorbing materials compounded according to the standard for
bridge-bearing neoprene as defined by AASHTO.
Spring Isolators: Freestanding, laterally stable, open-spring isolators.
1.
F.
Materials: Cast-ductile-iron or welded steel housing containing two separate and
opposing, oil-resistant rubber or neoprene elements that prevent central threaded
element and attachment hardware from contacting the housing during normal
operation.
Neoprene: Shock-absorbing materials compounded according to the standard for
bridge-bearing neoprene as defined by AASHTO.
Housing: Steel with resilient vertical-limit stops to prevent spring extension due
to weight being removed; factory-drilled baseplate bonded to 1/4-inch thick,
neoprene or rubber isolator pad attached to baseplate underside; and adjustable
equipment mounting and leveling bolt that acts as blocking during installation.
Restraint: Seismic or limit stop as required for equipment and authorities having
jurisdiction.
Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of
the spring at rated load.
Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load.
Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of rated vertical stiffness.
Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without
deformation or failure.
Housed Spring Mounts: Housed spring isolator with integral seismic snubbers.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 06/30/10, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
1.
2.
3.
SECTION 230548, PAGE 8
VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS
FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
Housing: Ductile-iron or steel housing to provide all-directional seismic
restraint.
Base: Factory drilled for bolting to structure.
Snubbers: Vertically adjustable to allow a maximum of 1/4-inch travel up or
down before contacting a resilient collar.
H.
Elastomeric Hangers: Single or double-deflection type, fitted with molded, oil-resistant
elastomeric isolator elements bonded to steel housings with threaded connections for
hanger rods. Color-code or otherwise identify to indicate capacity range.
I.
Spring Hangers: Combination coil-spring and elastomeric-insert hanger with spring and
insert in compression.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
J.
Spring Hangers with Vertical-Limit Stop: Combination coil-spring and elastomericinsert hanger with spring and insert in compression and with a vertical-limit stop.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
K.
Frame: Steel, fabricated for connection to threaded hanger rods and to allow for
a maximum of 30 degrees of angular hanger-rod misalignment without binding
or reducing isolation efficiency.
Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of
the spring at rated load.
Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load.
Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of rated vertical stiffness.
Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without
deformation or failure.
Elastomeric Element: Molded, oil-resistant rubber or neoprene. Steel-washerreinforced cup to support spring and bushing projecting through bottom of frame.
Self-centering hanger rod cap to ensure concentricity between hanger rod and
support spring coil.
Frame: Steel, fabricated for connection to threaded hanger rods and to allow for
a maximum of 30 degrees of angular hanger-rod misalignment without binding
or reducing isolation efficiency.
Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of
the spring at rated load.
Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load.
Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of rated vertical stiffness.
Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without
deformation or failure.
Elastomeric Element: Molded, oil-resistant rubber or neoprene.
Adjustable Vertical Stop: Steel washer with neoprene washer "up-stop" on lower
threaded rod.
Self-centering hanger rod cap to ensure concentricity between hanger rod and
support spring coil.
Pipe Riser Resilient Support: All-directional, acoustical pipe anchor consisting of 2 steel
tubes separated by a minimum of 1/2-inch thick neoprene. Include steel and neoprene
vertical-limit stops arranged to prevent vertical travel in both directions. Design support
for a maximum load on the isolation material of 500 psig and for equal resistance in all
directions.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 06/30/10, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
L.
2.03
SECTION 230548, PAGE 9
VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS
FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
Resilient Pipe Guides: Telescopic arrangement of 2 steel tubes or post and sleeve
arrangement separated by a minimum of 1/2-inch thick neoprene. Where clearances are
not readily visible, a factory-set guide height with a shear pin to allow vertical motion
due to pipe expansion and contraction shall be fitted. Shear pin shall be removable and
reinsertable to allow for selection of pipe movement. Guides shall be capable of motion
to meet location requirements.
SEISMIC RESTRAINT DEVICES
A.
Approved Manufacturers, substitutions by prior approval only: Subject to compliance
with requirements, provide products by one of the named manufacturers. Substitutions
will be considered for products by other manufacturers if submitted in advance of bidding
in conformance with requirement of Division 1.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
B.
General Requirements for Restraint Components:
applications shall be as defined in reports.
1.
C.
Cooper B-Line, Inc.; a Division of Cooper Industries.
Hilti, Inc.
Unistrut, Tyco International, Ltd.
ISAT (International Seismic Application Technology).
Tolco.
Rated strengths, features, and
Structural Safety Factor: Ultimate strength in tension, shear, and pullout force of
components shall be at least ten times the maximum seismic forces to which they
will be subjected.
Snubbers: Factory fabricated using welded structural-steel shapes and plates, anchor
bolts, and replaceable resilient isolation washers and bushings.
1.
2.
3.
Anchor bolts for attaching to concrete shall be seismic-rated, drill-in, and studwedge or female-wedge type.
Resilient Isolation Washers and Bushings: Oil- and water-resistant neoprene.
Maximum 1/4-inch air gap, and minimum 1/4-inch thick resilient cushion.
D.
Channel Support System: MFMA-3, shop- or field-fabricated support assembly made of
slotted steel channels with accessories for attachment to braced component at one end
and to building structure at the other end and other matching components and with
corrosion-resistant coating; and rated in tension, compression, and torsion forces.
E.
Restraint Cables: ASTM A 603 galvanized steel cables with end connections made of
steel assemblies with thimbles, brackets, swivel, and bolts designed for restraining cable
service; and with a minimum of two clamping bolts for cable engagement.
F.
Hanger Rod Stiffener: Steel tube or steel slotted-support-system sleeve with internally
bolted connections or reinforcing steel angle clamped to hanger rod.
G.
Bushings for Floor-Mounted Equipment Anchor Bolts: Neoprene bushings designed for
rigid equipment mountings, and matched to type and size of anchor bolts and studs.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 06/30/10, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
2.04
SECTION 230548, PAGE 10
VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS
FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
H.
Bushing Assemblies for Wall-Mounted Equipment Anchorage: Assemblies of neoprene
elements and steel sleeves designed for rigid equipment mountings, and matched to type
and size of attachment devices used.
I.
Resilient Isolation Washers and Bushings: One piece, molded, oil and water resistant
neoprene, with a flat washer face.
J.
Mechanical Anchor Bolts: Drilled-in and stud-wedge or female-wedge type in zinccoated steel for interior applications and stainless steel for exterior applications. Select
anchor bolts with strength required for anchor and as tested according to ASTM E 488.
Minimum length of eight times diameter.
K.
Adhesive Anchor Bolts: Drilled-in and capsule anchor system containing polyvinyl or
urethane methacrylate-based resin and accelerator, or injected polymer or hybrid mortar
adhesive. Provide anchor bolts and hardware with zinc-coated steel for interior
applications and stainless steel for exterior applications. Select anchor bolts with strength
required for anchor and as tested according to ASTM E 488.
L.
Beam Clamps: Restraining straps or J-bolts shall be used as secondary restraint on beam
clamps which support dead loads. Beam clamps lacking secondary restraint features will
not be accepted.
FACTORY FINISHES
A.
Finish: Manufacturer's standard paint applied to factory-assembled and tested equipment
before shipping.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Powder coating on springs and housings.
All hardware shall be galvanized. Hot-dip galvanize metal components for
exterior use. (Include appropriate UL listings.)
Baked enamel or powder coat for metal components on isolator for interior use.
Color-code or otherwise mark vibration isolation and seismic-control devices to
indicate capacity range.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01
EXAMINATION
A.
Examine areas and equipment to receive vibration isolation and seismic-control devices
for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions
affecting performance.
B.
Examine roughing-in of reinforcement and cast-in-place anchors to verify actual
locations before installation.
C.
Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 06/30/10, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
3.02
3.03
SECTION 230548, PAGE 11
VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS
FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
APPLICATIONS
A.
Multiple Pipe Supports: Secure pipes to trapeze member with clamps approved for
application.
B.
Indicate on Drawings, by details, schedules, or a combination of both, the locations
where hanger rods for individual pipes and hanger rods for trapeze hangers require
hanger rod stiffeners.
C.
Hanger Rod Stiffeners: Install hanger rod stiffeners where indicated or scheduled on
Drawings to receive them and where required to prevent buckling of hanger rods due to
seismic forces.
D.
Strength of Support and Seismic-Restraint Assemblies: Where not indicated, select sizes
of components so strength will be adequate to carry present and future static and seismic
loads within specified loading limits.
VIBRATION CONTROL AND SEISMIC RESTRAINT DEVICE INSTALLATION
A.
General:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
All vibration isolators and seismic restraint systems must be installed in strict
accordance with the manufacturer’s written instructions and all certified
submittal data.
Installation of vibration isolators and seismic restraints must not cause any
change of position of equipment, piping or ductwork resulting in stresses or
misalignment.
No rigid connections between equipment and building structure shall be made
that degrades the noise and vibration control system herein specified.
The contractor shall not install any equipment, piping, duct or conduit which
makes rigid connections with the building structure unless isolation is not
specified. “Building structure” includes, but is not limited to, slabs, beams,
joists, columns, studs and walls.
Coordinate work with other trades to avoid rigid contact with the building.
Any conflicts with other trades which will result in rigid contact with equipment
or piping due to inadequate space or other unforeseen conditions should be
brought to the architects/engineers attention prior to installation. Corrective
work necessitated by conflicts after installation shall be at the responsible
contractor’s expense.
Bring to the architects/engineers attention any discrepancies between the
specifications and field conditions or changes required due to specific equipment
selection, prior to installation. Corrective work necessitated by discrepancies
after installation shall be at the responsible contractor’s expense.
Correct, at no additional cost, all installations which are deemed defective in
workmanship and materials at the contractor’s expense.
Overstressing of the building structure must not occur because of overhead
support of equipment. Contractor must submit loads to the structural engineer of
record for approval. Generally bracing may occur from:
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 06/30/10, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
a.
b.
c.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
B.
SECTION 230548, PAGE 12
VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS
FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
Flanges of structural beams.
Upper truss cords in bar joist construction.
Cast in place inserts or wedge type drill-in concrete anchors.
Cable restraints shall be installed slightly slack to avoid short circuiting the
isolated suspended equipment, piping or conduit.
Cable assemblies are installed taut on non-isolated systems. Seismic solid braces
may be used in place of cables on rigidly attached systems only.
At locations where cable or solid bracing restraints are located, the support rods
must be braced when necessary to accept compressive loads with steel bolt-on
compression angles.
At locations where specification cable restraints are installed on support rods
with spring isolators, the spring isolation hangers shall be restrained-type
isolators.
At all locations where cable or solid bracing restraints are attached to pipe clevis,
the clevis cross bolt must be reinforced.
Flexible connections shall be provided between all fans and connecting ductwork
with the exception of smoke exhaust fans and internally isolated air handling
units.
Where piping passes through walls, floors or ceilings the vibration isolation
manufacturer shall provide wall seat type SWS as manufactured by Mason
industries.
Air handling equipment and centrifugal fans shall be protected against excessive
displacement which results from high air thrust in relation to the equipment
weight.
Locate isolation hangers as near to the overhead support structure as possible.
Piping carrying circulating fluids shall be isolated from the building structure
with vibration isolators as specified in the vibration isolation schedule. Install
isolators so that they can be easily removed for replacement.
Piping shall not penetrate floating floors or vibration isolated ceilings unless
specifically called for in the drawings.
Main risers shall be supported only at mid level, with riser guides at other levels,
unless otherwise indicated.
Horizontally suspended piping shall be suspended from massive structural beams
rather than slab diaphragms wherever possible.
Steel spring hanger boxes shall be rigidly mounted to the supporting structure
and not located in the middle of the hanger rod.
Hanger rods shall be aligned to clear the hanger box.
Load transfer isolators, when utilized, shall temporarily maintain the piping in a
rigid position until installation is complete and fully loaded.
Pipe anchors are not permitted in vibration isolated piping circuits. When pipe
anchors are required use Mason type ADA.
Provide vibration hangers on piping connected to isolated equipment as follows:
Up to 4” diameter, first three points of support, 5” to 8” diameter first four points
of support, 10” diameter and over first six points of support. Static deflection of
first point shall be twice deflection of isolated equipment.
Equipment Restraints:
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 06/30/10, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
1.
2.
3.
C.
SECTION 230548, PAGE 13
VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS
FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
Install seismic snubbers on HVAC equipment mounted on vibration isolators.
Locate snubbers as close as possible to vibration isolators and bolt to equipment
base and supporting structure.
Install resilient bolt isolation washers on equipment anchor bolts where clearance
between anchor and adjacent surface exceeds 0.125 inch.
Install seismic-restraint devices using approved methods by the manufacturer and
by proving required submittal for the component.
Piping Restraints:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Comply with requirements in MSS SP-127.
Space lateral supports a maximum of 40 feet o.c., and longitudinal supports a
maximum of 80 feet o.c.
Brace a change of direction longer than 12 feet.
Seismically restrain all piping as a., b., or c. below. Use restraining cables if
isolated. Restraining cables or solid seismic braces may be used on nonisolated
piping:
a.
b.
c.
5.
Exclusions to pipe restraint requirements:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Fuel oil piping that is 1” I.D. or larger.
Piping located in mechanical equipment rooms, and refrigeration
equipment rooms that is 1 ¼” I.D. and larger.
All other piping 2 ½ diameter and larger.
All conduit less than 2 ½”ID unless a suspension location in the run
exceeds the above, the entire run must be braced
All other piping less than 2 ½” ID.
All piping suspended by clevis hangers where the distance from the top
of the pipe to the suspension point is 12” or less.
All trapezed piping where the distance from the suspension point to the
trapeze member is 12” or less.
If any suspension location in the run exceeds the above, the entire run
must be braced.
Where thermal expansion is a consideration, guides and anchors may be used as
transverse and longitudinal restraints provided they have a capacity equal to or
greater than the restraint loads in addition to the loads induced by expansion or
contraction.
For fuel oil piping transverse restraints must be at 20’ maximum and longitudinal
restraints at 40’ maximum spacing.
Transverse restraint for one pipe section may also act as a longitudinal restraint
for a pipe section of the same size connected perpendicular to it if the restraint is
installed within 24” of the elbow or “tee” or combined stresses are within
allowable limits at longer distances.
Hold down clamps must be used to attach pipe to all trapeze members before
applying restraints in a manner similar to clevis supports.
Branch lines may not be used to restrain main lines.
Connection to the structure must be made with non-friction connection (i.e. not
“C” type clamps.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 06/30/10, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
D.
SECTION 230548, PAGE 14
VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS
FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
Ductwork Restraints:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Comply with requirements in ASCE/SEI 7-05.
Seismically restrain all ductwork with specification restraining cable or solid
bracing.
Transverse restraints shall occur at 30’ intervals at both ends of the duct run if
less than the specified interval. Transverse restraints shall be installed at each
duct turn and at each end of a duct run.
Longitudinal restraints shall occur at 60 intervals with at least one restraint per
duct run. Transverse restraints for one duct section may also act as a longitudinal
restraint for a duct section connected perpendicular to it if the restraints are
installed within 4’ of the intersection of the ducts and if the restraints are sized
for the larger duct.
The ductwork must be reinforced at the restraint locations. Reinforcement shall
consist of an additional angle on top of the ductwork that is attached to the
support hanger rods. Ductwork is to be attached to both upper angle and lower
trapeze.
A group of ducts may be combined in a larger frame so that combined weights
and dimensions of the ducts are less than or equal to the maximum weight and
dimensions of the duct for which bracing details are selected.
Walls, including gypsum board non bearing partitions, which have ducts running
through them may replace a typical transverse brace. Provide channel framing
around ducts and solid blocking between the duct and the frame.
Connection to the structure must be made with non-friction connection (i.e. no
“C” type clamps).
E.
Install cables so they do not bend across edges of adjacent equipment or building
structure.
F.
Install seismic-restraint devices using methods approved by the manufacturer.
G.
Install bushing assemblies for anchor bolts for floor-mounted equipment, arranged to
provide resilient media between anchor bolt and mounting hole in concrete base.
H.
Install bushing assemblies for mounting bolts for wall-mounted equipment, arranged to
provide resilient media where equipment or equipment-mounting channels are attached to
wall.
I.
Attachment to Structure: If specific attachment is not indicated, anchor bracing to
structure at flanges of beams, at upper truss chords of bar joists, or at concrete members.
J.
Drilled-in Anchors:
1.
2.
Identify position of reinforcing steel and other embedded items prior to drilling
holes for anchors. Do not damage existing reinforcing or embedded items during
coring or drilling. Notify the structural engineer if reinforcing steel or other
embedded items are encountered during drilling. Locate and avoid prestressed
tendons, electrical and telecommunications conduit, and gas lines.
Do not drill holes in concrete or masonry until concrete, mortar, or grout has
achieved full design strength.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 06/30/10, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
3.
4.
5.
6.
3.04
Install flexible connections in piping where they cross seismic joints, where adjacent
sections or branches are supported by different structural elements, and where the
connections terminate with connection to equipment that is anchored to a different
structural element from the one supporting the connections as they approach equipment.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and
inspections.
B.
Tests and Inspections:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
3.06
Wedge Anchors: Protect threads from damage during anchor installation.
Heavy-duty sleeve anchors shall be installed with sleeve fully engaged in the
structural element to which anchor is to be fastened.
Adhesive Anchors: Clean holes to remove loose material and drilling dust prior
to installation of adhesive. Place adhesive in holes proceeding from the bottom
of the hole and progressing toward the surface in such a manner as to avoid
introduction of air pockets in the adhesive.
Set anchors to manufacturer's recommended torque, using a torque wrench.
Install zinc-coated steel anchors for interior and stainless-steel anchors for
exterior applications.
ACCOMMODATION OF DIFFERENTIAL SEISMIC MOTION
A.
3.05
SECTION 230548, PAGE 15
VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS
FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
Provide evidence of recent calibration of test equipment by a testing agency
acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
Schedule test with Owner, through Architect, before connecting anchorage
device to restrained component (unless post-connection testing has been
approved), and with at least seven days' advance notice.
Obtain Architect's approval before transmitting test loads to structure. Provide
temporary load-spreading members.
Measure isolator restraint clearance.
Measure isolator deflection.
Verify snubber minimum clearances.
If a device fails test, modify all installations of same type and retest until
satisfactory results are achieved.
C.
Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above.
D.
Prepare test and inspection reports.
ADJUSTING
A.
Adjust isolators after piping system is at operating weight.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 06/30/10, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
3.07
SECTION 230548, PAGE 16
VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS
FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
B.
Adjust limit stops on restrained spring isolators to mount equipment at normal operating
height. After equipment installation is complete, adjust limit stops so they are out of
contact during normal operation.
C.
Adjust active height of spring isolators.
D.
Adjust restraints to permit free movement of equipment within normal mode of
operation.
SCHEDULE OF VIBRATION ISOLATION AND SEISMIC ANCHORING
A.
Provide isolation and seismic anchoring as shown and specified including but not limited
to the following:
Equipment
Name/Location
Isolator Type
Type
Deflection
Typical CRAC
None
Condensers and dry
coolers
Base Type
Seismic Restraint Method
None
Provided with
CRAC
None
None
Equipment legs
Exhaust Fans (inline)
Spring
Hangers
1”
Equipment Casing
Seismically anchor CRAC base
to concrete housekeeping pad.
Seismically anchor legs to roof
curbs.
Suspend from structure, restrain
with cables. Provide flex fabric
duct connections.
Piping
Spring
Hangers
1”
N/A
See specifications.
END OF SECTION 230548
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 06/30/10, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
SECTION 230553, PAGE 1
IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC
PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
SECTION 230553 - IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
Drawings, Agreement, Part 0, Special Conditions and Forms, and Division 01
Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
B.
Related Sections include the following:
1.
C.
1.02
Verizon Wireless Network Standard NSTD385, Mechanical Systems in Switching Center
Design.
SUMMARY
A.
HVAC Systems/Equipment To Be Labeled Includes:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
B.
Air handling units (Computer room AHUs, etc.).
Condensing and dry cooler units.
Smoke management system.
Exhaust fans.
Automatic dampers.
Fire/smoke dampers.
Condensate pump systems.
Generator oil supply and monitoring system.
Section Includes:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
1.03
Division 23, HVAC.
Equipment labels.
Warning signs and labels.
Pipe labels.
Duct labels.
Stencils.
Valve tags.
Warning tags.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
B.
Samples: For color, letter style, and graphic representation required for each
identification material and device.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
1.04
1.05
1.06
SECTION 230553, PAGE 2
IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC
PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
C.
Equipment Label Schedule: Include a listing of all equipment to be labeled with the
proposed content for each label.
D.
Valve numbering scheme.
E.
Valve Schedules: For each piping system to include in maintenance manuals.
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A.
It is the Contractor’s responsibility to ensure on-time delivery of all materials and
equipment required for the Project. All materials furnished or incorporated in the Work
shall be new, unused, of best quality, and especially adapted for the service required;
whenever the characteristics of any material are not particularly specified, such material
shall be utilized as is customary in first class work of a nature for which the material is
employed.
B.
Contractor shall provide necessary means to properly stage and store all materials and
equipment until time of use or installation on the Project. Contractor shall be solely
responsible for materials and equipment stored on the Site; type and extent of security
provided to be at Contractor’s discretion. Coordinate all requirements with Owner.
C.
Contractor shall be responsible for proper handling, rigging, and installing of all materials
and equipment for the Project.
D.
Owner reserves the right to reject any materials or equipment that are not properly stored
in accordance with these specifications or the manufacturers’ requirements.
E.
Refer to Section 015000, Temporary Facilities and Controls, for additional delivery and
storage requirements.
COORDINATION
A.
Coordinate installation of identifying devices with completion of covering and painting
of surfaces where devices are to be applied.
B.
Coordinate installation of identifying devices with locations of access panels and doors.
C.
Install identifying devices before installing acoustical ceilings and similar concealment.
WARRANTY
A.
All HVAC identification furnished and installed under this contract, shall be guaranteed
against defects in design, materials and workmanship for the full warranty period which
is standard with the manufacturer, but in no case less than one (1) year from the date of
system acceptance.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
SECTION 230553, PAGE 3
IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC
PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01
EQUIPMENT LABELS
A.
Metal Labels for Equipment:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
B.
Plastic Labels for Equipment:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
2.02
Material and Thickness: Stainless steel, 0.025-inch minimum thickness, and
having predrilled or stamped holes for attachment hardware.
Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not
less than 2-1/2 by 3/4 inch.
Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch for name of units if viewing distance is less than
24 inches, 1/2 inch for viewing distances up to 72 inches), and proportionately
larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering twothirds to three-fourths the size of principal lettering.
Fasteners: Stainless-steel rivets or self-tapping screws.
Adhesive: Contact-type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with
substrate.
Material and Thickness: Multilayer, multicolor, plastic labels for mechanical
engraving, 1/8 inch thick, and having predrilled holes for attachment hardware.
Letter Color: White
Background Color: Black
Maximum Temperature: Able to withstand temperatures up to 160 deg F.
Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not
less than 2-1/2 by 3/4 inch.
Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch for name of units if viewing distance is less than
24 inches, 1/2 inch for viewing distances up to 72 inches, and proportionately
larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering twothirds to three-fourths the size of principal lettering.
Fasteners: Stainless-steel rivets or self-tapping screws.
Adhesive: Contact-type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with
substrate.
C.
Include equipment's Drawing designation or unique equipment number.
D.
Equipment Label Schedule: For each item of equipment to be labeled, on 8-1/2-by-11inch bond paper. Tabulate equipment identification number and identify Drawing
numbers where equipment is indicated (plans, details, and schedules), plus the
Specification Section number and title where equipment is specified. Equipment
schedule shall be included in operation and maintenance data.
WARNING SIGNS AND LABELS
A.
Material and Thickness: Multilayer, multicolor, plastic labels for mechanical engraving,
1/8 inch thick, and having predrilled holes for attachment hardware.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
2.03
B.
Letter Color: White.
C.
Background Color: Black.
D.
Maximum Temperature: Able to withstand temperatures up to 160 deg F.
E.
Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than
2-1/2 by 3/4 inch.
F.
Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24
inches, 1/2 inch for viewing distances up to 72 inches, and proportionately larger lettering
for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two-thirds to three-fourths the
size of principal lettering.
G.
Fasteners: Stainless-steel rivets or self-tapping screws.
H.
Adhesive: Contact-type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate.
I.
Label Content: Include caution and warning information, plus emergency notification
instructions.
PIPE LABELS
A.
General Requirements for Manufactured Pipe Labels:
lettering indicating service, and showing flow direction.
B.
Pretensioned Pipe Labels:
Precoiled, semirigid plastic formed to cover full
circumference of pipe and to attach to pipe without fasteners or adhesive.
C.
Self-Adhesive Pipe Labels:
backing.
D.
Pipe Label Contents: Include identification of piping service using same designations or
abbreviations as used on Drawings, pipe size, and an arrow indicating flow direction.
1.
2.
2.04
SECTION 230553, PAGE 4
IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC
PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
Preprinted, color-coded, with
Printed plastic with contact-type, permanent-adhesive
Flow-Direction Arrows: Integral with piping system service lettering to
accommodate both directions or as separate unit on each pipe label to indicate
flow direction.
Lettering Size: At least 1-1/2 inches high.
DUCT LABELS
A.
Material and Thickness: Multilayer, multicolor, plastic labels for mechanical engraving,
1/8 inch thick, and having predrilled holes for attachment hardware.
B.
Letter Color: White.
C.
Background Color: Black.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
D.
Maximum Temperature: Able to withstand temperatures up to 160 deg F.
E.
Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than
2-1/2 by 3/4 inch.
F.
Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24
inches, 1/2 inch for viewing distances up to 72 inches, and proportionately larger lettering
for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two-thirds to three-fourths the
size of principal lettering.
G.
Fasteners: Stainless-steel rivets or self-tapping screws.
H.
Adhesive: Contact-type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate.
I.
Duct Label Contents: Include identification of duct service using same designations or
abbreviations as used on Drawings, duct size, and an arrow indicating flow direction.
1.
2.
2.05
SECTION 230553, PAGE 5
IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC
PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
Flow-Direction Arrows:
Integral with duct system service lettering to
accommodate both directions or as separate unit on each duct label to indicate
flow direction.
Lettering Size: At least 1-1/2 inches high.
VALVE TAGS
A.
Valve Tags: Stamped or engraved with 1/4-inch letters for piping system abbreviation
and 1/2-inch numbers.
1.
2.
B.
Tag Material: Stainless steel, 0.032-inch minimum thickness, and having
predrilled or stamped holes for attachment hardware.
Fasteners: Brass wire-link or beaded chain; or S-hook.
Valve Schedules: For each piping system, on 8-1/2-by-11-inch bond paper. Tabulate
valve number, piping system, system abbreviation (as shown on valve tag), location of
valve (room or space), normal-operating position (open, closed, or modulating), and
variations for identification. Mark valves for emergency shutoff and similar special uses.
1.
Valve-tag schedule shall be included in operation and maintenance data.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01
PREPARATION
A.
Clean piping and equipment surfaces of substances that could impair bond of
identification devices, including dirt, oil, grease, release agents, and incompatible
primers, paints, and encapsulants.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
3.02
3.03
EQUIPMENT LABEL INSTALLATION
A.
Install or permanently fasten labels on each major item of mechanical equipment.
B.
Locate equipment labels where accessible and visible.
PIPE LABEL INSTALLATION
A.
Locate pipe labels where piping is exposed or above accessible ceilings in finished
spaces; machine rooms; accessible maintenance spaces such as shafts, tunnels, and
plenums; and exterior exposed locations as follows:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
B.
Near each valve and control device.
Near each branch connection, excluding short takeoffs for fixtures and terminal
units. Where flow pattern is not obvious, mark each pipe at branch.
Near penetrations through walls, floors, ceilings, and inaccessible enclosures.
At access doors, manholes, and similar access points that permit view of
concealed piping.
Near major equipment items and other points of origination and termination.
Spaced at maximum intervals of 50 feet along each run. Reduce intervals to 25
feet in areas of congested piping and equipment.
On piping above removable acoustical ceilings. Omit intermediately spaced
labels.
Pipe Label Color Schedule:
1.
Glycol -Water Piping:
a.
b.
2.
Background Color: Black.
Letter Color: Green.
Refrigerant Piping:
a.
b.
3.04
SECTION 230553, PAGE 6
IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC
PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
Background Color: Black.
Letter Color: Yellow.
DUCT LABEL INSTALLATION
A.
Install self-adhesive duct labels with permanent adhesive on air ducts in the following
color codes:
1.
2.
3.
B.
Blue: For cold-air supply ducts.
Green: For exhaust-, outside-, relief-, return-, and mixed-air ducts.
ASME A13.1 Colors and Designs: For hazardous material exhaust.
Locate labels near points where ducts enter into concealed spaces and at maximum
intervals of 50 feet in each space where ducts are exposed or concealed by removable
ceiling system.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
3.05
VALVE-TAG INSTALLATION
A.
Install tags on valves and control devices in piping systems, except check valves; valves
within factory-fabricated equipment units; shutoff valves; faucets; convenience and lawnwatering hose connections; and HVAC terminal devices and similar roughing-in
connections of end-use fixtures and units. List tagged valves in a valve schedule.
B.
Valve-Tag Application Schedule: Tag valves according to size, shape, and color scheme
and with captions similar to those indicated in the following subparagraphs:
1.
Valve-Tag Size and Shape:
a.
b.
2.
3.
Glyol: 1-1/2 inches round.
Refrigerant: 1-1/2 inches round.
Valve-Tag Color:
a.
b.
Glycol: Natural.
Refrigerant: Natural.
Letter Color:
a.
b.
3.06
SECTION 230553, PAGE 7
IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC
PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
Glycol: White.
Refrigerant: White.
WARNING SIGNS AND LABEL INSTALLATION
A.
Conduct a walk through of the project with Architect / Engineer representative and
identify potential safety concerns and determine the locations warning signs. At a
minimum, provide warning signs and labels at the following locations:
1.
2.
3.
Warning signs on outward swinging AHU access doors at sections under positive
pressure.
Warning signs on AHU fan access doors.
Warning labels on access doors and access panels of duct work operating under
more than 0.5 inch positive pressure.
END OF SECTION 230553
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
SECTION 230593, PAGE 1
TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND
BALANCING FOR HVAC
SECTION 230593 - TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
Drawings, Agreement, Part 0, Special Conditions and Forms, and Division 01
Specifications Sections, apply to this Section.
B.
Related Sections include the following:
1.
2.
C.
Verizon Wireless Network Standards:
1.
2.
1.02
Section 230500, Common Work Results for HVAC.
Section 230800, Commissioning of HVAC.
NSTD385, Mechanical Systems in Switching Center Design.
NSTD401, Commissioning Standard.
SUMMARY
A.
Section Includes:
1.
Balancing Air Systems:
a.
2.
Balancing Hydronic Piping Systems:
a.
1.03
Constant-volume air systems.
Constant-flow hydronic systems.
DEFINITIONS
A.
AABC: Associated Air Balance Council.
B.
NEBB: National Environmental Balancing Bureau.
C.
TAB: Testing, adjusting, and balancing.
D.
TABB: Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Bureau.
E.
TAB Specialist: An entity engaged to perform TAB Work.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
1.04
SECTION 230593, PAGE 2
TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND
BALANCING FOR HVAC
SUBMITTALS
A.
Qualification Data: Within 30 days of Contractor's Notice to Proceed, submit
documentation that the TAB contractor and this Project's TAB team members meet the
qualifications specified in "Quality Assurance" Article.
B.
Contract Documents Examination Report: Within 30 days of Contractor's Notice to
Proceed, submit the Contract Documents review report as specified in Part 3.
C.
Strategies and Procedures Plan: Within 60 days of Contractor's Notice to Proceed,
submit TAB strategies and step-by-step procedures as specified in "Preparation" Article.
D.
Certified TAB reports.
E.
Sample report forms.
F.
Instrument calibration reports, to include the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
G.
TAB Contractor Qualifications: Engage a TAB entity certified by AABC, NEBB, or
TABB.
1.
2.
H.
Instrument type and make.
Serial number.
Application.
Dates of use.
Dates of calibration.
TAB Field Supervisor: Employee of the TAB contractor and certified by AABC,
NEBB, or TABB.
TAB Technician: Employee of the TAB contractor and who is certified by
AABC, NEBB or TABB as a TAB technician.
TAB Conference: Meet with Architect / Engineer and VZW Construction Manager on
approval of the TAB strategies and procedures plan to develop a mutual understanding of
the details. Require the participation of the TAB field supervisor and technicians.
Provide seven days' advance notice of scheduled meeting time and location.
1.
Agenda Items:
a.
b.
c.
d.
I.
The Contract Documents examination report.
The TAB plan.
Coordination and cooperation of trades and subcontractors.
Coordination of documentation and communication flow.
Certify TAB field data reports and perform the following:
1.
2.
Review field data reports to validate accuracy of data and to prepare certified
TAB reports.
Certify that the TAB team complied with the approved TAB plan and the
procedures specified and referenced in this Specification.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
J.
Instrumentation Type, Quantity, Accuracy, and Calibration:
ASHRAE 111, Section 5, "Instrumentation."
K.
Standards Compliance:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
1.05
As described in
AABC - National Standards for Total System Balance.
ADC - Test Code for Grilles, Registers, and Diffusers.
ASHRAE 111 - Practices for Measurement, Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing of
Building Heating, Ventilation, Air-conditioning, and Refrigeration Systems.
NEBB - Procedural Standards for Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing of
Environmental Systems.
SMACNA - HVAC Systems Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing.
Verizon Wireless Network Standard NSTD385.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
A.
1.06
SECTION 230593, PAGE 3
TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND
BALANCING FOR HVAC
Partial Owner Occupancy: Owner may occupy completed areas of building before
Substantial Completion. Cooperate with Owner during TAB operations to minimize
conflicts with Owner's operations.
COORDINATION
A.
Notice: Provide seven days advance notice for each test. Include scheduled test dates
and times.
B.
Perform TAB after leakage and pressure tests on air and glycol distribution systems have
been satisfactorily completed.
C.
Sequence work to commence after completion of systems and schedule completion of
work before Substantial Completion of Project.
D.
Additional testing, adjusting, and balancing work will be required during the warranty
period. Please see section 3.18 Additional Test for additional information.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01
EXAMINATION
A.
Examine the Contract Documents to become familiar with Project requirements and to
discover conditions in systems' designs that may preclude proper TAB of systems and
equipment.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
SECTION 230593, PAGE 4
TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND
BALANCING FOR HVAC
B.
Examine systems for installed balancing devices, such as test ports, gage cocks,
thermometer wells, flow-control devices, balancing valves and fittings, and manual
volume dampers. Verify that locations of these balancing devices are accessible.
C.
Examine the approved submittals for HVAC systems and equipment.
D.
Examine design data including HVAC system descriptions, statements of design
assumptions for environmental conditions and systems' output, and statements of
philosophies and assumptions about HVAC system and equipment controls.
E.
Examine ceiling plenums and underfloor air plenums used for supply, return, or relief air
to verify that they meet the leakage class of connected ducts as specified in Section
233113, Metal Ducts, and are properly separated from adjacent areas. Verify that
penetrations in plenum walls are sealed and fire-stopped if required.
F.
Examine equipment performance data including fan and pump curves.
1.
2.
Relate performance data to Project conditions and requirements, including
system effects that can create undesired or unpredicted conditions that cause
reduced capacities in all or part of a system.
Calculate system-effect factors to reduce performance ratings of HVAC
equipment when installed under conditions different from the conditions used to
rate equipment performance. To calculate system effects for air systems, use
tables and charts found in AMCA 201, "Fans and Systems," or in SMACNA's
"HVAC Systems - Duct Design." Compare results with the design data and
installed conditions.
G.
Examine system and equipment installations and verify that field quality-control testing,
cleaning, and adjusting specified in individual Sections have been performed.
H.
Examine test reports specified in individual system and equipment Sections.
I.
Examine HVAC equipment and filters and verify that bearings are greased, belts are
aligned and tight, and equipment with functioning controls is ready for operation.
J.
Examine strainers. Verify that startup screens are replaced by permanent screens with
indicated perforations.
K.
Examine heat-transfer coils for correct piping connections and for clean and straight fins.
L.
Examine system pumps to ensure absence of entrained air in the suction piping.
M.
Examine operating safety interlocks and controls on HVAC equipment.
N.
Report deficiencies discovered before and during performance of TAB procedures.
Observe and record system reactions to changes in conditions. Record default set points
if different from indicated values.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
3.02
PREPARATION
A.
Prepare a TAB plan that includes strategies and step-by-step procedures.
B.
Complete system-readiness checks and prepare reports. Verify the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
3.03
Permanent electrical-power wiring is complete.
Hydronic systems are filled, clean, and free of air.
Automatic temperature-control systems are operational.
Equipment and duct access doors are securely closed.
Balance, smoke, and fire dampers are open.
Isolating and balancing valves are open and control valves are operational.
Ceilings are installed in critical areas where air-pattern adjustments are required
and access to balancing devices is provided.
Windows and doors can be closed so indicated conditions for system operations
can be met.
GENERAL PROCEDURES FOR TESTING AND BALANCING
A.
Perform testing and balancing procedures on each system according to
contained in AABC's "National Standards for Total System Balance",
NEBB's "Procedural Standards for Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing of
Systems", or SMACNA's "HVAC Systems - Testing, Adjusting, and
equivalent and in this Section.
B.
Cut insulation, ducts, pipes, and equipment cabinets for installation of test probes to the
minimum extent necessary for TAB procedures.
1.
2.
3.
3.04
SECTION 230593, PAGE 5
TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND
BALANCING FOR HVAC
the procedures
ASHRAE 111,
Environmental
Balancing" or
After testing and balancing, patch probe holes in ducts with same material and
thickness as used to construct ducts.
After testing and balancing, install test ports and duct access doors that comply
with requirements in Section 233300, Air Duct Accessories.
Install and join new insulation that matches removed materials. Restore
insulation, coverings, vapor barrier, and finish according to Section 230700,
HVAC Insulation.
C.
Mark equipment and balancing devices, including damper-control positions, valve
position indicators, fan-speed-control levers, and similar controls and devices, with paint
or other suitable, permanent identification material to show final settings.
D.
Take and report testing and balancing measurements in inch-pound (IP) units.
GENERAL PROCEDURES FOR BALANCING AIR SYSTEMS
A.
Prepare test reports for both fans and outlets. Obtain manufacturer's outlet factors and
recommended testing procedures. Crosscheck the summation of required outlet volumes
with required fan volumes.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
3.05
SECTION 230593, PAGE 6
TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND
BALANCING FOR HVAC
B.
Prepare schematic diagrams of systems' "as-built" duct layouts.
C.
Determine the best locations in main and branch ducts for accurate duct-airflow
measurements.
D.
Check airflow patterns from the outdoor-air louvers and dampers and the return- and
exhaust-air dampers through the supply-fan discharge and mixing dampers.
E.
Locate start-stop and disconnect switches, electrical interlocks, and motor starters.
F.
Verify that motor starters are equipped with properly sized thermal protection.
G.
Check dampers for proper position to achieve desired airflow path.
H.
Check for airflow blockages.
I.
Check condensate drains for proper connections and functioning.
J.
Check for proper sealing of air-handling-unit components.
K.
Verify that air duct system is sealed as specified in Section 233113, Metal Ducts.
PROCEDURES FOR CONSTANT-VOLUME AIR SYSTEMS
A.
Adjust fans to deliver total indicated airflows within the maximum allowable fan speed
listed by fan manufacturer.
1.
Measure total airflow.
a.
2.
Measure fan static pressures as follows to determine actual static pressure:
a.
b.
c.
d.
3.
Where sufficient space in ducts is unavailable for Pitot-tube traverse
measurements, measure airflow at terminal outlets and inlets and
calculate the total airflow.
Measure outlet static pressure as far downstream from the fan as
practical and upstream from restrictions in ducts such as elbows and
transitions.
Measure static pressure directly at the fan outlet or through the flexible
connection.
Measure inlet static pressure of single-inlet fans in the inlet duct as near
the fan as possible, upstream from the flexible connection, and
downstream from duct restrictions.
Measure inlet static pressure of double-inlet fans through the wall of the
plenum that houses the fan.
Measure static pressure across each component that makes up an air-handling
unit, rooftop unit, and other air-handling and -treating equipment.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
a.
4.
5.
6.
7.
B.
Measure static pressures entering and leaving other devices, such as sound traps,
heat-recovery equipment, and air washers, under final balanced conditions.
Review Record Documents to determine variations in design static pressures
versus actual static pressures.
Calculate actual system-effect factors.
Recommend adjustments to accommodate actual conditions.
Obtain approval from Architect / Engineer for adjustment of fan speed higher or
lower than indicated speed. Comply with requirements in Division 23 Sections
for air-handling units for adjustment of fans, belts, and pulley sizes to achieve
indicated air-handling-unit performance.
Do not make fan-speed adjustments that result in motor overload. Consult
equipment manufacturers about fan-speed safety factors. Modulate dampers and
measure fan-motor amperage to ensure that no overload will occur. Measure
amperage in full-cooling, full-heating, economizer, and any other operating mode
to determine the maximum required brake horsepower.
Measure airflow of submain and branch ducts.
a.
2.
3.
Where sufficient space in submain and branch ducts is unavailable for
Pitot-tube traverse measurements, measure airflow at terminal outlets
and inlets and calculate the total airflow for that zone.
Measure static pressure at a point downstream from the balancing damper, and
adjust volume dampers until the proper static pressure is achieved.
Remeasure each submain and branch duct after all have been adjusted. Continue
to adjust submain and branch ducts to indicated airflows within specified
tolerances.
Measure air outlets and inlets without making adjustments.
1.
D.
Report the cleanliness status of filters and the time static pressures are
measured.
Adjust volume dampers for main duct, submain ducts, and major branch ducts to
indicated airflows within specified tolerances.
1.
C.
SECTION 230593, PAGE 7
TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND
BALANCING FOR HVAC
Measure terminal outlets using a direct-reading hood or outlet manufacturer's
written instructions and calculating factors.
Adjust air outlets and inlets for each space to indicated airflows within specified
tolerances of indicated values. Make adjustments using branch volume dampers rather
than extractors and the dampers at air terminals.
1.
2.
Adjust each outlet in same room or space to within specified tolerances of
indicated quantities without generating noise levels above the limitations
prescribed by the Contract Documents.
Adjust patterns of adjustable outlets for proper distribution without drafts.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
3.06
SECTION 230593, PAGE 8
TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND
BALANCING FOR HVAC
PROCEDURES FOR CRACS AND AHUS SERVING CRITICAL SPACES (SWITCH,
TELCO/DACS, COLOCATE)
A.
The intent of the TAB procedures in this section is to address the auto-sequencing that
occurs on N+1 HVAC systems to achieve the following:
1.
B.
Ensure that airflows are balanced regardless of which HVAC units are operating
in lead mode. All combinations of the HVAC units shall be operated and all test
procedures indicated below shall be recorded for each of those combinations.
The final settings shall be determined by taking an average of the different
combinations to ensure the systems will operate properly under all combinations
of units operating in the lead mode.
Adjust fans to deliver total indicated airflows within the maximum allowable fan speed
listed by fan manufacturer.
1.
Measure total airflow.
a.
2.
Measure fan static pressures as follows to determine actual static pressure:
a.
b.
c.
d.
3.
5.
6.
Measure outlet static pressure as far downstream from the fan as
practical and upstream from restrictions in ducts such as elbows and
transitions.
Measure static pressure directly at the fan outlet or through the flexible
connection.
Measure inlet static pressure of single-inlet fans in the inlet duct as near
the fan as possible, upstream from the flexible connection, and
downstream from duct restrictions.
Measure inlet static pressure of double-inlet fans through the wall of the
plenum that houses the fan.
Measure static pressure across each component that makes up an air-handling
unit, rooftop unit, and other air-handling and -treating equipment.
a.
4.
Where sufficient space in ducts is unavailable for Pitot-tube traverse
measurements, measure airflow at terminal outlets and inlets and
calculate the total airflow.
Report the cleanliness status of filters and the time static pressures are
measured.
Measure static pressures entering and leaving other devices, such as sound traps,
heat-recovery equipment, and air washers, under final balanced conditions.
Review Record Documents to determine variations in design static pressures
versus actual static pressures.
Calculate actual system-effect factors.
Recommend adjustments to accommodate actual conditions.
Obtain approval from Architect / Engineer for adjustment of fan speed higher or
lower than indicated speed. Comply with requirements in Division 23 Sections
for air-handling units for adjustment of fans, belts, and pulley sizes to achieve
indicated air-handling-unit performance.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
7.
C.
Do not make fan-speed adjustments that result in motor overload. Consult
equipment manufacturers about fan-speed safety factors. Modulate dampers and
measure fan-motor amperage to ensure that no overload will occur. Measure
amperage in full-cooling, full-heating, economizer, and any other operating mode
to determine the maximum required brake horsepower.
Adjust volume dampers for main duct, sub-main ducts, and major branch ducts to
indicated airflows within specified tolerances.
1.
Measure airflow of sub-main and branch ducts.
a.
2.
3.
D.
Measure static pressure at a point downstream from the balancing damper, and
adjust volume dampers until the proper static pressure is achieved.
Remeasure each sub-main and branch duct after all have been adjusted.
Continue to adjust sub-main and branch ducts to indicated airflows within
specified tolerances.
Measure terminal outlets using a direct-reading hood or outlet manufacturer's
written instructions and calculating factors.
Adjust air outlets and inlets for each space to indicated airflows within specified
tolerances of indicated values. Make adjustments using branch volume dampers rather
than extractors and the dampers at air terminals.
1.
2.
3.07
Where sufficient space in sub-main and branch ducts is unavailable for
Pitot-tube traverse measurements, measure airflow at terminal outlets
and inlets and calculate the total airflow for that zone.
Measure air outlets and inlets without making adjustments.
1.
E.
SECTION 230593, PAGE 9
TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND
BALANCING FOR HVAC
Adjust each outlet in same room or space to within specified tolerances of
indicated quantities without generating noise levels above the limitations
prescribed by the Contract Documents.
Adjust patterns of adjustable outlets for proper distribution without drafts.
GENERAL PROCEDURES FOR HYDRONIC SYSTEMS
A.
Prepare test reports with pertinent design data, and number in sequence starting at pump
to end of system. Check the sum of branch-circuit flows against the approved pump flow
rate. Correct variations that exceed plus or minus 5 percent.
B.
Prepare schematic diagrams of systems' "as-built" piping layouts.
C.
Prepare hydronic systems for testing and balancing according to the following, in
addition to the general preparation procedures specified above:
1.
2.
Open all manual valves for maximum flow.
Check liquid level in expansion tank.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
3.08
SECTION 230593, PAGE 10
TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND
BALANCING FOR HVAC
Check makeup water-station pressure gage for adequate pressure for highest
vent.
Check flow-control valves for specified sequence of operation, and set at
indicated flow.
Set differential-pressure control valves at the specified differential pressure. Do
not set at fully closed position when pump is positive-displacement type unless
several terminal valves are kept open.
Set system controls so automatic valves are wide open to heat exchangers.
Check pump-motor load. If motor is overloaded, throttle main flow-balancing
device so motor nameplate rating is not exceeded.
Check air vents for a forceful liquid flow exiting from vents when manually
operated.
PROCEDURES FOR CONSTANT-FLOW HYDRONIC SYSTEMS
A.
Measure water flow at pumps.
displacement pumps:
1.
Verify impeller size by operating the pump with the discharge valve closed.
Read pressure differential across the pump. Convert pressure to head and correct
for differences in gage heights. Note the point on manufacturer's pump curve at
zero flow and verify that the pump has the intended impeller size.
a.
2.
4.
If impeller sizes must be adjusted to achieve pump performance, obtain
approval from Architect / Engineer and comply with requirements in
Section 232123, Hydronic Pumps.
Check system resistance. With all valves open, read pressure differential across
the pump and mark pump manufacturer's head-capacity curve. Adjust pump
discharge valve until indicated water flow is achieved.
a.
3.
Use the following procedures except for positive-
Monitor motor performance during procedures and do not operate motors
in overload conditions.
Verify pump-motor brake horsepower. Calculate the intended brake horsepower
for the system based on pump manufacturer's performance data. Compare
calculated brake horsepower with nameplate data on the pump motor. Report
conditions where actual amperage exceeds motor nameplate amperage.
Report flow rates that are not within plus or minus 10 percent of design.
B.
Measure flow at all automatic flow control valves to verify that valves are functioning as
designed.
C.
Measure flow at all pressure-independent characterized control valves, with valves in
fully open position, to verify that valves are functioning as designed.
D.
Set calibrated balancing valves, if installed, at calculated presettings.
E.
Measure flow at all stations and adjust, where necessary, to obtain first balance.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
1.
Measure flow at main balancing station and set main balancing device to achieve flow
that is 5 percent greater than indicated flow.
G.
Adjust balancing stations to within specified tolerances of indicated flow rate as follows:
3.
Determine the balancing station with the highest percentage over indicated flow.
Adjust each station in turn, beginning with the station with the highest percentage
over indicated flow and proceeding to the station with the lowest percentage over
indicated flow.
Record settings and mark balancing devices.
H.
Measure pump flow rate and make final measurements of pump amperage, voltage, rpm,
pump heads, and systems' pressures and temperatures including outdoor-air temperature.
I.
Measure the differential-pressure-control-valve settings existing at the conclusion of
balancing.
J.
Check settings and operation of each safety valve. Record settings.
PROCEDURES FOR MOTORS
A.
Motors, 1/2 HP and Larger: Test at final balanced conditions and record the following
data:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
B.
3.10
System components that have Cv rating or an accurately cataloged flow-pressuredrop relationship may be used as a flow-indicating device.
F.
1.
2.
3.09
SECTION 230593, PAGE 11
TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND
BALANCING FOR HVAC
Manufacturer's name, model number, and serial number.
Motor horsepower rating.
Motor rpm.
Efficiency rating.
Nameplate and measured voltage, each phase.
Nameplate and measured amperage, each phase.
Starter thermal-protection-element rating.
Motors Driven by Variable-Frequency Controllers: Test for proper operation at speeds
varying from minimum to maximum. Test the manual bypass of the controller to prove
proper operation. Record observations including name of controller manufacturer, model
number, serial number, and nameplate data.
PROCEDURES FOR CONDENSING UNITS
A.
Verify proper rotation of fans.
B.
Measure entering- and leaving-air temperatures.
C.
Record compressor data.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
3.11
3.12
PROCEDURES FOR DRY COOLERS
A.
Verify proper rotation of fans.
B.
Measure entering- and leaving-air temperatures.
C.
Measure entering and leaving water temperatures.
PROCEDURES FOR HEAT-TRANSFER COILS
A.
Measure, adjust, and record the following data for each water coil:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
B.
5.
6.
C.
Entering- and leaving-water temperature.
Water flow rate.
Water pressure drop.
Dry-bulb temperature of entering and leaving air.
Wet-bulb temperature of entering and leaving air for cooling coils.
Airflow.
Air pressure drop.
Measure, adjust, and record the following data for each electric heating coil:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Nameplate data.
Airflow.
Entering- and leaving-air temperature at full load.
Voltage and amperage input of each phase at full load and at each incremental
stage.
Calculated kilowatt at full load.
Fuse or circuit-breaker rating for overload protection.
Measure, adjust, and record the following data for each refrigerant coil:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
3.13
SECTION 230593, PAGE 12
TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND
BALANCING FOR HVAC
Dry-bulb temperature of entering and leaving air.
Wet-bulb temperature of entering and leaving air.
Airflow.
Air pressure drop.
Refrigerant suction pressure and temperature.
PROCEDURES
SYSTEMS
A.
FOR
TESTING,
ADJUSTING,
AND
BALANCING
EXISTING
Perform a preconstruction inspection of existing equipment that is to remain and be
reused.
1.
2.
3.
Measure and record the operating speed, airflow, and static pressure of each fan.
Measure motor voltage and amperage. Compare the values to motor nameplate
information.
Check the refrigerant charge.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
B.
2.
3.
4.
Compare the indicated airflow of the renovated work to the measured fan
airflows, and determine the new fan speed and the face velocity of filters and
coils.
Verify that the indicated airflows of the renovated work result in filter and coil
face velocities and fan speeds that are within the acceptable limits defined by
equipment manufacturer.
If calculations increase or decrease the air flow rates and water flow rates by
more than 5 percent, make equipment adjustments to achieve the calculated rates.
If increase or decrease is 5 percent or less, equipment adjustments are not
required.
Balance each air outlet.
TOLERANCES
A.
Set HVAC system's air flow rates and water flow rates within the following tolerances:
1.
2.
3.
3.15
New filters are installed.
Coils are clean and fins combed.
Drain pans are clean.
Fans are clean.
Bearings and other parts are properly lubricated.
Deficiencies noted in the preconstruction report are corrected.
Perform testing and balancing of existing systems to the extent that existing systems are
affected by the renovation work.
1.
3.14
Check the condition of filters.
Check the condition of coils.
Check the operation of the drain pan and condensate-drain trap.
Check bearings and other lubricated parts for proper lubrication.
Report on the operating condition of the equipment and the results of the
measurements taken. Report deficiencies.
Before performing testing and balancing of existing systems, inspect existing equipment
that is to remain and be reused to verify that existing equipment has been cleaned and
refurbished. Verify the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
C.
SECTION 230593, PAGE 13
TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND
BALANCING FOR HVAC
Supply, Return, and Exhaust Fans and Equipment with Fans: Plus or minus 10
percent.
Air Outlets and Inlets: Plus or minus 10 percent.
Glycol Cooling-Water Flow Rate: Plus or minus 10 percent.
REPORTING
A.
Initial Construction-Phase Report: Based on examination of the Contract Documents as
specified in "Examination" Article, prepare a report on the adequacy of design for
systems' balancing devices. Recommend changes and additions to systems' balancing
devices to facilitate proper performance measuring and balancing. Recommend changes
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
SECTION 230593, PAGE 14
TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND
BALANCING FOR HVAC
and additions to HVAC systems and general construction to allow access for performance
measuring and balancing devices.
B.
3.16
Status Reports: Prepare monthly progress reports to describe completed procedures,
procedures in progress, and scheduled procedures. Include a list of deficiencies and
problems found in systems being tested and balanced. Prepare a separate report for each
system and each building floor for systems serving multiple floors.
FINAL REPORT
A.
General: Prepare a certified written report; tabulate and divide the report into separate
sections for tested systems and balanced systems.
1.
2.
B.
Final Report Contents: In addition to certified field-report data, include the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
C.
Include a certification sheet at the front of the report's binder, signed and sealed
by the certified testing and balancing engineer.
Include a list of instruments used for procedures, along with proof of calibration.
Pump curves.
Fan curves.
Manufacturers' test data.
Field test reports prepared by system and equipment installers.
Other information relative to equipment performance; do not include Shop
Drawings and product data.
General Report Data: In addition to form titles and entries, include the following data:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Title page.
Name and address of the TAB contractor.
Project name.
Project location.
Architect / Engineer's name and address.
Contractor's name and address.
Report date.
Signature of TAB supervisor who certifies the report.
Table of Contents with the total number of pages defined for each section of the
report. Number each page in the report.
Summary of contents including the following:
a.
b.
c.
11.
12.
13.
Indicated versus final performance.
Notable characteristics of systems.
Description of system operation sequence if it varies from the Contract
Documents.
Nomenclature sheets for each item of equipment.
Notes to explain why certain final data in the body of reports vary from indicated
values.
Test conditions for fans and pump performance forms including the following:
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
D.
Settings for outdoor-, return-, and exhaust-air dampers.
Conditions of filters.
Cooling coil, wet- and dry-bulb conditions.
Face and bypass damper settings at coils.
Fan drive settings including settings and percentage of maximum pitch
diameter.
Inlet vane settings for variable-air-volume systems.
Settings for supply-air, static-pressure controller.
Other system operating conditions that affect performance.
System Diagrams: Include schematic layouts of air and hydronic distribution systems.
Present each system with single-line diagram and include the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
E.
SECTION 230593, PAGE 15
TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND
BALANCING FOR HVAC
Quantities of outdoor, supply, return, and exhaust airflows.
Glycol flow rates.
Duct, outlet, and inlet sizes.
Pipe and valve sizes and locations.
Balancing stations.
Position of balancing devices.
Air-Handling-Unit Test Reports: For air-handling units with coils, include the following:
1.
Unit Data:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
2.
Motor Data:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
3.
Unit identification.
Location.
Make and type.
Model number and unit size.
Manufacturer's serial number.
Unit arrangement and class.
Discharge arrangement.
Sheave make, size in inches, and bore.
Center-to-center dimensions of sheave, and amount of adjustments in
inches.
Number, make, and size of belts.
Number, type, and size of filters.
Motor make, and frame type and size.
Horsepower and rpm.
Volts, phase, and hertz.
Full-load amperage and service factor.
Sheave make, size in inches, and bore.
Center-to-center dimensions of sheave, and amount of adjustments in
inches.
Test Data (Indicated and Actual Values):
a.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Total air flow rate in cfm.
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
F.
Total system static pressure in inches wg.
Fan rpm.
Discharge static pressure in inches wg.
Filter static-pressure differential in inches wg.
Preheat-coil static-pressure differential in inches wg.
Cooling-coil static-pressure differential in inches wg.
Heating-coil static-pressure differential in inches wg.
Outdoor airflow in cfm.
Return airflow in cfm.
Outdoor-air damper position.
Return-air damper position.
Vortex damper position.
Apparatus-Coil Test Reports:
1.
Coil Data:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
2.
System identification.
Location.
Coil type.
Number of rows.
Fin spacing in fins per inch o.c.
Make and model number.
Face area in sq. ft..
Tube size in NPS.
Tube and fin materials.
Circuiting arrangement.
Test Data (Indicated and Actual Values):
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
n.
G.
SECTION 230593, PAGE 16
TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND
BALANCING FOR HVAC
Air flow rate in cfm.
Average face velocity in fpm.
Air pressure drop in inches wg.
Outdoor-air, wet- and dry-bulb temperatures in degrees F.
Return-air, wet- and dry-bulb temperatures in degrees F.
Entering-air, wet- and dry-bulb temperatures in degrees F.
Leaving-air, wet- and dry-bulb temperatures in degrees F.
Water flow rate in gpm.
Water pressure differential in feet of head or psig.
Entering-water temperature in degrees F.
Leaving-water temperature in degrees F.
Refrigerant expansion valve and refrigerant types.
Refrigerant suction pressure in psig.
Refrigerant suction temperature in degrees F.
Electric-Coil Test Reports: For electric furnaces, duct coils, and electric coils installed in
central-station air-handling units, include the following:
1.
Unit Data:
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
2.
System identification.
Location.
Coil identification.
Capacity in Btu/h.
Number of stages.
Connected volts, phase, and hertz.
Rated amperage.
Air flow rate in cfm.
Face area in sq. ft..
Minimum face velocity in fpm.
Test Data (Indicated and Actual Values):
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
H.
SECTION 230593, PAGE 17
TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND
BALANCING FOR HVAC
Heat output in Btu/h.
Air flow rate in cfm.
Air velocity in fpm.
Entering-air temperature in degrees F.
Leaving-air temperature in degrees F.
Voltage at each connection.
Amperage for each phase.
Fan Test Reports: For supply, return, and exhaust fans, include the following:
1.
Fan Data:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
2.
Motor Data:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
3.
System identification.
Location.
Make and type.
Model number and size.
Manufacturer's serial number.
Arrangement and class.
Sheave make, size in inches, and bore.
Center-to-center dimensions of sheave, and amount of adjustments in
inches.
Motor make, and frame type and size.
Horsepower and rpm.
Volts, phase, and hertz.
Full-load amperage and service factor.
Sheave make, size in inches, and bore.
Center-to-center dimensions of sheave, and amount of adjustments in
inches.
Number, make, and size of belts.
Test Data (Indicated and Actual Values):
a.
b.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Total airflow rate in cfm.
Total system static pressure in inches wg.
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
c.
d.
e.
I.
Report Data:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
System and air-handling-unit number.
Location and zone.
Traverse air temperature in degrees F.
Duct static pressure in inches wg.
Duct size in inches.
Duct area in sq. ft..
Indicated air flow rate in cfm.
Indicated velocity in fpm.
Actual air flow rate in cfm.
Actual average velocity in fpm.
Barometric pressure in psig.
System-Coil Reports: For reheat coils and water coils of terminal units, include the
following:
1.
Unit Data:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
2.
System and air-handling-unit identification.
Location and zone.
Room or riser served.
Coil make and size.
Flowmeter type.
Test Data (Indicated and Actual Values):
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
K.
Fan rpm.
Discharge static pressure in inches wg.
Suction static pressure in inches wg.
Round, Flat-Oval, and Rectangular Duct Traverse Reports: Include a diagram with a grid
representing the duct cross-section and record the following:
1.
J.
SECTION 230593, PAGE 18
TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND
BALANCING FOR HVAC
Air flow rate in cfm.
Entering-water temperature in degrees F.
Leaving-water temperature in degrees F.
Water pressure drop in feet of head or psig.
Entering-air temperature in degrees F.
Leaving-air temperature in degrees F.
Pump Test Reports: Calculate impeller size by plotting the shutoff head on pump curves
and include the following:
1.
Unit Data:
a.
b.
c.
d.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Unit identification.
Location.
Service.
Make and size.
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
n.
o.
p.
2.
Static head in feet of head or psig.
Pump shutoff pressure in feet of head or psig.
Actual impeller size in inches.
Full-open flow rate in gpm.
Full-open pressure in feet of head or psig.
Final discharge pressure in feet of head or psig.
Final suction pressure in feet of head or psig.
Final total pressure in feet of head or psig.
Final water flow rate in gpm.
Voltage at each connection.
Amperage for each phase.
Instrument Calibration Reports:
1.
Report Data:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
3.17
Model number and serial number.
Water flow rate in gpm.
Water pressure differential in feet of head or psig.
Required net positive suction head in feet of head or psig.
Pump rpm.
Impeller diameter in inches.
Motor make and frame size.
Motor horsepower and rpm.
Voltage at each connection.
Amperage for each phase.
Full-load amperage and service factor.
Seal type.
Test Data (Indicated and Actual Values):
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
L.
SECTION 230593, PAGE 19
TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND
BALANCING FOR HVAC
Instrument type and make.
Serial number.
Application.
Dates of use.
Dates of calibration.
INSPECTIONS
A.
Initial Inspection:
1.
2.
After testing and balancing are complete, operate each system and randomly
check measurements to verify that the system is operating according to the final
test and balance readings documented in the final report.
Check the following for each system:
a.
b.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Measure airflow of at least 10 percent of air outlets.
Measure room temperature at each thermostat/temperature sensor.
Compare the reading to the set point.
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
c.
d.
B.
2.
3.
4.
5.
2.
3.18
After initial inspection is complete and documentation by random checks verifies
that testing and balancing are complete and accurately documented in the final
report, request that a final inspection be made by Architect / Engineer and
Commissioning Agent.
The TAB contractor's test and balance engineer shall conduct the inspection in
the presence of Architect / Engineer and Commissioning Agent.
Architect / Engineer and Commissioning Agent shall randomly select
measurements, documented in the final report, to be rechecked. Rechecking shall
be limited to either 10 percent of the total measurements recorded or the extent of
measurements that can be accomplished in a normal 8-hour business day.
If rechecks yield measurements that differ from the measurements documented in
the final report by more than the tolerances allowed, the measurements shall be
noted as "FAILED."
If the number of "FAILED" measurements is greater than 10 percent of the total
measurements checked during the final inspection, the testing and balancing shall
be considered incomplete and shall be rejected.
TAB Work will be considered defective if it does not pass final inspections. If TAB
Work fails, proceed as follows:
1.
D.
Verify that balancing devices are marked with final balance position.
Note deviations from the Contract Documents in the final report.
Final Inspection:
1.
C.
SECTION 230593, PAGE 20
TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND
BALANCING FOR HVAC
Recheck all measurements and make adjustments. Revise the final report and
balancing device settings to include all changes; resubmit the final report and
request a second final inspection.
If the second final inspection also fails, Owner may contract the services of
another TAB contractor to complete TAB Work according to the Contract
Documents and deduct the cost of the services from the original TAB contractor's
final payment.
Prepare test and inspection reports.
ADDITIONAL TESTS
A.
The intent is to initially balance and commission the system to design conditions. After
this is complete an airside rebalance will be required for current load conditions/locations
per direction from VZW and engineer.
B.
Within 90 days of completing initial load airside balance in 3.18A perform additional
TAB to verify that balanced conditions are being maintained throughout and to correct
unusual conditions.
C.
During initial warranty year include requirement to rebalance system as necessary a total
of 3 times. This is inclusive of 3.18A, 3.18B, and 3.18D.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
D.
SECTION 230593, PAGE 21
TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND
BALANCING FOR HVAC
Seasonal Periods: If initial TAB procedures were not performed during near-peak
summer and winter conditions, perform additional TAB during near-peak summer and
winter conditions.
END OF SECTION 230593
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
SECTION 230700, PAGE 1
HVAC INSULATION
SECTION 230700 - HVAC INSULATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
Drawings, Agreement, Part 0, Special Conditions and Forms, and Division 01
Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
B.
Related Sections include the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
C.
1.02
Section 230500, Common Work Results for HVAC.
Section 232113, Hydronic Piping.
Section 233113, Metal Ducts.
Section 078413, Penetration Firestopping.
Verizon Wireless Network Standard NSTD385, Mechanical Systems in Switching Center
Design.
SUMMARY
A.
Section Includes:
1.
Insulation Materials:
a.
b.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
1.03
Flexible elastomeric.
Mineral fiber.
Insulating cements.
Adhesives.
Mastics.
Lagging adhesives.
Sealants.
Factory-applied jackets.
Field-applied jackets.
Tapes.
Securements.
Corner angles.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include thermal conductivity,
thickness, and jackets (both factory and field applied, if any).
B.
Shop Drawings:
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
1.04
Detail application of protective shields, saddles, and inserts at hangers for each
type of insulation and hanger.
Detail attachment and covering of heat tracing inside insulation.
Detail insulation application at pipe expansion joints for each type of insulation.
Detail insulation application at elbows, fittings, flanges, valves, and specialties
for each type of insulation.
Detail removable insulation at piping specialties, equipment connections, and
access panels.
Detail application of field-applied jackets.
Detail application at linkages of control devices.
Detail field application for each equipment type.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Installer Qualifications: Skilled mechanics who have successfully completed an
apprenticeship program or another craft training program certified by the Department of
Labor, Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training.
B.
Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Insulation and related materials shall have fire-testresponse characteristics indicated, as determined by testing identical products per
ASTM E 84, by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction. Factory label insulation and jacket materials and adhesive, mastic, tapes,
and cement material containers, with appropriate markings of applicable testing and
inspecting agency.
1.
2.
1.05
SECTION 230700, PAGE 2
HVAC INSULATION
Insulation Installed Indoors: Flame-spread index of 25 or less, and smokedeveloped index of 50 or less.
Insulation Installed Outdoors: Flame-spread index of 75 or less, and smokedeveloped index of 150 or less.
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A.
It is the Contractor’s responsibility to ensure on-time delivery of all materials and
equipment required for the Project. All materials furnished or incorporated in the Work
shall be new, unused, of best quality, and especially adapted for the service required;
whenever the characteristics of any material are not particularly specified, such material
shall be utilized as is customary in first class work of a nature for which the material is
employed.
B.
Contractor shall provide necessary means to properly stage and store all materials and
equipment until time of use or installation on the Project. Contractor shall be solely
responsible for materials and equipment stored on the Site; type and extent of security
provided to be at Contractor’s discretion. Coordinate all requirements with Owner.
C.
Contractor shall be responsible for proper handling, rigging, and installing of all materials
and equipment for the Project.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
1.06
1.07
1.08
SECTION 230700, PAGE 3
HVAC INSULATION
D.
Owner reserves the right to reject any materials or equipment that are not properly stored
in accordance with these specifications or the manufacturers’ requirements.
E.
Refer to Section 015000, Temporary Facilities and Controls, for additional delivery and
storage requirements.
COORDINATION
A.
Coordinate size and location of supports, hangers, and insulation shields specified in
Section 230529, Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment.
B.
Coordinate clearance requirements with piping Installer for piping insulation application,
duct Installer for duct insulation application, and equipment Installer for equipment
insulation application. Before preparing piping and ductwork Shop Drawings, establish
and maintain clearance requirements for installation of insulation and field-applied
jackets and finishes and for space required for maintenance.
C.
Coordinate installation and testing of heat tracing.
SCHEDULING
A.
Schedule insulation application after pressure testing systems and, where required, after
installing and testing heat tracing. Insulation application may begin on segments that
have satisfactory test results.
B.
Complete installation and concealment of plastic materials as rapidly as possible in each
area of construction.
WARRANTY
A.
All HVAC insulation furnished and installed under this contract, shall be guaranteed
against defects in design, materials and workmanship for the full warranty period which
is standard with the manufacturer, but in no case less than one (1) year from the date of
system acceptance.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01
MANUFACTURERS
A.
In other Part 2 articles where subparagraph titles below introduce lists, the following
requirements apply for product selection:
1.
Approved Manufacturers or equivalent: Subject to compliance with
requirements, provide products by one of the named manufacturers or an
approved equivalent product. The Architect / Engineer will be the sole judge of
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
SECTION 230700, PAGE 4
HVAC INSULATION
equivalency. Substitution requests are not required in advance of bid, but may be
submitted at Contractors option. When substitution requests are not submitted,
the Architect / Engineer will evaluate equivalency during submittal review.
2.02
INSULATION MATERIALS
A.
Comply with requirements in Part 3 schedule articles for where insulating materials shall
be applied.
B.
Products shall not contain asbestos, lead, mercury, or mercury compounds.
C.
Products that come in contact with stainless steel shall have a leachable chloride content
of less than 50 ppm when tested according to ASTM C 871.
D.
Insulation materials for use on austenitic stainless steel shall be qualified as acceptable
according to ASTM C 795.
E.
Foam insulation materials shall not use CFC or HCFC blowing agents in the
manufacturing process.
F.
Flexible Elastomeric: Closed-cell, sponge- or expanded-rubber materials. Comply with
ASTM C 534, Type I for tubular materials and Type II for sheet materials.
1.
Approved Manufacturers or equivalent: Subject to compliance with
requirements, provide products by one of the named manufacturers or an
approved equivalent product. The Architect / Engineer will be the sole judge of
equivalency. Substitution requests are not required in advance of bid, but may be
submitted at Contractors option. When substitution requests are not submitted,
the Architect / Engineer will evaluate equivalency during submittal review.
a.
b.
c.
G.
Aeroflex USA Inc.; Aerocel.
Armacell LLC; AP Armaflex.
RBX Corporation; Insul-Sheet 1800 and Insul-Tube 180.
Mineral-Fiber Blanket Insulation: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting
resin. Comply with ASTM C 553, Type II and ASTM C 1290, Type III with factoryapplied FSK jacket. Factory-applied jacket requirements are specified in "FactoryApplied Jackets" Article.
1.
Approved Manufacturers or equivalent: Subject to compliance with
requirements, provide products by one of the named manufacturers or an
approved equivalent product. The Architect / Engineer will be the sole judge of
equivalency. Substitution requests are not required in advance of bid, but may be
submitted at Contractors option. When substitution requests are not submitted,
the Architect / Engineer will evaluate equivalency during submittal review.
a.
b.
c.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
CertainTeed Corp.; Duct Wrap.
Johns Manville; Microlite.
Knauf Insulation; Duct Wrap.
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
d.
e.
H.
Approved Manufacturers or equivalent: Subject to compliance with
requirements, provide products by one of the named manufacturers or an
approved equivalent product. The Architect / Engineer will be the sole judge of
equivalency. Substitution requests are not required in advance of bid, but may be
submitted at Contractors option. When substitution requests are not submitted,
the Architect / Engineer will evaluate equivalency during submittal review.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
CertainTeed Corp.; Commercial Board.
Fibrex Insulations Inc.; FBX.
Johns Manville; 800 Series Spin-Glas.
Knauf Insulation; Insulation Board.
Manson Insulation Inc.; AK Board.
Owens Corning; Fiberglas 700 Series.
Mineral-Fiber, Pipe Insulation Wicking System: Preformed pipe insulation complying
with ASTM C 547, Type I, Grade A, with absorbent cloth factory applied to the entire
inside surface of preformed pipe insulation and extended through the longitudinal joint to
outside surface of insulation under insulation jacket. Factory apply a white, polymer,
vapor-retarder jacket with self-sealing adhesive tape seam and evaporation holes running
continuously along the longitudinal seam, exposing the absorbent cloth.
1.
Approved Manufacturers or equivalent: Subject to compliance with
requirements, provide products by one of the named manufacturers or an
approved equivalent product. The Architect / Engineer will be the sole judge of
equivalency. Substitution requests are not required in advance of bid, but may be
submitted at Contractors option. When substitution requests are not submitted,
the Architect / Engineer will evaluate equivalency during submittal review.
a.
b.
J.
Manson Insulation Inc.; Alley Wrap.
Owens Corning; All-Service Duct Wrap.
Mineral-Fiber Board Insulation: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting
resin. Comply with ASTM C 612, Type IA or Type IB. For duct and plenum
applications, provide insulation with factory-applied ASJ or with factory-applied FSK
jacket. For equipment applications, provide insulation with factory-applied ASJ or with
factory-applied FSK jacket. Factory-applied jacket requirements are specified in
"Factory-Applied Jackets" Article.
1.
I.
SECTION 230700, PAGE 5
HVAC INSULATION
Knauf Insulation; Permawick Pipe Insulation.
Owens Corning; VaporWick Pipe Insulation.
Mineral-Fiber, Pipe and Tank Insulation: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a
thermosetting resin. Semirigid board material with factory-applied ASJ or FSK jacket
complying with ASTM C 1393, Type II or Type IIIA Category 2, or with properties
similar to ASTM C 612, Type IB. Nominal density is 2.5 lb/cu. ft. or more. Thermal
conductivity (k-value) at 100 degrees F is 0.29 Btu x in./h x sq. ft. x degrees F or less.
Factory-applied jacket requirements are specified in "Factory-Applied Jackets" Article.
1.
Approved Manufacturers or equivalent: Subject to compliance with
requirements, provide products by one of the named manufacturers or an
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
SECTION 230700, PAGE 6
HVAC INSULATION
approved equivalent product. The Architect / Engineer will be the sole judge of
equivalency. Substitution requests are not required in advance of bid, but may be
submitted at Contractors option. When substitution requests are not submitted,
the Architect / Engineer will evaluate equivalency during submittal review.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
2.03
CertainTeed Corp.; CrimpWrap.
Johns Manville; MicroFlex.
Knauf Insulation; Pipe and Tank Insulation.
Manson Insulation Inc.; AK Flex.
Owens Corning; Fiberglas Pipe and Tank Insulation.
INSULATING CEMENTS
A.
Mineral-Fiber Insulating Cement: Comply with ASTM C 195.
1.
Approved Manufacturers or equivalent: Subject to compliance with
requirements, provide products by one of the named manufacturers or an
approved equivalent product. The Architect / Engineer will be the sole judge of
equivalency. Substitution requests are not required in advance of bid, but may be
submitted at Contractors option. When substitution requests are not submitted,
the Architect / Engineer will evaluate equivalency during submittal review.
a.
b.
B.
Expanded or Exfoliated Vermiculite Insulating Cement: Comply with ASTM C 196.
1.
Approved Manufacturers or equivalent: Subject to compliance with
requirements, provide products by one of the named manufacturers or an
approved equivalent product. The Architect / Engineer will be the sole judge of
equivalency. Substitution requests are not required in advance of bid, but may be
submitted at Contractors option. When substitution requests are not submitted,
the Architect / Engineer will evaluate equivalency during submittal review.
a.
C.
Insulco, Division of MFS, Inc.; Triple I.
P. K. Insulation Mfg. Co., Inc.; Super-Stik.
P. K. Insulation Mfg. Co., Inc.; Thermal-V-Kote.
Mineral-Fiber, Hydraulic-Setting Insulating and Finishing Cement:
ASTM C 449/C 449M.
1.
Comply with
Approved Manufacturers or equivalent: Subject to compliance with
requirements, provide products by one of the named manufacturers or an
approved equivalent product. The Architect / Engineer will be the sole judge of
equivalency. Substitution requests are not required in advance of bid, but may be
submitted at Contractors option. When substitution requests are not submitted,
the Architect / Engineer will evaluate equivalency during submittal review.
a.
b.
c.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Insulco, Division of MFS, Inc.; SmoothKote.
P. K. Insulation Mfg. Co., Inc.; PK No. 127, and Quik-Cote.
Rock Wool Manufacturing Company; Delta One Shot.
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
2.04
SECTION 230700, PAGE 7
HVAC INSULATION
ADHESIVES
A.
Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates and for
bonding insulation to itself and to surfaces to be insulated, unless otherwise indicated.
B.
Flexible Elastomeric and Polyolefin Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-24179A, Type II,
Class I.
1.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
2.
C.
For indoor applications, use adhesive that has a VOC content of 50 g/L or less
when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
Mineral-Fiber Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-3316C, Class 2, Grade A.
1.
Approved Manufacturers or equivalent: Subject to compliance with
requirements, provide products by one of the named manufacturers or an
approved equivalent product. The Architect / Engineer will be the sole judge of
equivalency. Substitution requests are not required in advance of bid, but may be
submitted at Contractors option. When substitution requests are not submitted,
the Architect / Engineer will evaluate equivalency during submittal review.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
2.
D.
Aeroflex USA Inc.; Aeroseal.
Armacell LCC; 520 Adhesive.
Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 85-75.
RBX Corporation; Rubatex Contact Adhesive.
Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP-82.
Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 85-20.
ITW TACC, Division of Illinois Tool Works; S-90/80.
Marathon Industries, Inc.; 225.
Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 22-25.
For indoor applications, use adhesive that has a VOC content of 80 g/L or less
when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
ASJ Adhesive, and FSK and PVDC Jacket Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-3316C,
Class 2, Grade A for bonding insulation jacket lap seams and joints.
1.
Approved Manufacturers or equivalent: Subject to compliance with
requirements, provide products by one of the named manufacturers or an
approved equivalent product. The Architect / Engineer will be the sole judge of
equivalency. Substitution requests are not required in advance of bid, but may be
submitted at Contractors option. When substitution requests are not submitted,
the Architect / Engineer will evaluate equivalency during submittal review.
a.
b.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP-82.
Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 85-20.
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
c.
d.
e.
2.
2.05
SECTION 230700, PAGE 8
HVAC INSULATION
ITW TACC, Division of Illinois Tool Works; S-90/80.
Marathon Industries, Inc.; 225.
Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 22-25.
For indoor applications, use adhesive that has a VOC content of 50 g/L or less
when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
MASTICS
A.
Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates; comply
with MIL-C-19565C, Type II. Mastic shall comply with UL 181A and UL181B.
Mastics used to seal ductwork shall be marked “181 A-M”. Mastics used to seal flexible
air ducts and flexible air connections shall be marked “181B-M”.
1.
B.
For indoor applications, use mastics that have a VOC content of TBD g/L or less
when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
Vapor-Barrier Mastic:
ambient services.
1.
Approved Manufacturers or equivalent: Subject to compliance with
requirements, provide products by one of the named manufacturers or an
approved equivalent product. The Architect / Engineer will be the sole judge of
equivalency. Substitution requests are not required in advance of bid, but may be
submitted at Contractors option. When substitution requests are not submitted,
the Architect / Engineer will evaluate equivalency during submittal review.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
2.
3.
4.
5.
C.
Water based; suitable for indoor and outdoor use on below
Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP-35.
Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 30-90.
ITW TACC, Division of Illinois Tool Works; CB-50.
Marathon Industries, Inc.; 590.
Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 55-40.
Vimasco Corporation; 749.
Water-Vapor Permeance: ASTM E 96, Procedure B, 0.013 perm at 43-mil dry
film thickness.
Service Temperature Range: Minus 20 to plus 180 degrees F.
Solids Content: ASTM D 1644, 59 percent by volume and 71 percent by weight.
Color: White.
Breather Mastic: Water based; suitable for indoor and outdoor use on above ambient
services.
1.
Approved Manufacturers or equivalent: Subject to compliance with
requirements, provide products by one of the named manufacturers or an
approved equivalent product. The Architect / Engineer will be the sole judge of
equivalency. Substitution requests are not required in advance of bid, but may be
submitted at Contractors option. When substitution requests are not submitted,
the Architect / Engineer will evaluate equivalency during submittal review.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
2.
3.
4.
5.
2.06
Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP-10.
Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 35-00.
ITW TACC, Division of Illinois Tool Works; CB-05/15.
Marathon Industries, Inc.; 550.
Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 55-50.
Vimasco Corporation; WC-1/WC-5.
Water-Vapor Permeance: ASTM F 1249, 3 perms at 0.0625-inch dry film
thickness.
Service Temperature Range: Minus 20 to plus 200 degrees F.
Solids Content: 63 percent by volume and 73 percent by weight.
Color: White.
LAGGING ADHESIVES
A.
Description: Comply with MIL-A-3316C Class I, Grade A and shall be compatible with
insulation materials, jackets, and substrates.
1.
Approved Manufacturers or equivalent: Subject to compliance with
requirements, provide products by one of the named manufacturers or an
approved equivalent product. The Architect / Engineer will be the sole judge of
equivalency. Substitution requests are not required in advance of bid, but may be
submitted at Contractors option. When substitution requests are not submitted,
the Architect / Engineer will evaluate equivalency during submittal review.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
2.
3.
4.
2.07
SECTION 230700, PAGE 9
HVAC INSULATION
Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP-52.
Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 81-42.
Marathon Industries, Inc.; 130.
Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 11-30.
Vimasco Corporation; 136.
Fire-resistant, water-based lagging adhesive and coating for use indoors to adhere
fire-resistant lagging cloths over duct, equipment, and pipe insulation.
Service Temperature Range: Minus 50 to plus 180 degrees F.
Color: White.
SEALANTS
A.
FSK and Metal Jacket Flashing Sealants:
1.
Approved Manufacturers or equivalent: Subject to compliance with
requirements, provide products by one of the named manufacturers or an
approved equivalent product. The Architect / Engineer will be the sole judge of
equivalency. Substitution requests are not required in advance of bid, but may be
submitted at Contractors option. When substitution requests are not submitted,
the Architect / Engineer will evaluate equivalency during submittal review.
a.
b.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP-76-8.
Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 95-44.
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
c.
d.
e.
2.
3.
4.
5.
B.
Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates.
Fire- and water-resistant, flexible, elastomeric sealant.
Service Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 250 degrees F.
Color: Aluminum.
Approved Manufacturers or equivalent: Subject to compliance with
requirements, provide products by one of the named manufacturers or an
approved equivalent product. The Architect / Engineer will be the sole judge of
equivalency. Substitution requests are not required in advance of bid, but may be
submitted at Contractors option. When substitution requests are not submitted,
the Architect / Engineer will evaluate equivalency during submittal review.
a.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP-76.
Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates.
Fire- and water-resistant, flexible, elastomeric sealant.
Service Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 250 degrees F.
Color: White.
For indoor applications, use sealants that have a VOC content of 250 g/L or less
when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
FACTORY-APPLIED JACKETS
A.
Insulation system schedules indicate factory-applied jackets on various applications.
When factory-applied jackets are indicated, comply with the following:
1.
2.
3.
2.09
Marathon Industries, Inc.; 405.
Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 44-05.
Vimasco Corporation; 750.
ASJ Flashing Sealants, and Vinyl, PVDC, and PVC Jacket Flashing Sealants:
1.
2.08
SECTION 230700, PAGE 10
HVAC INSULATION
ASJ:
White, kraft-paper, fiberglass-reinforced scrim with aluminum-foil
backing; complying with ASTM C 1136, Type I.
ASJ-SSL: ASJ with self-sealing, pressure-sensitive, acrylic-based adhesive
covered by a removable protective strip; complying with ASTM C 1136, Type I.
FSK Jacket: Aluminum-foil, fiberglass-reinforced scrim with kraft-paper
backing; complying with ASTM C 1136, Type II.
FIELD-APPLIED JACKETS
A.
Field-applied jackets shall comply with ASTM C 921, Type I, unless otherwise indicated.
B.
FSK Jacket: Aluminum-foil-face, fiberglass-reinforced scrim with kraft-paper backing.
C.
Metal Jacket:
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
1.
Approved Manufacturers or equivalent: Subject to compliance with
requirements, provide products by one of the named manufacturers or an
approved equivalent product. The Architect / Engineer will be the sole judge of
equivalency. Substitution requests are not required in advance of bid, but may be
submitted at Contractors option. When substitution requests are not submitted,
the Architect / Engineer will evaluate equivalency during submittal review.
a.
b.
c.
2.
Childers Products, Division of ITW; Metal Jacketing Systems.
PABCO Metals Corporation; Surefit.
RPR Products, Inc.; Insul-Mate.
Aluminum Jacket: Comply with ASTM B 209, Alloy 3003, 3005, 3105 or 5005,
Temper H-14.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
Sheet and roll stock ready for shop or field sizing.
Finish and thickness are indicated in field-applied jacket schedules.
Moisture Barrier for Indoor Applications: 2.5-mil thick Polysurlyn.
Moisture Barrier for Outdoor Applications: 2.5-mil thick Polysurlyn.
Factory-Fabricated Fitting Covers:
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
2.10
SECTION 230700, PAGE 11
HVAC INSULATION
Same material, finish, and thickness as jacket.
Preformed 2-piece or gore, 45- and 90-degree, short- and longradius elbows.
Tee covers.
Flange and union covers.
End caps.
Beveled collars.
Valve covers.
Field fabricate fitting covers only if factory-fabricated fitting
covers are not available.
TAPES
A.
ASJ Tape: White vapor-retarder tape matching factory-applied jacket with acrylic
adhesive, complying with ASTM C 1136. Tapes shall comply with UL 181A and
UL181B. Tapes used to seal ductwork shall be marked “181 A-P” for pressure-sensitive
tapes and “181A-H” for heat-sensitive tapes. Tapes used to seal flexible air ducts and
flexible air connections shall be marked “181-FX” for pressure-sensitive tape.
1.
Approved Manufacturers or equivalent: Subject to compliance with
requirements, provide products by one of the named manufacturers or an
approved equivalent product. The Architect / Engineer will be the sole judge of
equivalency. Substitution requests are not required in advance of bid, but may be
submitted at Contractors option. When substitution requests are not submitted,
the Architect / Engineer will evaluate equivalency during submittal review.
a.
b.
c.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Avery Dennison Corporation, Specialty Tapes Division; Fasson 0835.
Compac Corp.; 104 and 105.
Ideal Tape Co., Inc., an American Biltrite Company; 428 AWF ASJ.
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
d.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
B.
Venture Tape; 1540 CW Plus, 1542 CW Plus, and 1542 CW Plus/SQ.
Width: 3 inches.
Thickness: 11.5 mils.
Adhesion: 90 ounces force/inch in width.
Elongation: 2 percent.
Tensile Strength: 40 lbf/inch in width.
ASJ Tape Disks and Squares: Precut disks or squares of ASJ tape.
FSK Tape: Foil-face, vapor-retarder tape matching factory-applied jacket with acrylic
adhesive; complying with ASTM C 1136. Tapes shall comply with UL 181A and
UL181B. Tapes used to seal ductwork shall be marked “181 A-P” for pressure-sensitive
tapes and “181A-H” for heat-sensitive tapes. Tapes used to seal flexible air ducts and
flexible air connections shall be marked “181-FX” for pressure-sensitive tape.
1.
Approved Manufacturers or equivalent: Subject to compliance with
requirements, provide products by one of the named manufacturers or an
approved equivalent product. The Architect / Engineer will be the sole judge of
equivalency. Substitution requests are not required in advance of bid, but may be
submitted at Contractors option. When substitution requests are not submitted,
the Architect / Engineer will evaluate equivalency during submittal review.
a.
b.
c.
d.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
C.
SECTION 230700, PAGE 12
HVAC INSULATION
Avery Dennison Corporation, Specialty Tapes Division; Fasson 0827.
Compac Corp.; 110 and 111.
Ideal Tape Co., Inc., an American Biltrite Company; 491 AWF FSK.
Venture Tape; 1525 CW, 1528 CW, and 1528 CW/SQ.
Width: 3 inches.
Thickness: 6.5 mils.
Adhesion: 90 ounces force/inch in width.
Elongation: 2 percent.
Tensile Strength: 40 lbf/inch in width.
FSK Tape Disks and Squares: Precut disks or squares of FSK tape.
Aluminum-Foil Tape: Vapor-retarder tape with acrylic adhesive. Tapes shall comply
with UL 181A and UL181B. Tapes used to seal ductwork shall be marked “181 A-P” for
pressure-sensitive tapes and “181A-H” for heat-sensitive tapes. Tapes used to seal
flexible air ducts and flexible air connections shall be marked “181-FX” for pressuresensitive tape.
1.
Approved Manufacturers or equivalent: Subject to compliance with
requirements, provide products by one of the named manufacturers or an
approved equivalent product. The Architect / Engineer will be the sole judge of
equivalency. Substitution requests are not required in advance of bid, but may be
submitted at Contractors option. When substitution requests are not submitted,
the Architect / Engineer will evaluate equivalency during submittal review.
a.
b.
c.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Avery Dennison Corporation, Specialty Tapes Division; Fasson 0800.
Compac Corp.; 120.
Ideal Tape Co., Inc., an American Biltrite Company; 488 AWF.
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
d.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
2.11
SECTION 230700, PAGE 13
HVAC INSULATION
Venture Tape; 3520 CW.
Width: 2 inches.
Thickness: 3.7 mils.
Adhesion: 100 ounces force/inch in width.
Elongation: 5 percent.
Tensile Strength: 34 lbf/inch in width.
SECUREMENTS
A.
Bands:
1.
Approved Manufacturers or equivalent: Subject to compliance with
requirements, provide products by one of the named manufacturers or an
approved equivalent product. The Architect / Engineer will be the sole judge of
equivalency. Substitution requests are not required in advance of bid, but may be
submitted at Contractors option. When substitution requests are not submitted,
the Architect / Engineer will evaluate equivalency during submittal review.
a.
b.
c.
2.
3.
B.
Childers Products; Bands.
PABCO Metals Corporation; Bands.
RPR Products, Inc.; Bands.
Stainless Steel: ASTM A 167 or ASTM A 240/A 240M, Type 304; 0.015 inch
thick, 1/2 inch wide with wing seal.
Aluminum: ASTM B 209, Alloy 3003, 3005, 3105, or 5005; Temper H-14,
0.020 inch thick, 1/2 inch wide with wing seal.
Insulation Pins and Hangers:
1.
Cupped-Head, Capacitor-Discharge-Weld Pins: Copper- or zinc-coated steel pin,
fully annealed for capacitor-discharge welding, 0.135-inch diameter shank,
length to suit depth of insulation indicated with integral 1-1/2-inch galvanized
carbon-steel washer.
a.
Approved Manufacturers or equivalent: Subject to compliance with
requirements, provide products by one of the named manufacturers or an
approved equivalent product. The Architect / Engineer will be the sole
judge of equivalency. Substitution requests are not required in advance
of bid, but may be submitted at Contractors option. When substitution
requests are not submitted, the Architect / Engineer will evaluate
equivalency during submittal review.
1)
2)
3)
4)
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
AGM Industries, Inc.; CWP-1.
GEMCO; Cupped Head Weld Pin.
Midwest Fasteners, Inc.; Cupped Head.
Nelson Stud Welding; CHP.
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
2.
Metal, Adhesively Attached, Perforated-Base Insulation Hangers: Baseplate
welded to projecting spindle that is capable of holding insulation, of thickness
indicated, securely in position indicated when self-locking washer is in place.
Comply with the following requirements:
a.
Approved Manufacturers or equivalent: Subject to compliance with
requirements, provide products by one of the named manufacturers or an
approved equivalent product. The Architect / Engineer will be the sole
judge of equivalency. Substitution requests are not required in advance
of bid, but may be submitted at Contractors option. When substitution
requests are not submitted, the Architect / Engineer will evaluate
equivalency during submittal review.
1)
2)
3)
b.
c.
d.
3.
SECTION 230700, PAGE 14
HVAC INSULATION
AGM Industries, Inc.; Tactoo Insul-Hangers, Series T.
GEMCO; Perforated Base.
Midwest Fasteners, Inc.; Spindle.
Baseplate: Perforated, galvanized carbon-steel sheet, 0.030 inch thick by
2 inches square.
Spindle: Copper- or zinc-coated, low carbon steel or aluminum, fully
annealed, 0.106-inch diameter shank, length to suit depth of insulation
indicated.
Adhesive: Recommended by hanger manufacturer. Product with
demonstrated capability to bond insulation hanger securely to substrates
indicated without damaging insulation, hangers, and substrates.
Insulation-Retaining Washers: Self-locking washers formed from 0.016-inch
thick, galvanized-steel or aluminum sheet, with beveled edge sized as required to
hold insulation securely in place but not less than 1-1/2 inches in diameter.
a.
Approved Manufacturers or equivalent: Subject to compliance with
requirements, provide products by one of the named manufacturers or an
approved equivalent product. The Architect / Engineer will be the sole
judge of equivalency. Substitution requests are not required in advance
of bid, but may be submitted at Contractors option. When substitution
requests are not submitted, the Architect / Engineer will evaluate
equivalency during submittal review.
1)
2)
3)
4)
b.
AGM Industries, Inc.; RC-150.
GEMCO; R-150.
Midwest Fasteners, Inc.; WA-150.
Nelson Stud Welding; Speed Clips.
Protect ends with capped self-locking washers incorporating a spring
steel insert to ensure permanent retention of cap in exposed locations.
C.
Staples: Outward-clinching insulation staples, nominal 3/4-inch wide, stainless steel or
Monel.
D.
Wire: 0.062-inchsoft-annealed, stainless steel.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
1.
Approved Manufacturers or equivalent: Subject to compliance with
requirements, provide products by one of the named manufacturers or an
approved equivalent product. The Architect / Engineer will be the sole judge of
equivalency. Substitution requests are not required in advance of bid, but may be
submitted at Contractors option. When substitution requests are not submitted,
the Architect / Engineer will evaluate equivalency during submittal review.
a.
b.
c.
d.
2.12
SECTION 230700, PAGE 15
HVAC INSULATION
C & F Wire.
Childers Products.
PABCO Metals Corporation.
RPR Products, Inc.
CORNER ANGLES
A.
Aluminum Corner Angles: 0.040 inch thick, minimum 1 by 1 inch, aluminum according
to ASTM B 209, Alloy 3003, 3005, 3105 or 5005; Temper H-14.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01
EXAMINATION
A.
Examine substrates and conditions for compliance with requirements for installation and
other conditions affecting performance of insulation application.
1.
2.
3.
3.02
Verify that systems and equipment to be insulated have been tested and are free
of defects.
Verify that surfaces to be insulated are clean and dry.
Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been
corrected.
PREPARATION
A.
Surface Preparation: Clean and dry surfaces to receive insulation. Remove materials that
will adversely affect insulation application.
B.
Coordinate insulation installation with the trade installing heat tracing. Comply with
requirements for heat tracing that apply to insulation.
C.
Mix insulating cements with clean potable water; if insulating cements are to be in
contact with stainless-steel surfaces, use demineralized water.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
3.03
SECTION 230700, PAGE 16
HVAC INSULATION
GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
A.
Install insulation materials, accessories, and finishes with smooth, straight, and even
surfaces; free of voids throughout the length of equipment, ducts and fittings, and piping
including fittings, valves, and specialties.
B.
Install insulation materials, forms, vapor barriers or retarders, jackets, and thicknesses
required for each item of equipment, duct system, and pipe system as specified in
insulation system schedules.
C.
Install accessories compatible with insulation materials and suitable for the service.
Install accessories that do not corrode, soften, or otherwise attack insulation or jacket in
either wet or dry state.
D.
Install insulation with longitudinal seams at top and bottom of horizontal runs.
E.
Install multiple layers of insulation with longitudinal and end seams staggered.
F.
Do not weld brackets, clips, or other attachment devices to piping, fittings, and
specialties.
G.
Keep insulation materials dry during application and finishing.
H.
Install insulation with tight longitudinal seams and end joints. Bond seams and joints
with adhesive recommended by insulation material manufacturer.
I.
Install insulation with least number of joints practical.
J.
Where vapor barrier is indicated, seal joints, seams, and penetrations in insulation at
hangers, supports, anchors, and other projections with vapor-barrier mastic.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Install insulation continuously through hangers and around anchor attachments.
For insulation application where vapor barriers are indicated, extend insulation
on anchor legs from point of attachment to supported item to point of attachment
to structure. Taper and seal ends at attachment to structure with vapor-barrier
mastic.
Install insert materials and install insulation to tightly join the insert. Seal
insulation to insulation inserts with adhesive or sealing compound recommended
by insulation material manufacturer.
Cover inserts with jacket material matching adjacent pipe insulation. Install
shields over jacket, arranged to protect jacket from tear or puncture by hanger,
support, and shield.
K.
Apply adhesives, mastics, and sealants at manufacturer's recommended coverage rate and
wet and dry film thicknesses.
L.
Install insulation with factory-applied jackets as follows:
1.
Draw jacket tight and smooth.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
2.
3.
Cover circumferential joints with 3-inch wide strips, of same material as
insulation jacket. Secure strips with adhesive and outward clinching staples
along both edges of strip, spaced 4 inches o.c.
Overlap jacket longitudinal seams at least 1-1/2 inches. Install insulation with
longitudinal seams at bottom of pipe. Clean and dry surface to receive selfsealing lap. Staple laps with outward clinching staples along edge at 2 inches
o.c.
a.
4.
5.
For below ambient services, apply vapor-barrier mastic over staples.
Cover joints and seams with tape as recommended by insulation material
manufacturer to maintain vapor seal.
Where vapor barriers are indicated, apply vapor-barrier mastic on seams and
joints and at ends adjacent to duct and pipe flanges and fittings.
M.
Cut insulation in a manner to avoid compressing insulation more than 75 percent of its
nominal thickness.
N.
Finish installation with systems at operating conditions. Repair joint separations and
cracking due to thermal movement.
O.
Repair damaged insulation facings by applying same facing material over damaged areas.
Extend patches at least 4 inches beyond damaged areas. Adhere, staple, and seal patches
similar to butt joints.
P.
For above ambient services, do not install insulation to the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
3.04
SECTION 230700, PAGE 17
HVAC INSULATION
Vibration-control devices.
Testing agency labels and stamps.
Nameplates and data plates.
Manholes.
Handholes.
Cleanouts.
PENETRATIONS
A.
Insulation Installation at Roof Penetrations: Install insulation continuously through roof
penetrations.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Seal penetrations with flashing sealant.
For applications requiring only indoor insulation, terminate insulation above roof
surface and seal with joint sealant. For applications requiring indoor and outdoor
insulation, install insulation for outdoor applications tightly joined to indoor
insulation ends. Seal joint with joint sealant.
Extend jacket of outdoor insulation outside roof flashing at least 2 inches below
top of roof flashing.
Seal jacket to roof flashing with flashing sealant.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
B.
Insulation Installation at Underground Exterior Wall Penetrations: Terminate insulation
flush with sleeve seal. Seal terminations with flashing sealant.
C.
Insulation Installation at Aboveground Exterior Wall Penetrations: Install insulation
continuously through wall penetrations.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Seal penetrations with flashing sealant.
For applications requiring only indoor insulation, terminate insulation inside wall
surface and seal with joint sealant. For applications requiring indoor and outdoor
insulation, install insulation for outdoor applications tightly joined to indoor
insulation ends. Seal joint with joint sealant.
Extend jacket of outdoor insulation outside wall flashing and overlap wall
flashing at least 2 inches.
Seal jacket to wall flashing with flashing sealant.
D.
Insulation Installation at Interior Wall and Partition Penetrations (That Are Not Fire
Rated): Install insulation continuously through walls and partitions.
E.
Insulation Installation at Fire-Rated Wall and Partition Penetrations: Install insulation
continuously through penetrations of fire-rated walls and partitions. Terminate insulation
at fire damper sleeves for fire-rated wall and partition penetrations. Externally insulate
damper sleeves to match adjacent insulation and overlap duct insulation at least 2 inches.
1.
F.
Comply with requirements in Section 078413, Penetration Firestopping,
firestopping and fire-resistive joint sealers.
Insulation Installation at Floor Penetrations:
1.
2.
3.
3.05
SECTION 230700, PAGE 18
HVAC INSULATION
Duct: Install insulation continuously through floor penetrations that are not fire
rated. For penetrations through fire-rated assemblies, terminate insulation at fire
damper sleeves and externally insulate damper sleeve beyond floor to match
adjacent duct insulation. Overlap damper sleeve and duct insulation at least 2
inches.
Pipe: Install insulation continuously through floor penetrations.
Seal penetrations through fire-rated assemblies. Comply with requirements in
Section 078413, Penetration Firestopping.
GENERAL PIPE INSULATION INSTALLATION
A.
Requirements in this article generally apply to all insulation materials except where more
specific requirements are specified in various pipe insulation material installation articles.
B.
Insulation Installation on Fittings, Valves, Strainers, Flanges, and Unions:
1.
2.
Install insulation over fittings, valves, strainers, flanges, unions, and other
specialties with continuous thermal and vapor-retarder integrity, unless otherwise
indicated.
Insulate pipe elbows using preformed fitting insulation or mitered fittings made
from same material and density as adjacent pipe insulation. Each piece shall be
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
SECTION 230700, PAGE 19
HVAC INSULATION
butted tightly against adjoining piece and bonded with adhesive. Fill joints,
seams, voids, and irregular surfaces with insulating cement finished to a smooth,
hard, and uniform contour that is uniform with adjoining pipe insulation.
Insulate tee fittings with preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation
of same material and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Cut sectional pipe
insulation to fit. Butt each section closely to the next and hold in place with tie
wire. Bond pieces with adhesive.
Insulate valves using preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of
same material, density, and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Overlap
adjoining pipe insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe
insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker. For valves, insulate up to
and including the bonnets, valve stuffing-box studs, bolts, and nuts. Fill joints,
seams, and irregular surfaces with insulating cement.
Insulate strainers using preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of
same material, density, and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Overlap
adjoining pipe insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe
insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker. Fill joints, seams, and
irregular surfaces with insulating cement. Insulate strainers so strainer basket
flange or plug can be easily removed and replaced without damaging the
insulation and jacket. Provide a removable reusable insulation cover. For below
ambient services, provide a design that maintains vapor barrier.
Insulate flanges and unions using a section of oversized preformed pipe
insulation. Overlap adjoining pipe insulation by not less than two times the
thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker.
Cover segmented insulated surfaces with a layer of finishing cement and coat
with a mastic. Install vapor-barrier mastic for below ambient services and a
breather mastic for above ambient services. Reinforce the mastic with fabricreinforcing mesh. Trowel the mastic to a smooth and well-shaped contour.
For services not specified to receive a field-applied jacket except for flexible
elastomeric and polyolefin, install fitted PVC cover over elbows, tees, strainers,
valves, flanges, and unions. Terminate ends with PVC end caps. Tape PVC
covers to adjoining insulation facing using PVC tape.
Stencil or label the outside insulation jacket of each union with the word
"UNION." Match size and color of pipe labels.
C.
Insulate instrument connections for thermometers, pressure gages, pressure temperature
taps, test connections, flow meters, sensors, switches, and transmitters on insulated pipes,
vessels, and equipment. Shape insulation at these connections by tapering it to and
around the connection with insulating cement and finish with finishing cement, mastic,
and flashing sealant.
D.
Install removable insulation covers at locations indicated. Installation shall conform to
the following:
1.
2.
Make removable flange and union insulation from sectional pipe insulation of
same thickness as that on adjoining pipe. Install same insulation jacket as
adjoining pipe insulation.
When flange and union covers are made from sectional pipe insulation, extend
insulation from flanges or union long at least two times the insulation thickness
over adjacent pipe insulation on each side of flange or union. Secure flange
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
3.
4.
5.
3.06
SECTION 230700, PAGE 20
HVAC INSULATION
cover in place with stainless-steel or aluminum bands. Select band material
compatible with insulation and jacket.
Construct removable valve insulation covers in same manner as for flanges
except divide the two-part section on the vertical center line of valve body.
When covers are made from block insulation, make two halves, each consisting
of mitered blocks wired to stainless-steel fabric. Secure this wire frame, with its
attached insulation, to flanges with tie wire. Extend insulation at least 2 inches
over adjacent pipe insulation on each side of valve. Fill space between flange or
union cover and pipe insulation with insulating cement. Finish cover assembly
with insulating cement applied in two coats. After first coat is dry, apply and
trowel second coat to a smooth finish.
Unless a PVC jacket is indicated in field-applied jacket schedules, finish exposed
surfaces with a metal jacket.
FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC INSULATION INSTALLATION
A.
Seal longitudinal seams and end joints with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to
eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated.
B.
Insulation Installation on Pipe Flanges:
1.
2.
3.
4.
C.
Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
D.
Install pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange.
Make width of insulation section same as overall width of flange and bolts, plus
twice the thickness of pipe insulation.
Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer
circumference of adjacent straight pipe segments with cut sections of sheet
insulation of same thickness as pipe insulation.
Secure insulation to flanges and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended
adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface
being insulated.
Install mitered sections of pipe insulation.
Secure insulation materials and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended
adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface
being insulated.
Insulation Installation on Valves insulation materials.
Where vapor barriers are indicated, seal longitudinal seams, end joints, and
protrusions with vapor-barrier mastic and joint sealant.
For insulation with factory-applied jackets on above ambient surfaces, secure
laps with outward clinched staples at 6 inches o.c.
For insulation with factory-applied jackets on below ambient surfaces, do not staple
longitudinal tabs but secure tabs with additional adhesive as recommended by insulation
material manufacturer and seal with vapor-barrier mastic and flashing sealant.
1.
Install preformed valve covers manufactured of same material as pipe insulation
when available.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
2.
3.
4.
3.07
SECTION 230700, PAGE 21
HVAC INSULATION
When preformed valve covers are not available, install cut sections of pipe and
sheet insulation to valve body. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing
and to allow valve operation without disturbing insulation.
Install insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application.
Secure insulation to valves and specialties and seal seams with manufacturer's
recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of
air to surface being insulated.
MINERAL-FIBER INSULATION INSTALLATION
A.
Insulation Installation on Straight Pipes and Tubes:
1.
B.
Insulation Installation on Pipe Flanges:
1.
2.
3.
4.
C.
2.
Install preformed sections of same material as straight segments of pipe
insulation when available.
When preformed insulation elbows and fittings are not available, install mitered
sections of pipe insulation, to a thickness equal to adjoining pipe insulation.
Secure insulation materials with wire or bands.
Insulation Installation on Valves and Pipe Specialties:
1.
2.
3.
4.
E.
Install preformed pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange.
Make width of insulation section same as overall width of flange and bolts, plus
twice the thickness of pipe insulation.
Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer
circumference of adjacent straight pipe segments with mineral-fiber blanket
insulation.
Install jacket material with manufacturer's recommended adhesive, overlap seams
at least 1 inch, and seal joints with flashing sealant.
Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows:
1.
D.
Secure each layer of preformed pipe insulation to pipe with wire or bands and
tighten bands without deforming
Install preformed sections of same material as straight segments of pipe
insulation when available.
When preformed sections are not available, install mitered sections of pipe
insulation to valve body.
Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation
without disturbing insulation.
Install insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application.
Blanket Insulation Installation on Ducts and Plenums:
insulation pins.
1.
Secure with adhesive and
Apply adhesives according to manufacturer's recommended coverage rates per
unit area, for 100 percent coverage of duct and plenum surfaces.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
2.
3.
Apply adhesive to entire circumference of ducts and to all surfaces of fittings and
transitions.
Install either capacitor-discharge-weld pins and speed washers or cupped-head,
capacitor-discharge-weld pins on sides and bottom of horizontal ducts and sides
of vertical ducts as follows:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
4.
b.
6.
7.
F.
On duct sides with dimensions 18 inches and smaller, place pins along
longitudinal centerline of duct. Space 3 inches maximum from
insulation end joints, and 16 inches o.c.
On duct sides with dimensions larger than 18 inches, place pins 16
inches o.c. each way and 3 inches maximum from insulation joints.
Install additional pins to hold insulation tightly against surface at cross
bracing.
Pins may be omitted from top surface of horizontal, rectangular ducts
and plenums.
Do not overcompress insulation during installation.
Impale insulation over pins and attach speed washers.
Cut excess portion of pins extending beyond speed washers or bend
parallel with insulation surface. Cover exposed pins and washers with
tape matching insulation facing.
For ducts and plenums with surface temperatures below ambient, install a
continuous unbroken vapor barrier. Create a facing lap for longitudinal seams
and end joints with insulation by removing 2 inches from 1 edge and 1 end of
insulation segment. Secure laps to adjacent insulation section with 1/2-inch
outward-clinching staples, 1 inch o.c. Install vapor barrier consisting of factoryor field-applied jacket, adhesive, vapor-barrier mastic, and sealant at joints,
seams, and protrusions.
a.
5.
SECTION 230700, PAGE 22
HVAC INSULATION
Repair punctures, tears, and penetrations with tape or mastic to maintain
vapor-barrier seal.
Install vapor stops for ductwork and plenums operating below 50 degrees
F at 18-foot intervals. Vapor stops shall consist of vapor-barrier mastic
applied in a Z-shaped pattern over insulation face, along butt end of
insulation, and over the surface. Cover insulation face and surface to be
insulated a width equal to 2 times the insulation thickness but not less
than 3 inches.
Overlap unfaced blankets a minimum of 2 inches on longitudinal seams and end
joints. At end joints, secure with steel bands spaced a maximum of 18 inches o.c.
Install insulation on rectangular duct elbows and transitions with a full insulation
section for each surface. Install insulation on round and flat-oval duct elbows
with individually mitered gores cut to fit the elbow.
Insulate duct stiffeners, hangers, and flanges that protrude beyond insulation
surface with 6-inch wide strips of same material used to insulate duct. Secure on
alternating sides of stiffener, hanger, and flange with pins spaced 6 inches o.c.
Board Insulation Installation on Ducts and Plenums: Secure with adhesive and insulation
pins.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
1.
2.
3.
Apply adhesives according to manufacturer's recommended coverage rates per
unit area, for 100 percent coverage of duct and plenum surfaces.
Apply adhesive to entire circumference of ducts and to all surfaces of fittings and
transitions.
Install either capacitor-discharge-weld pins and speed washers or cupped-head,
capacitor-discharge-weld pins on sides and bottom of horizontal ducts and sides
of vertical ducts as follows:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
4.
b.
6.
On duct sides with dimensions 18 inches and smaller, place pins along
longitudinal centerline of duct. Space 3 inches maximum from
insulation end joints, and 16 inches o.c.
On duct sides with dimensions larger than 18 inches, space pins 16
inches o.c. each way, and 3 inches maximum from insulation joints.
Install additional pins to hold insulation tightly against surface at cross
bracing.
Pins may be omitted from top surface of horizontal, rectangular ducts
and plenums.
Do not overcompress insulation during installation.
Cut excess portion of pins extending beyond speed washers or bend
parallel with insulation surface. Cover exposed pins and washers with
tape matching insulation facing.
For ducts and plenums with surface temperatures below ambient, install a
continuous unbroken vapor barrier. Create a facing lap for longitudinal seams
and end joints with insulation by removing 2 inches from 1 edge and 1 end of
insulation segment. Secure laps to adjacent insulation section with 1/2-inch
outward-clinching staples, 1 inch o.c. Install vapor barrier consisting of factoryor field-applied jacket, adhesive, vapor-barrier mastic, and sealant at joints,
seams, and protrusions.
a.
5.
SECTION 230700, PAGE 23
HVAC INSULATION
Repair punctures, tears, and penetrations with tape or mastic to maintain
vapor-barrier seal.
Install vapor stops for ductwork and plenums operating below 50 degrees
F at 18-foot intervals. Vapor stops shall consist of vapor-barrier mastic
applied in a Z-shaped pattern over insulation face, along butt end of
insulation, and over the surface. Cover insulation face and surface to be
insulated a width equal to 2 times the insulation thickness but not less
than 3 inches.
Install insulation on rectangular duct elbows and transitions with a full insulation
section for each surface. Groove and score insulation to fit as closely as possible
to outside and inside radius of elbows. Install insulation on round and flat-oval
duct elbows with individually mitered gores cut to fit the elbow.
Insulate duct stiffeners, hangers, and flanges that protrude beyond insulation
surface with 6-inch wide strips of same material used to insulate duct. Secure on
alternating sides of stiffener, hanger, and flange with pins spaced 6 inches o.c.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
3.08
FIELD-APPLIED JACKET INSTALLATION
A.
3.09
Where metal jackets are indicated, install with 2-inch overlap at longitudinal seams and
end joints. Overlap longitudinal seams arranged to shed water. Seal end joints with
weatherproof sealant recommended by insulation manufacturer. Secure jacket with
stainless-steel bands 12 inches o.c. and at end joints.
DUCT INSULATION SCHEDULE, GENERAL
A.
Plenums and Ducts Requiring Insulation:
1.
2.
3.
B.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Supply, return or exhaust ductwork serving critical spaces any where inside the
building.
Factory-insulated flexible ducts.
Factory-insulated plenums and casings.
Flexible connectors.
Vibration-control devices.
Factory-insulated access panels and doors.
INDOOR DUCT AND PLENUM INSULATION SCHEDULE
A.
Administrative area (concealed) rectangular or circular, supply-air, return air, outside air,
or exhaust air duct insulation shall be the following:
1.
B.
C.
Mineral-Fiber Blanket: 1-1/2 inches thick and 0.75-lb/cu. ft. nominal density.
Mechanical room (exposed, rectangular, supply-air, return air, outside air or exhaust air
duct insulation shall be the following:
1.
Mineral-Fiber Board: 1-1/2 inches thick and 2-lb/cu. ft. nominal density.
Exposed, supply-air, return air, outside air or exhaust air plenum insulation shall be the
following:
1.
3.11
All supply, return, and exhaust ductwork in mechanical rooms.
All supply, return, and exhaust ductwork serving administrative areas.
All outside air ductwork inside the building.
Items Not Insulated:
1.
3.10
SECTION 230700, PAGE 24
HVAC INSULATION
Mineral-Fiber Board: 2 inches thick and 3-lb/cu. ft. nominal density.
PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE, GENERAL
A.
Acceptable preformed pipe and tubular insulation materials and thicknesses are identified
for each piping system and pipe size range. If more than one material is listed for a
piping system, selection from materials listed is Contractor's option.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
B.
Items Not Insulated:
following:
1.
2.
3.
3.12
Unless otherwise indicated, do not install insulation on the
Drainage piping located in crawl spaces.
Underground piping.
Chrome-plated pipes and fittings unless there is a potential for personnel injury.
INDOOR PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE
A.
Condensate and Equipment Drain Water below 60 Degrees F:
1.
All Pipe Sizes: Insulation shall be the following:
a.
B.
C.
D.
Flexible Elastomeric: 3/4 inch thick.
Refrigerant Suction and Hot-Gas Piping:
1.
NPS 1-1/2 and Smaller: Insulation shall be the following:
a.
Flexible Elastomeric: 1 inch thick.
2.
NPS 2 and Larger: Insulation shall be the following:
a.
Flexible Elastomeric: 1.5 inches thick.
Refrigerant Suction and Hot-Gas Flexible Tubing:
1.
NPS 1-1/2 and Smaller: Insulation shall be the following:
a.
Flexible Elastomeric: 1 inch thick.
2.
NPS 2 and Larger: Insulation shall be the following:
a.
Flexible Elastomeric: 1.5 inches thick.
Chilled Water and Brine, above 40 Degrees F:
1.
NPS 12 and Smaller: Insulation shall be one of the following:
a.
3.13
SECTION 230700, PAGE 25
HVAC INSULATION
Mineral-Fiber, Pipe Insulation Wicking System: 1-1/2 inches thick.
OUTDOOR, ABOVEGROUND PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE
A.
Chilled Water and Brine:
1.
All Pipe Sizes: Insulation shall be the following:
a.
B.
Mineral-Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation, Type I: 3 inches thick.
Refrigerant Suction and Hot-Gas Piping:
1.
NPS 1-1/2 and Smaller: Insulation shall be the following:
a.
Flexible Elastomeric: 1 inch thick.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
2.
C.
NPS 2 and Larger: Insulation shall be the following:
a.
Flexible Elastomeric: 1.5 inches thick.
Refrigerant Suction and Hot-Gas Flexible Tubing:
1.
All Pipe Sizes: Insulation shall be the following:
a.
3.14
Flexible Elastomeric: 2 inches thick.
INDOOR, FIELD-APPLIED JACKET SCHEDULE
A.
Install jacket over insulation material. For insulation with factory-applied jacket, install
the field-applied jacket over the factory-applied jacket.
B.
If more than one material is listed, selection from materials listed is Contractor's option.
C.
Ducts and Plenums, Concealed:
1.
D.
E.
None.
Ducts and Plenums, Exposed:
1.
None.
Piping, Concealed:
1.
3.15
SECTION 230700, PAGE 26
HVAC INSULATION
None.
OUTDOOR, FIELD-APPLIED JACKET SCHEDULE
A.
Install jacket over insulation material. For insulation with factory-applied jacket, install
the field-applied jacket over the factory-applied jacket.
B.
If more than one material is listed, selection from materials listed is Contractor's option.
C.
Piping, Concealed:
1.
D.
Aluminum, Stucco Embossed: 0.032 inch thick.
Piping, Exposed:
1.
Aluminum, Stucco Embossed with Z-Shaped Locking Seam: 0.032 inch thick.
END OF SECTION 230700
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
SECTION 230800, PAGE 1
COMMISSIONING OF HVAC
SECTION 230800 – COMMISSIONING OF HVAC
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
Drawings, Agreement, Part 0, Special Conditions and Forms, and Division 01
Specifications Sections, apply to this Section.
B.
Related Sections include the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
1.02
Section 013000, Submittal Procedures.
Section 017700, Closeout Procedures.
Section 019113, General Commissioning Requirements.
Section 260800, Commissioning of Electrical Systems.
All other Division 23 and 26 Sections.
SUMMARY
A.
Commissioning work shall be a team effort to ensure that all HVAC equipment and
systems have been completely and properly installed, function together correctly to meet
the design intent, and document system performance. Commissioning shall coordinate
system documentation, equipment start-up, and performance testing.
B.
The commissioning agent (CA) shall have responsibility for coordinating and directing
each step of the commissioning process.
C.
Commissioning work of Division 23 shall include, but not be limited to:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Testing and start-up of the equipment.
Completion of pre-functional/startup checklists.
Testing, adjusting and balancing of air and water systems.
Cooperation with the CA.
Providing qualified personnel for participation in commissioning tests, including
seasonal testing required.
Completion of Contractor directed functional testing and associated forms.
Completion of CA witnessed functional testing.
Completion of CA witnessed integrated systems testing.
Providing equipment, materials, and labor as necessary to correct construction
and/or equipment deficiencies found during the commissioning process.
Providing operation and maintenance manuals and as-built drawings to the CA
for review.
Providing training and demonstrations for the systems specified in this Division
of the specifications.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/09/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
D.
SECTION 230800, PAGE 2
COMMISSIONING OF HVAC
The work included in the commissioning process involves a complete and thorough
evaluation of the operation and performance of all components, systems, and subsystems. The following equipment and systems shall be included:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Glycol cooling system.
Air handling units (Computer room AHUs, etc.).
Humidifiers.
Smoke management system.
Automatic dampers.
Fire/smoke dampers.
Condensate pump systems.
Generator oil supply and monitoring system.
E.
Timely and accurate documentation is essential for the commissioning process to be
effective. Documentation required as part of the commissioning process shall be as
specified in Section 019113, General Commissioning Requirements.
F.
Detailed testing shall be performed on all installed equipment and systems to ensure that
operation and performance conform to contract documents. The following testing is
required as part of the commissioning process:
1.
2.
3.
Pre-functional/startup checklists are comprised of a full range of checks and tests
to determine that all components, equipment, systems, and interfaces between
systems operate in accordance with contract documents. These checks and tests
are completed by the Division 23 sub-contractors and documented using prefunctional/startup checklists.
Functional performance tests (FPT) shall determine if the HVAC system is
operating in accordance with the design intent. This includes all operating modes,
interlocks, control responses, and specific responses to abnormal or emergency
conditions. FPT shall be done by Contractor as "Contractor directed" testing and
then tested again during CA witnessed testing.
Integrated Systems Testing (ISTs) shall determine if the HVAC systems are
operating in accordance with the design intent, specifically where the HVAC
systems have an interface with other building systems, such as the BAS,
electrical, plumbing, etc. This includes all operating modes, interlocks, control
responses, and specific responses to abnormal or emergency conditions. ISTs
shall be done by Contractor as "Contractor directed" testing and then tested again
during CA witnessed testing.
G.
Comprehensive training of O&M personnel shall be performed by the mechanical subcontractor, and where appropriate, by other sub-contractors, and vendors prior to turnover
of building to the Owner. The training shall include classroom instruction, along with
hands-on instruction on the installed equipment and systems.
H.
Provide all completed test reports called for in Division 22 specification Sections to the
CA for review and inclusion in the final commissioning report.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/09/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
1.03
SECTION 230800, PAGE 3
COMMISSIONING OF HVAC
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES
A.
Refer to Section 019113, General Commissioning Requirements, for CxT roles and
responsibilities. Division 23 subcontractors are members of the CxT.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01
TEST EQUIPMENT
A.
2.02
See Section 019113, General Commissioning Requirements.
TEST EQUIPMENT – PROPRIETARY
A.
See Section 019113, General Commissioning Requirements.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01
3.02
GENERAL
A.
A commissioning kick-off meeting of all commissioning team members shall be held at a
time and place designated by the Owner. The purpose shall be to familiarize all parties
with the commissioning process, and to ensure that the responsibilities of each party are
dearly understood.
B.
The Contractor shall complete all phases of work so the systems can be started, tested,
balanced, and commissioning procedures undertaken. This includes the complete
installation of all equipment, materials, fixtures, pipe, valves, wire, insulation, controls,
etc., per the contract documents and related directives, clarifications, and change orders.
C.
A commissioning plan shall be developed by the CA. The Contractor shall assist the CA
in preparing the commissioning plan by providing all necessary information pertaining to
the actual equipment and installation. If Contractor initiated system changes have been
made that alter the commissioning process, the CA shall notify the Owner.
D.
Acceptance procedures are normally intended to begin prior to completion of a system
and/or sub-systems, and shall be coordinated with the Division 23 subcontractor. Start of
acceptance procedures before system completion does not relieve the Contractor from
completing those systems as per the schedule.
PARTICIPATION IN COMMISSIONING
A.
The Contractor shall provide skilled personnel to start-up and debug all systems within
Division 23. These same personnel shall be made available to assist the CA in completing
the commissioning program. Work schedules, time required for testing, etc., shall be
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/09/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
SECTION 230800, PAGE 4
COMMISSIONING OF HVAC
requested by the CA and coordinated by the Contractor. Contractor shall ensure that the
qualified personnel are available and present during the agreed upon schedules and of
sufficient duration to complete the necessary tests, adjustments, and/or problem
resolutions.
3.03
3.04
B.
System performance problems and discrepancies may require additional personnel time,
CA time, reconstruction of systems, and/or replacement of system components. The
additional Contractor personnel time shall be made available for subsequent
commissioning periods until the required system performance is obtained at no additional
cost to the Owner.
C.
The CA reserves the right to question the appropriateness and qualifications of the
personnel relative to each item of equipment, system, and/or sub-system. Qualifications
of personnel shall include expert knowledge relative to the specific equipment involved
and a willingness to work with the CA. Contractor shall provide adequate documentation
and tools to start-up and test the equipment, system, and/or sub-system.
DEFICIENCY RESOLUTION
A.
In some systems, maladjustments, misapplied equipment, and/or deficient performance
under varying loads will result in additional work being required to commission the
systems. This work shall be completed under the direction of the Owner, with input from
the Contractor, equipment supplier, and CA. Whereas all members shall have input and
the opportunity to discuss, debate, and work out problems, the Owner shall have final
jurisdiction over any additional work done to achieve performance.
B.
Corrective work shall be completed in a timely fashion to permit the completion of the
commissioning process. Experimentation to demonstrate system performance may be
permitted. If the CA deems the experimentation work to be ineffective or untimely as it
relates to the commissioning process, the CA shall notify the Owner, indicating the
nature of the problem, expected steps to be taken, and suggested deadline(s) for
completion of activities. If the deadline(s) pass without resolution of the problem, the
Owner reserves the right to obtain supplementary services and/or equipment to resolve
the problem. Costs incurred to solve the problems in an expeditious manner shall be the
Contractor's responsibility.
SEASONAL COMMISSIONING
A.
Seasonal commissioning pertains to testing under full load conditions during peak
heating and cooling seasons, as well as part load conditions in the spring and fall. Initial
commissioning shall be done as soon as contract work is completed, regardless of season.
Subsequent commissioning may be undertaken at any time thereafter to ascertain
adequate performance during the different seasons.
B.
Heating equipment shall be tested during winter design extremes. Cooling equipment
shall be tested during summer design extremes
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/09/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
SECTION 230800, PAGE 5
COMMISSIONING OF HVAC
END OF SECTION 230800
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/09/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
SECTION 230900, PAGE 1
INSTRUMENTATION AND
CONTROL FOR HVAC
SECTION 230900 - INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
Drawings, Agreement, Part 0, Special Conditions and Forms, and Division 01
Specifications Sections, apply to this Section.
B.
Related Sections include the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
C.
Verizon Wireless Network Standards:
1.
2.
3.
1.02
Section 212200, Clean Agent Fire Extinguishing Systems.
Section 230500, Common Work Results for HVAC.
Section 230800, Commissioning of HVAC.
Section 231113, Facility Fuel-Oil Piping.
Section 233300, Air Duct Accessories.
Section 238123, Computer Room Air Conditioners
Section 260533, Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems.
Section 283145, Aspirating Smoke Detection Systems.
NSTD385, Mechanical Systems in Switching Center Design.
NSTD398, Building Automation Systems (BAS) in Switching Center Design.
NSTD401, Commissioning Standard.
SUMMARY
A.
This Section includes control equipment for HVAC systems and components, including
control components for terminal heating and cooling units not supplied with factorywired controls. The control system shall be a complete Building Automation System
(BAS) with UL864 UUKL listing for control of fire/smoke dampers and shutdown of
HVAC systems.
B.
The intent of this specification is to establish design and installation criteria for a
complete and operating Building Automation System (BAS) utilizing Direct Digital
Controls (DDC).
C.
The manufacturer, designer and installer herein referred to as the Division 23 contractor
or BAS is to provide all work described in this Specification which consists of all labor,
materials, equipment wiring, sensing devices, relays, hardware, software and services
necessary to design, install and make operational a fully functional and integrated system.
The Division 23 contractor shall furnish and install all interconnecting system
components, wiring and conduit. Work and services that may or may not be specifically
described herein or shown on drawings but required for proper performance, operation,
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 12/01/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
SECTION 230900, PAGE 2
INSTRUMENTATION AND
CONTROL FOR HVAC
testing and maintenance shall be furnished at no additional cost beyond that stated in the
contract.
D.
The temperature controls system, including application hardware and software, shall be
of a fully modular architecture permitting at least 50% expansion. The system design
shall provide self-checking, self-healing ring architecture. There shall be no single point
of failure. The failure of any component shall impact only the functions associated with
that component.
E.
The Division 23 contractor shall provide control relays, and make 120V power
connections to combination fire/smoke dampers specified in Section 233300, Air Duct
Accessories. Power wiring home runs and disconnects for fire/smoke dampers are
provided by Division 26. The control of the combination fire/smoke dampers is by the
BAS.
F.
The Division 23 contractor shall provide all controller(s), damper actuators, duct
mounted supply and return air temperature and humidity sensors, control valves, valve
operators, etc., as required for the proper operation of mechanical systems.
G.
The Division 23 contractor shall provide the variable frequency drives as specified in
Section 230910, Variable Frequency Drives.
H.
The Division 23 contractor shall provide standard 24VAC actuators, unless otherwise
noted on the plans. The control signal shall be 24VAC, and derived from a 120V inverter
source where indicated on the plans. The Division 23 contractor shall be permitted to
submit a substitution request for each 120V actuator. The substitution request will
contain language stating the Division 23 contractor shall provide pricing to extend
wiring and conduit to additional 120V connections for the appropriate quantity of
additional inverter circuits on the inverter panel(s) per Division 26 specifications, prior to
bidding.
I.
Division 23 contractor shall install all conduit and interconnecting wiring for the hard
wired interconnections with the fire alarm system main control panel. The inputs to the
BAS, from the fire alarm system, shall be in the form of un-powered form C relay
contacts. As an alternate the BAS contractor may install a BACnet or similar type
connection to the FACP to obtain the necessary signals/information from the fire alarm
system. This will need to be coordinated with the fire alarm system contractor.
J.
All software required to maintain or make changes to the system shall be rendered to
Verizon Wireless. This includes but is not limited to programming databases, Visio or
other graphic files, nonstandard BACnet protocols, operation and maintenance programs,
schedules, operating parameters, etc. All application programming and programming
notes and explanations shall be the property of Verizon Wireless once the project is
complete.
K.
The Division 23 Contractor is responsible for verifying proper operation of their software
on VZW provided hardware, including compatibility with all Microsoft Windows XP
software patches as they are updated.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 12/01/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
1.03
SECTION 230900, PAGE 3
INSTRUMENTATION AND
CONTROL FOR HVAC
DEFINITIONS
A.
BAC: Building Alarm Cabinet. The point of interface between building alarms
(generated by the BAS control system, Fire Alarm System, Security System, Emergency
Generator System, etc.) and the VZW Network Operation Center (NOC) .
B.
Critical Alarm: Critical alarms are the most urgent, and as such initiate audible and red
blinking visual indicators. Any critical alarms that are generated by the BAS will
simultaneously be sent to the NOC for immediate response. Use the NOC Alarm list as a
guide, designations may change as required by VZW on-site staff.
C.
Direct Digital Control: A control module, which is microprocessor-based, programmable
by the user, has integral I/O, and performs stand-alone operations. The controller directly
senses building environment parameter and makes control decisions based on controller
resident programs. The controller outputs control signals which directly operate
equipment such as valves, dampers, motors, etc. The controller output is converted to
appropriate type of signal (electronic) to suit actuator type.
D.
Distributed Control: The intent of distributed control is to install the controllers near the
equipment being controlled, and to distribute the processing to each stand-alone BAS
panel. The control system is built up of stand-alone controllers (nodes). A single node
shall not control redundant systems. A single node failure shall not impact more than one
redundant system.
E.
FSCS: Firefighters Smoke Control Station provides override of the BAS controlled
automatic smoke purge system. Specified in Part II of this specification section.
F.
Input/Output (I/O): I/O refers to analog input (AI), digital input (DI), analog output (AO),
and digital output (DO) in a digital controller (node). Inputs from analog sensors include
but are not limited to (temperature, pressure, humidity, flow) and digital sensors include
but are not limited to (motor status, flow switches, switch position and pulse output
devices). Outputs operate modulating and on/off control devices.
G.
Local Area Network (LAN): The LAN is a communications bus that interconnects nodes
or digital controllers for peer-to-peer communications.
H.
Major Alarm: Major or maintenance alarms are less urgent and have yellow indicators.
Any major alarms that are generated by the BAS will simultaneously be sent to the NOC
for immediate response. Use the NOC Alarm list as a guide.
I.
Microprocessor: A microprocessor refers to the central processing unit (CPU) chip that
resides in each digital controller (node) that provides local intelligence and contains all
registers and logic circuits.
J.
Memory: A memory includes Flash, EEPROM, RAM, and EPROM. Information stored
in EEPROM and EPROM is retained in the event of a node (controller) -reset or power
removal. Information stored in RAM is volatile, and is lost in a node (controller) reset or
power removal.
K.
MS/TP: Master slave/token passing.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 12/01/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
1.04
SECTION 230900, PAGE 4
INSTRUMENTATION AND
CONTROL FOR HVAC
L.
Network Operation Center (NOC): All NOC alarms are received as normally
closed/alarm open dry contacts, and transmitted via Simple Network Management
Protocol (SNMP) traps to a remote center also referred to as the Network Operations
Center (NOC). Reference BA sheets for the BAC connection diagram. BAS system
outputs to the BAC are designated on the BA sheets.
M.
Node: A Node can be described as an intelligent box that connects LAN to an input
device or an output device. A node can receive, process, and /or disseminate information.
Output nodes also perform algorithms that test for changing conditions. The nodes are
comprised of four parts: a central processing unit (CPU) chip, memory, a transceiver, and
an input/output interface circuit.
N.
PC: Personal computer.
O.
Peer-to-Peer: Peer-to-peer refers to nodes (controllers) connected to a communications
LAN that act independently as equals and communicate directly with each other to pass
information which facilitate control.
P.
PID: PID refers to proportional, integral, and derivative control; the three types of actions
that are used to control modulating equipment.
Q.
RTD: Resistance temperature detector.
R.
Smoke Control: Control modules to be used to manage equipment and systems must be
UL 864 UUKL listed for smoke control application.
S.
Transceiver: A transceiver is a device that allows the CPU to communicate over a LAN
using short data packets.
WORK WITHIN OTHER SECTIONS
A.
Devices furnished within this Section for installation per other Sections:
1.
2.
B.
Control dampers installed per Section 233300, Air Duct Accessories.
Variable Frequency Drives (VFDs) installed per Division 26.
The following work, integrated to this system is furnished and installed per other
Sections:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Mechanical equipment furnished and installed per Section 233413 and
Centrifugal HVAC Fans.
Equipment associated with the Fuel Oil Tank Liquid Level Indicator and Leak
Detector system shall be furnished per Section 231113, Facility Fuel-Oil Piping.
Piping and valves (unless specified otherwise) furnished and installed per Section
231113, Facility Fuel-Oil Piping, Section 232113,.
Power wiring to motors, starters, and VFDs furnished and installed per Division
26.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 12/01/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
5.
6.
7.
8.
C.
All wells, taps, and openings in piping and ductwork for monitoring devices,
flow switches, and alarms shall be installed per Section 232113, Hydronic
Piping, as directed per this section.
Power wiring to control panels per Division 26. Dedicated 120V power to the
control panels shall only be extended to locations where shown on the plans, any
further extensions to these inverter power circuits shall be performed per this
Section.
Work associated with the output of alarms at a remote center(s) shall be
coordinated per this Section and associated conduit and wiring per Division 26.
Power wiring to equipment associated with Fuel Oil Tank Liquid Level Indicator
and Leak Detector system furnished per Section 231113, Facility Fuel-Oil
Piping.
The following work, integrated and installed per this Section is furnished within other
Sections.
1.
1.05
SECTION 230900, PAGE 5
INSTRUMENTATION AND
CONTROL FOR HVAC
Equipment associated with the Fuel Oil Tank Liquid Level Indicator and Leak
Detector system shall be furnished and installed within Section 231113, Facility
Fuel-Oil Piping.
SYSTEM PERFORMANCE
A.
Comply with the following performance requirements:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Graphic Display: Display graphic with minimum 20 dynamic points with current
data within 10 seconds.
Graphic Refresh: Update graphic with minimum 20 dynamic points with current
data within 8 seconds.
Object Command: Reaction time of less than two seconds between operator
command of a binary object and device reaction.
Object Scan: Transmit change of state and change of analog values to control
units or workstation within six seconds.
Alarm Response Time: Annunciate alarm at workstation within 45 seconds.
Multiple workstations must receive alarms within five seconds of each other.
Program Execution Frequency: Run capability of applications as often as five
seconds, but selected consistent with mechanical process under control.
Performance: Programmable controllers shall execute DDC PID control loops,
and scan and update process values and outputs at least once per second.
Reporting Accuracy and Stability of Control: Report values and maintain
measured variables within tolerances as follows:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Water Temperature: Plus or minus 1 degrees F.
Water Flow: Plus or minus 5 percent of full scale.
Water Pressure: Plus or minus 2 percent of full scale.
Space Temperature: Plus or minus 1 degrees F.
Ducted Air Temperature: Plus or minus 1 degrees F.
Outside Air Temperature: Plus or minus 2 degrees F.
Dew Point Temperature: Plus or minus 3 degrees F.
Temperature Differential: Plus or minus 0.25 degrees F.
Date: 12/01/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
n.
o.
p.
q.
1.06
The BAS is a network designed to monitor, administer and/or control numerous building
automation functions including:
1.
2.
B.
Control of heating-ventilation-air conditioning (HVAC) systems.
Control of the Smoke Control System..
The system typically consists of the following major components:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Nodes (direct digital controllers).
Local area network (LAN).
Operator Workstation.
Input devices.
Output devices.
Routers.
Servers.
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION
A.
1.08
Relative Humidity: Plus or minus 5 percent.
Airflow (Pressurized Spaces): Plus or minus 3 percent of full scale.
Airflow (Measuring Stations): Plus or minus 5 percent of full scale.
Airflow (Terminal): Plus or minus 10 percent of full scale.
Air Pressure (Space): Plus or minus 0.01-inch wg.
Air Pressure (Ducts): Plus or minus 0.1-inch wg.
Carbon Monoxide: Plus or minus 5 percent of reading.
Carbon Dioxide: Plus or minus 50 ppm.
Electrical: Plus or minus 5 percent of reading.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A.
1.07
SECTION 230900, PAGE 6
INSTRUMENTATION AND
CONTROL FOR HVAC
The sequences of operations are included in the BA5XX series Drawing sheets.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Each submittal shall have a cover sheet with the following information provided:
Submittal ID number, date, project name, address and title; Division 23 contractor name,
address and phone number; Division 23 contractor project manager, quality control
manager, and project engineer names and phone numbers. Final acceptance of submittal
documentation shall be at the sole discretion of the project engineer.
B.
Product Data: Include manufacturer's technical literature for each control device.
Indicate dimensions, capacities, performance characteristics, weights, electrical
characteristics, regulatory agencies industry standard and code compliance where
required, finishes for materials, and installation and startup instructions for each type of
product indicated.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 12/01/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
C.
SECTION 230900, PAGE 7
INSTRUMENTATION AND
CONTROL FOR HVAC
Shop Drawings: Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, required
clearances, methods of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field
connection.
1.
2.
3.
4.
System layout to be super-imposed on the floor plan showing locations of
operator station, all nodes (controllers), input/output devices, interface devices,
and the associated network wiring (LAN).
Coordinate room temperature sensor locations prior to submittal.
Provide all equipment locations, mounting details, mounting heights, component
details, accessories, location, type and size of each field connection.
Control schematics for each mechanical system showing following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
5.
6.
Panel details showing controls, instruments and labels.
Schedule identifying each sensor and controlled device with the following
information:
a.
b.
c.
d.
7.
Software point name.
Point type (AO, AI, DO, DI).
Point range (4 to 20mA, 3 to 15 psi, etc.).
Associated node (controller) identification number.
Include a written Sequence of Operation (SOO) on each schematic describing the
operation of equipment shown on the drawing.
a.
8.
A point to point connection diagram, including a clear designation of
each I/O field hardware device and the node to which it connects.
Location of control devices (input/output devices).
Flow diagram for each system like chilled water system, cooling
tower/condenser water system, air handling system, etc.
Set points, sensor range, and actuator range.
Valve and damper schedule and normal position.
Set points on input switches.
If the sequence references equipment shown on other drawings, the
contractor shall include a reference to those drawings in the SOO.
System configuration showing: peripheral devices, batteries, power supplies,
modems, alarm control boards, fuse panels, and interconnections.
D.
Complete Bills of Materials. Include name and description of each item, part number.
Applicable drawing number, number of spares for each item and price, as applicable.
E.
Wiring Diagrams: Diagrams detailing wiring for power, signal and control systems
differentiating clearly between manufactured, installed, and field-installed wiring. Submit
wiring for each type of device including but not limited to, control relays, motor starters,
electric or electronic actuators, sensors and transmitters, indicating how it is wired,
powered and controlled.
F.
A copy of the system database with the following information:
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 12/01/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
SECTION 230900, PAGE 8
INSTRUMENTATION AND
CONTROL FOR HVAC
Point Description: for example, supply fan start/ stop, chilled water supply
temperature, etc.
Point Type: AO, AI, DO, DI or internal.
Point Range: e.g. 4-20mA, 3-15 psi, on/off, Hand/Off/Auto, etc.
Sensor range associated with point range: e.g. 0-100 degrees F, 0-6 inches of
water, etc.
Software Name associated with the point if any.
Name and Identification of the Node, terminal point to which the point is
connected. If point is internal, include subroutine/s, where it is created and/or
used.
G.
Power Table listing each node (controller), fuse/ circuit breaker, fuse panel identification
number, physical location of each controller’s power source, power consumption.
H.
Manuals: Submit hard copies in three-ring binder's Design, Operation and Maintenance
manuals. As a minimum the manuals should include the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Description of the system including definitions, size, architecture and
functionality of each component of the system.
Accurate sequence of Operation in text.
As-Built drawings for the System.
Hardware component manufacturer's specifications, installation instructions,
operating and servicing instructions.
Software documentation.
Design data for sensors and control components external to digital controllers
(nodes). Include manufacturer's specifications, installation, maintenance, and
calibration procedures.
Output hardware design data. Include manufacturer's specifications, installation,
maintenance and operations procedures.
Detailed spare parts list.
I.
Data Communications Protocol Certificates: Certify that each proposed BAS system
component complies with ASHRAE 135.
J.
Software and Firmware Operational Documentation: Include the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Software operating and upgrade manuals.
Program Software Backup: On a magnetic media or compact disc, complete with
data files.
Device address list.
Printout of software application and graphic screens.
Software license required by and installed for BAS workstations and control
systems.
Printout of completed application, including program comments and internal and
external point names with descriptions.
K.
Software Upgrade Kit: For Owner to use in modifying software to suit future systems
revisions or monitoring and control revisions.
L.
Qualification Data: For Installer and manufacturer.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 12/01/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
1.
SECTION 230900, PAGE 9
INSTRUMENTATION AND
CONTROL FOR HVAC
Test plans. The Contractor shall provide both a written field test plan and an
acceptance test plan to the project engineer for approval. Approval/disapproval of
test plans shall be at the sole discretion of the Project Engineer. Also see Article
3.07, Acceptance Testing.
M.
Quality-control test reports.
Acceptance Testing.
N.
Operation and Maintenance Data: For HVAC instrumentation and control system to
include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. In addition to requirements
specified in Section 017700, Closeout Procedures, Section 017823, Operation and
Maintenance Data, and Section 017839, Project Record Documents, include the
following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
O.
The test reports shall be as specified in Section 3.07
Step by step instructions to set nodes (controllers) from installation to a point
they can accept control programs from a computer. Include shop drawings
showing cable connections, equipment settings for the operation of each node
(controller). Instructions shall be project-specific. An uncoordinated collection
of manufacturer’s instructions shall not be acceptable.
Include step by step procedures for uploading and downloading of software
programs from and to each node (controller) and the operator station computer.
An uncoordinated collection of manufacturer’s instructions shall not be
acceptable.
Include documentation for software setup of every physical and virtual point.
Include point name, location, type, and any other characteristic to define point.
Include step by step procedure for making set point and equipment scheduling
changes. Instructions shall be project specific.
Include documentation describing running and analyzing node (controller)
diagnostics.
List alarms and messages programmed into each node (controller).
Provide PID loop tuning procedures for the control system.
Provide step by step procedures for loading operator station software and
accessing the control system.
Provide detailed, project-specific documentation for using graphics.
Provide maintenance instructions and spare parts list for each type of control
device.
Provide interconnection wiring diagrams with system components and device
identifications.
Provide inspection period, cleaning methods, recommended cleaning materials,
and calibration tolerances.
Provide step by step procedure for diagnosing and installing a node.
Provide calibration records and list of set points.
Training: Submit schedule, syllabus, and training materials in accordance with Part III,
Execution. Training shall be provided on site by the controls vendor.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 12/01/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
1.09
SECTION 230900, PAGE 10
INSTRUMENTATION AND
CONTROL FOR HVAC
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Source Limitations: Obtain all BAS components through one source from a single
manufacturer unless otherwise specified.
B.
Installer Qualifications: Only the local factory representative (held directly responsible
to the manufacturer) shall be approved for installation by the manufacturer.
C.
Material and equipment shall be standard products of the manufacturer regularly engaged
in the manufacture of such product, using similar materials, design and workmanship.
The standard products shall have been in commercial or industrial use for at least two (2)
years prior to being offered on the project. This application shall be for similarly sized
equipment and material used under similar conditions in similar application. All system
components of a given type in a similar application shall be the product of the same
manufacturer.
D.
All products shall be supported by the manufacturer's warranty including replacement,
spare parts, repairs, and software updates.
E.
Nameplates and tags bearing device unique identifiers shall be permanently attached to,
engraved or stamped on each piece of equipment, as applicable.
F.
The contractor and his or her subcontractors, who will perform the work, shall have
completed the systems installations of the same type and design specified and which are
in successful operation for at least one year.
G.
The programmer developing the software program shall have a minimum of 5 years
experience in developing the controller programs for HVAC and other systems specified
herein.
H.
The contractor shall have an ability nationally (or in-place support facility locally) to
respond to a problem with two (2) to (4) hours unless otherwise directed by facility
management. This shall include availability of technical staff, spare parts inventory and
all necessary test and diagnostic equipment.
I.
Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in
NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction,
and marked for intended use.
J.
Comply with ASHRAE 135 for BAS system components.
K.
Standards Compliance.
1.
The design, manufacture, installation, testing, operation and maintenance of the
system shall be in compliance with the latest issue of the applicable standards,
codes, regulations and recommended practices of the following agencies. All
standards and recommended practices of these agencies form a part of this
specification to the extent they are applicable to the system and its components as
specified herein.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 12/01/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
n.
o.
p.
q.
r.
s.
t.
u.
v.
w.
x.
y.
z.
aa.
bb.
cc.
L.
1.10
SECTION 230900, PAGE 11
INSTRUMENTATION AND
CONTROL FOR HVAC
American National Standards Institute (ANSI).
American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME).
ASME/ANSI B16.22: Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Solder Joint
Pressure Fittings.
ASME/ ANSI B16.26: Cast Copper Alloy Fittings for Flared Copper
Tubes.
ASME/ ANSI B 16.34: Valves-Flanged, Threaded, and Weld Ends.
ASME/ ANSI B31. 1: Power Piping.
American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM).
ASTM B 74: Seamless Copper Tube.
ASTM B 88: Seamless Copper Water Tube.
American Society of Heating, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning
Engineers (ASHRAE).
Air-conditioning and Refrigeration Institute (ARI).
Electronic Industries Association (EIA).
Factory Mutual (FM).
Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE).
National Electrical Code (NEC).
National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA).
National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
UL 864: Control Units for Fire-Protective Signaling Systems.
UL 864 UUKL: UL Listing Category for Smoke Control System
Equipment.
UL 864 SZNT: Releasing Device Equipment.
NFPA 70: National Electrical Code.
NFPA 90A: Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilation Systems.
Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA).
Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL).
UL 916: Open Emergency Management Equipment.
UL 873: Temperature Indication and Regulating Equipment.
Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Part 68 Rules for
Telephone.
Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Part 15, Sub-Part B, Class
A.
ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 135, BACnet Data Communication Protocol
for Building Automation and Control Networks, latest edition.
The system must comply with the requirements of federal, state and local authorities
having jurisdiction. The officials of the authorities may carry out inspections necessary to
ensure that the work is in compliance.
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A.
Factory-Mounted Components: Where control devices specified in this Section are
indicated to be factory mounted on equipment, arrange for shipping of control devices to
equipment manufacturer.
B.
All equipment shall be delivered to the job site unless specified otherwise.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 12/01/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
1.11
SECTION 230900, PAGE 12
INSTRUMENTATION AND
CONTROL FOR HVAC
C.
System Software: Update to latest version of software at Project completion.
D.
It is the Contractor’s responsibility to ensure on-time delivery of all materials and
equipment required for the Project. All materials furnished or incorporated in the Work
shall be new, unused, of best quality, and especially adapted for the service required;
whenever the characteristics of any material are not particularly specified, such material
shall be utilized as is customary in first class work of a nature for which the material is
employed.
E.
Packaging shall be adequate to prevent contamination, mechanical damage, or
deterioration during shipment. The outermost covering shall be marked with complete
vendor identification.
F.
Contractor shall provide necessary means to properly stage and store all materials and
equipment per equipment manufacturer's instructions until time of use or installation on
the Project. Materials shall be protected from the weather, humidity and temperature
variations, dirt, dust, and other contaminants.
G.
Contractor shall be solely responsible for materials and equipment stored on the Site;
type and extent of security provided to be at Contractor’s discretion. Coordinate all
requirements with Owner.
H.
Contractor shall be responsible for proper handling, rigging, and installing of all materials
and equipment for the Project.
I.
Owner reserves the right to reject any materials or equipment that are not properly stored
in accordance with these specifications or the manufacturers’ requirements.
J.
Refer to Section 015000, Temporary Facilities and Controls, for additional delivery and
storage requirements.
COORDINATION
A.
Coordinate location of thermostats, humidistats, and other exposed control sensors with
plans and room details before installation.
B.
Coordinate equipment with Section 212200, Clean Agent Fire Extinguishing Systems,
and Section 283145, Aspirating Smoke Detection Systems, to achieve compatibility with
equipment that interfaces with that system.
C.
Coordinate supply of conditioned electrical branch circuits for control units and operator
workstation.
D.
Coordinate equipment with Section 260900, Instrumentation and Control for Electrical
Systems, to achieve compatibility of communication interfaces.
E.
Coordinate equipment with Section 262416, Panelboards, to achieve compatibility with
starter coils and annunciation devices.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 12/01/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
1.12
SECTION 230900, PAGE 13
INSTRUMENTATION AND
CONTROL FOR HVAC
F.
Coordinate equipment with Section 230513, Common Motor Requirements for HVAC
Equipment, to achieve compatibility with motor starters and annunciation devices.
G.
Coordinate size and location of concrete bases. Cast anchor-bolt inserts into bases.
Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork requirements are specified in Section 033000,
Cast-in-Place Concrete.
WARRANTY
A.
All control components furnished and installed under this contract, shall be guaranteed
against defects in design, materials and workmanship for the full warranty period which
is standard with the manufacturer, but in no case less than one (1) year from the date of
system acceptance. This will commence from the date of acceptance of the system by
Verizon Wireless that shall be no later than ninety (90) days of beneficial use of the
system. During this period the supplier shall provide all material, services and equipment
including repair and replacement of defective products at no cost to Verizon Wireless.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01
MANUFACTURERS
A.
In other Part 2 articles where subparagraph titles below introduce lists, the following
requirements apply for product selection:
1.
2.
3.
2.02
Approved Manufacturers, no substitutions: Subject to compliance with
requirements, provide products by named manufacturer(s). Substitution request
will not be considered.
Approved Manufacturers or equivalent: Subject to compliance with
requirements, provide products by one of the named manufacturers or an
approved equivalent product. The Architect / Engineer will be the sole judge of
equivalency. Substitution requests are not required in advance of bid, but may be
submitted at Contractors option. When substitution requests are not submitted,
the Architect / Engineer will evaluate equivalency during submittal review.
Approved Manufacturers – Basis of Design bid: Subject to compliance with
requirements, provide products by the Basis of Design manufacturer listed. Base
bid shall include the Basis of Design. Substitutions will be considered for new
products by other manufacturers listed, but are not required in advance of bid.
When substitution requests are submitted, the Architect / Engineer will be the
sole judge of equivalency.
CONTROL SYSTEM
A.
Approved Manufacturers, no substitutions: Subject to compliance with requirements,
provide products by named manufacturer(s). Substitution request will not be considered.
1.
Alerton Inc.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 12/01/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
2.
3.
4.
B.
2.03
SECTION 230900, PAGE 14
INSTRUMENTATION AND
CONTROL FOR HVAC
Automated Logic Corporation.
Delta Controls Inc.
Reliable Controls.
Control system shall be microprocessor based and consist of sensors, indicators,
actuators, final control elements, interface equipment, other apparatus, accessories, and
software connected to distributed controllers operating in multiuser, multitasking
environment on token-passing network and programmed to control mechanical systems.
An operator workstation permits interface with the network via dynamic color graphics
with each mechanical system, building floor plan, and control device depicted by pointand-click graphics.
BAS EQUIPMENT
A.
Operator Workstation: The purpose of the operator workstation is to provide an interface
for installation, administration, monitoring, troubleshooting, and adjustment of the
program or operating parameters of the Building Automation System (BAS) from a
central location. The workstation shall be capable of accessing all nodes (controllers) in
the system.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Verizon Wireless will purchase and receive the (BAS) Graphic User Interface
(GUI) hardware and mandatory licensed software (OS & utilities). Verizon
Wireless will provide the hardware, operating system and standard software, as
well as system settings in order to ensure the system properly receives security
patches and remains on the network.
Verizon Wireless personnel will image the system and deliver the Operator
Workstation equipment to the facility. The Contractor shall coordinate with
Verizon Wireless to insure that the application will start up as a “service” thus
allowing the system to launch the application and allow it to run without the
requirement of human intervention if the computer should self reboot.
The Controls Contractor shall install all application software and perform all
application programming, testing, and commissioning on site. Removal of the
operator workstation computer for this purpose is prohibited.
The current hardware configuration provided by Verizon Wireless is as follows:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
5.
Hp XW6600 Workstation
Intel Dual Quad-Core 2.33 GHz Processor
3 GB Ram
1 Tb 7200 Hard Drive
FX 570 / 256 Mb Dual DVI Video Card
Keyboard / Mouse
1.44 Floppy Drive
DVD-RW
ViewSonic 26" or 22” LCD Monitor
ASHRAE 135 Compliance: Workstation shall use ASHRAE 135 protocol and
communicate using ISO 8802-3 (Ethernet) datalink/physical layer protocol.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 12/01/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
6.
7.
8.
9.
The System nodes (controllers) shall operate as stand-alone on a continuous basis
without connection to the workstation. Information at the workstation will not be
required for day to day operation of the nodes (controllers).
The operator station shall consist of graphical or text based displays of a system
points and application data in accordance with approved ASHRAE screen
standards.
The remote access communications software shall be capable of direct access to
the internet over a separate network (CAT 5) connection.
Printer: In the event that an EDN Desktop LAN is available (or IT LAN that is
reachable from the EDN LAN) that has printer(s) the BAS workstation will be
configured by Verizon Wireless personnel, to use this printer. Otherwise the
Contractor shall provide a stand-alone, Color, ink-jet type printer configured as
follows:
a.
b.
c.
10.
SECTION 230900, PAGE 15
INSTRUMENTATION AND
CONTROL FOR HVAC
Print Head: 4800 x 1200 dpi optimized color resolution.
Paper Handling: Minimum of 100 sheets.
Print Speed: Minimum of 17 ppm in black and 12 ppm in color.
Graphical User Interface (GUI). The intent of the graphic-based software known
as Graphical User Interface (GUI) is to provide an ergonomic interface to the
Node (Controller) System that encourages effective and efficient interaction with
the system. Graphic based software shall provide graphical representation of the
building (all floor plans, zones), building mechanical systems, and the control
systems. The current value of every I/O point shall be shown on at least one
graphic in its appropriate physical location relative to building and mechanical
systems. The software shall have following features in accordance with approved
ASHRAE screen standards:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Graphics shall closely follow the style of the control drawings in
representing mechanical system-Ls, sensors, controlled devices, and
point names.
Graphics shall have an identifying title visible when the graphics is being
viewed.
When the workstation is on-line with the control system, point data shall
update dynamically on the graphic images.
Provide graphic and menu penetration.
The windowing environment of the operator station shall allow the user
to simultaneously view several graphics at a time to analyze total
building operation or to allow display of graphics associated with a
particular event like high temperature alarm without interrupting the
operation in progress.
Graphic-based software shall have graphics of the building sections,
floor plans, and mechanical systems. Provide a single graphic for each
floor, unless the graphic contains more information than can be
reasonably shown on a single graphics. Each heating or cooling zone
within a floor plan shall have a zone name and its current temperature
displayed within the zone outline. Provide visual indication for each
point that is in alarm (see Screen Standards).
Provide two-dimensional drawings to symbolize mechanical equipment.
Show controlled or sensed mechanical equipment. Each graphic shall
Date: 12/01/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
consist of a single mechanical system; for example graphics for an airhandling unit, graphics for a chiller system, graphics for heating system,
etc. Place sensors and controllers associated with mechanical equipment
in their appropriate locations. Place point name and point value adjacent
to sensor or controlled device. Provide a unique visual indication of each
point when in an alarm condition. A condition such as zone temperature
associated with the mechanical system shall be shown on the graphic.
Point values shall update dynamically on the graphic.
A draw software drawing package shall be included for the editing of
graphics by the end user for spare points. Graphics may be created,
deleted, and/or modified and text added. Provide capability to store
graphic symbols for ASHRAE standard mechanical systems, sensors,
actuators, and common electrical system components in a directory.
Provide trending capabilities that allow the user to monitor and preserve
records of system activity over an extended period of time. Any system
point, physical or calculated, may be trended automatically at time-based
intervals, or change of value, both of which shall be user definable.
Trend data may be stored on hard disk for future diagnostics and
reporting.
Trend data shall be displayed graphically, with control variable and
process variable plotted as functions of time on the same chart. Trend
data graph displays shall be actual plots of both static and/or real time
dynamic graphs. Static graphs shall be actual point data that has been
stored. Exact point values may be viewed on a data window by pointing
or scrolling to the place of interest along the graph. Dynamic graphs shall
represent real time data. The graphs shall update point values every 15
minutes unless otherwise requested. Historical trend data shall be saved
for (1) one year.
Provide capability to create graphical displays to represent any logical
grouping of system points or calculated data based upon building
function, mechanical system, building layout or any other logical
grouping of points which can aid the operator in the analysis of the
facility.
Graphical Programming and Alarm Representation: In general all items
in the points list are to have graphical representations, these include but
are not limited to air handlers, chillers pumps control valves control
dampers fire smoke dampers, and temperature and humidity sensors.
1)
2)
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
SECTION 230900, PAGE 16
INSTRUMENTATION AND
CONTROL FOR HVAC
Graphical representations of items pertaining to critical alarms
are to be blinking and red when in alarm, an audible sound shall
also be produced through the workstation speakers. These shall
be displayed immediately on the screen, and shall remain in the
alarm list and audible until acknowledged. If a critical alarm
condition is no longer present then the color shall change to
green and be inaudible, but it shall remain blinking, and shall
remain in the alarm list until cleared.
Major, maintenance or non-critical alarms have yellow graphical
representations of items in alarm. These shall be displayed
immediately on the screen, and shall remain in the alarm list
Date: 12/01/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
3)
11.
SECTION 230900, PAGE 17
INSTRUMENTATION AND
CONTROL FOR HVAC
until cleared or until the condition causing the alarm no longer
occurs.
Graphical representations of items presently operating or open
shall be green. Graphical representations of items presently off
or closed are to be blue. Graphical representation of systems that
have a loss of communication with the BAS shall be black.
Screen background shall be blue.
Application Software:
a.
b.
All operator workstation computer equipment and peripherals shall be as
recommended by the Control System manufacturer and specified herein.
The workstation shall be configured to operate according to the Control
System manufacturer's specifications. The workstation hardware shall be
configured with associated peripherals to allow efficient operation of
software, uploading and downloading of programs and creation of
graphics and reports. The workstation shall include the capability of
automatic online backup of all software.
The software shall permit modifications to the node (controller) database
and control programs. Operations shall be menu selected.
1)
2)
3)
4)
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Menu System: Menu System shall allow an operator to select a
particular function or access a particular screen through
successive menu penetration.
Node Database Modification: The software shall be an interface
for performing capabilities specified for the node software and
available through a connection of the computer to the node
(controller) through LAN network. Database modification shall
require only to “fill in the blanks" for a parameter on a screen
requesting the information in a plain language. Database
modification shall be automatically downloaded to the
appropriate controllers (nodes) at operator request.
The program shall have the capability to add or delete nodes
(controllers) to the network.
Multiple Level password access protection shall be provided to
allow user/ manager to limit workstation control, display and
data base manipulation capabilities appropriate for each user,
based upon an assigned password.
I/O capability from operator station.
Automatic system diagnostics; monitor system and report failures.
Database creation and support.
Automatic and manual database save and restore.
Dynamic color graphic displays with up to 10 screen displays at once.
Custom graphics generation and graphics library of HVAC equipment
and symbols.
Alarm processing, messages, and reactions.
Trend logs retrievable in spreadsheets and database programs.
Alarm and event processing.
Object and property status and control.
Date: 12/01/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
m.
n.
Automatic restart of field equipment on restoration of power.
Data collection, reports, and logs. Include standard reports for the
following:
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
o.
p.
q.
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
9)
10)
11)
12)
13)
14)
15)
16)
17)
18)
19)
Start-up or shutdown of selected equipment.
Adjust setpoints.
Add/ modify/ delete time and calendar based programming
(schedules).
Enable/ disable process execution.
Lock/unlock alarm reporting for points.
Enable/ disable totalization for points (Optional with graphics).
Enable/ disable trending for points (Optional).
Override PID loop setpoints.
Define holiday schedule (Optional).
Change time/ date.
Enter/modify alarm limits (Optional -Engineering only).
Enter/modify thresh hold limits (Optional -Engineering only).
Add/ delete/ modify control loops (Engineering only).
Add/ delete/ modify historical data trending for points
(Optional).
Add/delete/modify all operator passwords.
Add/ delete/ modify alarm messages (Optional -Engineering
only).
Enter temporary override schedules (Optional).
Add/ delete/ modify energy management parameters (Optional).
Historical data trending for pre-defined points.
The system shall allow the user to obtain the following types of reports:
1)
2)
B.
Current values of all objects.
Current alarm summary.
Disabled objects.
Alarm lockout objects.
Logs.
The workstation shall be capable of accessing all nodes (controllers) in
the system.
Maintenance management.
Software shall provide the system capability to define and modify
equipment control strategies, energy management routines without
interfering with the normal system operation and control. The system
shall allow user to perform commands including, but not limited to the
following:
1)
2)
3)
r.
SECTION 230900, PAGE 18
INSTRUMENTATION AND
CONTROL FOR HVAC
A general listing of all points in the network.
List of all points currently in alarm.
Power Supplies: Transformers with Class 2 current-limiting type or overcurrent
protection; limit connected loads to 80 percent of rated capacity. DC power supply shall
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 12/01/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
SECTION 230900, PAGE 19
INSTRUMENTATION AND
CONTROL FOR HVAC
match output current and voltage requirements and be full-wave rectifier type with the
following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
C.
Power Line Filtering: Internal or external transient voltage and surge suppression for
workstations or controllers with the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
D.
Minimum dielectric strength of 1000 V.
Maximum response time of 10 nanoseconds.
Minimum transverse-mode noise attenuation of 65 dB.
Minimum common-mode noise attenuation of 150 dB at 40 to 100 Hz.
Absolute Humidity Sensors: Sensors shall utilize a dual beam infrared optical sensor
technology that cannot be saturated or poisoned by other gases.
1.
2.04
Output ripple of 5.0 mV maximum peak to peak.
Combined 1 percent line and load regulation with 100-mic.sec. response time for
50 percent load changes.
Built-in overvoltage and overcurrent protection and be able to withstand 150
percent overload for at least 3 seconds without failure.
10C to 60C operation without derating.
Sensors shall be as manufactured by Vaporstat or approved equal.
SYSTEM PROTOCOL AND LISTINGS
A.
Provide a BAS specified herein as fully integrated, distributed control system which will
not rely on a host computer or a central processing device for its operations. The building
automation system shall employ BACnet standard protocol. Nonstandard BACnet
protocol shall require an approved substitution request, submit the ProtocolImplementation-Conformance Statement (PICS) for each component using the
nonstandard protocol. In addition this substitution request shall include a reference
dictionary for each and every nonstandard protocol used. Gateways are not permitted
except via and approved substitution request. The control devices that utilize the BACnet
protocol shall include, but are not limited to, all various input, output and interface nodes
(controllers), communication over the LAN network, and the operator's workstation, all
software, hardware, and peripherals. All control devices within the BAS shall be of one
process-control or programming language, that language shall be BACnet.
B.
System components shall have a BACnet Testing Laboratories (BTL) listing. Where
applicable per UUKL, nodes shall also have UL 864 listing for smoke control; refer to the
system diagram on the Drawings. Permitted protocols are native BACnet systems over
ARCNet or MSTP. BACnet thru gateways, LonTalk and proprietary protocols shall not
be permitted. The system shall be engineered to provide distinct segregation between
nodes used for the smoke management systems and those that are not.
C.
The Building Automation System shall have a BACnet based LAN and thus be capable
of direct communicate with third party controllers. A BACnet connection is not limited
to, but shall include the following devices:
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 12/01/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
1.
2.
3.
4.
2.05
SECTION 230900, PAGE 20
INSTRUMENTATION AND
CONTROL FOR HVAC
Generator controllers.
ATS’s.
Switchgear power monitors.
VFDs.
SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE
A.
The system design is based on the concept of distributed intelligence and control. The
system employs a local area network (LAN) type architecture that links a series of nodes
(controllers). Each node contains a microcomputer that performs a specific function to
operate and monitor mechanical and other systems as defined in the points list and
according to a sequence-of-operation, specified herein and as indicated on the drawings.
The nodes are connected to a LAN, operating in a multitasking, and multi-user
environment emphasizing the integrity to create a highly reliable communications
network. The communication shall be transferred using a hybrid system with peer to peer
and self-healing, self-checking ring technologies. Employ network error detection, and
re-transmission to guarantee data integrity.
B.
Provide an operator programmable system, based on Graphic User Interface (GUI).
Connect all nodes (controllers) through the LAN to share data and report to the operator
workstation(s). The operator workstation will be capable of being programmed to
supervise the nodes. Information pertaining to and control of any point in the network
shall be available to the operator using the same database, and shall be based upon the
same identification tag as used on the contract drawings for the facility equipment and/or
system. The BAS shall be capable of downloading software from the operator
workstation to the nodes. The BAS software shall operate on the latest Microsoft
Windows Operating System. All software required for use shall be rendered to Owner.
C.
Utilize structured programming methods with clear programming comments and point
definitions. Provide a detailed description of operation for all major components in the
system prior to the section of program that will control them. Provide a copy of this
sequence of control on the appropriate drawings. Once the system has been accepted by
the VZW and is in the warranty stage, any changes made shall be fully documented with
a description of the changes made, all internal and external points affected by the changes
and the date and time the changes were made.
D.
A main interface controller shall be installed. This controller shall have native, direct
Ethernet TCP/IP communications back to a central monitoring station, using the
customer’s existing installed network. A 10bT Ethernet port shall be provided on the
controller for this communications interface. All TCP/IP settings, including IP address,
default gateway and subnet mask, shall be stored in non-volatile memory. The main
interface controller shall provide at least 4 serial communications ports. One port shall be
configured as a dial-up modem, for back-up communications to the main interface
controller in case the main network connection is unavailable. The remaining ports may
be used to connect to third-party subsystems such as fire alarm panels and early warning
smoke systems. The main interface controller shall accept 120VAC power. Its power
supply shall include a built-in UPS such that the controller remains fully operational
during a power loss. A built-in alarm signals the central monitoring station that the
controller is operating on battery power. Provide at least 1-hour battery backup time.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 12/01/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
2.06
SECTION 230900, PAGE 21
INSTRUMENTATION AND
CONTROL FOR HVAC
E.
The system shall consist of node (controllers) of modular design providing distributed
processing capability, future system expansion of input/output points, processing and
control functions with administrative features. The system shall have the capability of
field upgrades without the loss of service to existing monitored and controlled equipment.
The failure of any single component or network connection shall not interrupt the
execution of control strategies at other operating devices, communications of the
network, or remote telemetry. Single controllers with multiple inputs and output modules
to control many different systems such as air handlers, chiller plants, and pumps, at once
are not permitted. BAS controllers shall be powered from an inverter source.
F.
The system control algorithms shall provide automatic reset capability where possible
and where this control will not jeopardize human safety or damage building equipment.
G.
Databases shall be backed up monthly or when many changes to the software have been
made. All database management, maintenance, and/or full-system restoration shall be as
easy as stopping the database-server software and transferring a file under a single
directory within a database-server software to and from a DVD, CD, thumbdrive, hard
drive, etc. The controller software shall be backed up on the same database.
H.
Operating Temperatures. BAS Controllers shall be capable of proper operation in an
ambient temperature environment of -20 degrees F to +150 degrees F and 10% to 90%
relative humidity.
SYSTEM ALARMS
A.
The System's architecture shall eliminate dependence on any single device for alarm
reporting and control execution. Each node shall operate independently by performing its
own specified control, alarm management, operator input /output (I/O) and historical data
collection and archiving. Ensure that message and alarm buffering is adequate to prevent
information from being lost or misinterpreted.
B.
The Owner provided Network Operators Center (NOC) system shall deliver SNMP
messages and SNMP alarms (via the TRAP command) to the third-party network
management software. The BAS controller for alarm output shall use form C drycontacts
to interface with the VZW NOC panel. The NOC system panel will receive only
fail/alarm open outputs from the BAS. The NOC system panel will received hardwired
alarms from various systems as detailed on drawings including HVAC, electrical,
generator, security, fuel monitoring, etc. Any NOC alarm condition that one controller
senses, such as high temperature, door ajar, HVAC unit failure, shall be sent via alarm
output controller. Detailed information such as point name, description, value, alarm state
(alarm or return-to-normal), time of alarm, and controller name shall be provided to the
NOC.
C.
System performance shall insure that an alarm occurring at any one node (controller)
shall be reported as an SNMP alarm to the NOC within (5) five seconds from an input via
form C normally closed contact.
D.
System Diagnostics: The system shall automatically monitor the operation of all
workstations, printers, network connections, building management panels, and
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 12/01/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
SECTION 230900, PAGE 22
INSTRUMENTATION AND
CONTROL FOR HVAC
controllers. The failure of any device shall be annunciated to the operator. This should
provide a local alarm that is capable of being monitored at the BAS operator workstation
and a hardwired alarm to the Verizon Wireless NOC system, a minimum of four such
hardwired alarms shall provide the required diversity.
2.07
BUILDING NETWORK CONTROLLERS
A.
Provide Network Controllers in quantity and type as required by the network design.
Network Controllers shall have a BACnet Testing Laboratories (BTL) listing. Network
Controllers shall be FCC Class A, Part 15 certified consisting of neuron chip, memory
twisted pair transceiver, input/output handling circuitry, input voltage circuitry, surge
protection. Network Controllers shall have a UL 864 listing for smoke control; refer to
the system diagram on the drawings. Network Controllers shall interface with the system
operator workstations, and shall thereby have the capability of providing monitoring and
basic setpoint changes, develop schedules and trending, etc. Refer to DDC Equipment
Article above and Drawing BA501 BAS One-line Diagram.
B.
BACnet BIBBS: General Purpose Multiple Application controllers must use BACnet as
the native communication protocol between controllers and must, as a minimum, support
the following BIBBS:
Data Sharing
Alarm Event
Schedule
Trend
Device Man.
Network Man.
DS-RP-A, B
DS-RPM-B
DS-WP-A, B
DS-WPM-B
DS-COVU-A, B
AE-N-B
AE-ACK-B
AE-ASUM-B
SCHED-B
T-VMT-B
T-ATR-B
DM-DDB-A, B
DM-DOB-B
DM-DCC-B
NM-RC-A
C.
Communication Speed: Controllers shall communicate at a minimum of 156 Kbps using
BACnet protocol over an Arcnet highway implemented over EIA-485 using a shielded
twisted pair at the Data Link Layer.
D.
General Specification: Unless otherwise noted, control panel enclosures shall be NEMA
3R. Each General Purpose Multiple Application Controller must be capable of
standalone direct digital operation utilizing its own 32 bit processor, non-volatile flash
memory, input/output, 12 bit A to D conversion, hardware clock/calendar and voltage
transient and lightning protection devices. A separate co-processor shall be used for
communications to the controller network. All non-volatile flash memory shall have a
battery backup of at least five years. Critical data such as setpoints or configuration tables
shall be stored in non-volatile memory locations. Firmware revisions to the module shall
be made from the BAS server or remotely over the Intranet or Internet. Controllers that
require component changes to implement firmware revisions are NOT acceptable.
E.
System Parameters Modification: Provide software to modify system parameters through
control program database. System parameter modification shall be accomplished through
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 12/01/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
SECTION 230900, PAGE 23
INSTRUMENTATION AND
CONTROL FOR HVAC
an operator station computer. Modifications shall be accomplished without having to
make changes directly in line-by-line or block programming. Following parameters shall
be modifiable:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
Set points.
Deadband limits and spans.
Reset schedules.
Switch over points.
PID gains and time between control output changes.
Time.
Timed local override time (temporary schedule override).
Occupancy schedules (time of day scheduling).
Holidays.
Alarm points, alarm limits, and alarm messages.
Point definition database.
Point enable, disable, and override.
Trend points, trend intervals, trend reports.
Analog input default values.
Passwords.
Communications parameters including network and telephone.
Communications setups.
Mechanical system parameters like chilled water reset, condenser water reset,
chiller sequencing, etc.
F.
Differential: Where equipment is started and stopped or opened and closed in response to
some analog input such as temperature, pressure or humidity, include a differential set
point for the control loop to prevent short cycling of equipment.
G.
Using a building network controller configured as an occupancy scheduler, each
application shall be schedulable and its operation based on time of day, day of week, and
day of year. Each application may be associated with a different schedule. Up to 128
schedules can be defined with 25 holidays in each schedule. Provide capability that will
allow current schedules to be viewed and modified in a seven-day week format.
H.
The system shall have the capability to store and trend I/O point values. Points may be
associated into groups. A trend report may be set up for each group. The time between
logging consecutive trend values shall range from one minute to sixty minutes at a
minimum. Trend data type shall be selectable as either averages over the logging period
or instantaneous values at the time of logging. Trend data shall be capable of being
uploaded to a computer. Trend data shall be available on either a historical or a real-time
basis. Trend data shall appear either numerically or graphically on a connected
computer's screen as the data is being processed from the node system environment. The
trend reports shall be capable of being uploaded to a computer disc and archived. Provide
capability that will allow points to be trended per the point schedules on the BA7XX
series drawings. For example alarm points shall have a date stamp. At a minimum
additional capabilities shall be provided to trend 100 points every 15 minutes for one
year. These shall be monitored on a month date format.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 12/01/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
2.08
SECTION 230900, PAGE 24
INSTRUMENTATION AND
CONTROL FOR HVAC
NODES (ADVANCED APPLICATION SPECIFIC CONTROLLERS)
A.
Provide Nodes in quantity and type as required by the network design. Nodes shall have a
BACnet Testing Laboratories (BTL) listing. Nodes shall be FCC Class A, Part 15
certified consisting of neuron chip, memory twisted pair transceiver, input/output
handling circuitry, input voltage circuitry, surge protection. Where applicable nodes shall
have a UL 864 listing for smoke control, refer to the system diagram on the drawings.
Nodes shall have varied functions, some having distributed control of air handlers, and
system associated components, including but not limited to motorized dampers, fire
smoke dampers, exhaust fans and sensors Where required nodes interface with third party
equipment see DDC Equipment Article above and Drawing BA501, BAS One-line
Diagram.
B.
BACnet BIBBS: The General Purpose Single Application Controllers must use BACnet
as the native communication protocol between controllers and must, as a minimum,
support the following BIBBS:
C.
Communication Speed: Controllers shall communicate at a minimum of 156 Kbps using
BACnet protocol over an Arcnet highway implemented over EIA-485 using an
unshielded twisted pair at the Data Link Layer.
D.
General Specification: Unless otherwise noted control panel enclosures shall be NEMA
3R. General Purpose Single Application controllers must be capable of stand-alone BAS
operation utilizing its own 32 bit processor, nonvolatile flash memory, input/output, 8 bit
A to D conversion, hardware clock/calendar and voltage transient protection devices. A
separate co-processor shall be used for communications to the controller network. All
RAM memory shall have a battery backup of at least five years. Firmware revisions to
the module shall be made from the BAS server or remote locations over the Internet.
Controllers that require component changes to implement Firmware revisions are NOT
acceptable.
E.
Point Programming: All point data, algorithms, and application software within the
controllers shall be custom programmable from the Operator Workstation.
F.
Program Execution: Each General Purpose Single Application Controller shall execute
application programs, calculations, and commands via a 32-bit microcomputer resident in
the controller. All operating parameters for the application program residing in each
controller shall be stored in read/writ able nonvolatile flash memory within the controller
and will be able to upload/download to/from the Operator Workstation.
G.
Self-Test Diagnostics: Each controller shall include self-test diagnostics, enabling the
controller to report malfunctions to the router and BAS Server input.
H.
PID Loops: Each General Purpose Single Application Controller shall contain both
software and firmware to perform full BAS PID control loops.
I.
Input-Output Processing:
1.
Digital Outputs shall be relays, 24 Volts AC or DC maximum, 3 amp maximum
current. Each output shall have a manual Hand-Off-Auto switch for local
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 12/01/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
2.
3.
4.
2.09
SECTION 230900, PAGE 25
INSTRUMENTATION AND
CONTROL FOR HVAC
override and an LED to indicate the operating mode. Triac outputs are NOT
acceptable.
Universal Inputs shall be Thermistor (BAPI Curve II) 10K Ohm at 77 degrees F,
0-5VDC - 10K Ohm maximum source impedance, 0-20mA - 24 VDC loop
power, 250 Ohm input impedance, Dry Contact - 0.5mA maximum current.
Analog Electronic Outputs shall be voltage mode 0-10VDC or current mode 420mA.
Enhanced Zone Sensor Input shall provide one thermistor input, one local
setpoint adjustment, one timed local override switch, and an occupancy LED
indicator.
J.
Each node (controller) shall perform self-diagnostic routines or means shall be provided
to perform this function such as continuous monitoring of nodes by the BAS and provide
messages to an operator when errors are detected.
K.
Hand-Off-Auto Functions: In the event of a power outage, each node (controller) shall
assume a disabled status and I/O points shall remain as the last signal received/sent, each
digital out put shall have the capability of being manually overridden through the use of a
hand-off-auto switch or similar method to make the DO state user definable. Upon
restoration of power, the system shall perform an orderly restart, with sequencing of
outputs.
UNITARY CONTROLLERS
A.
BACnet BIBBS:
The Unitary Controllers shall use BACnet as the native
communications protocol between controllers on the unitary controller network and must,
as a minimum support the following BIBBS:
B.
Communication Speed: The communication between unitary controllers shall be 38.4
Kbps minimum over EIA-485 using an MS/TP architecture.
C.
Sensor Support: Each Unitary Controller shall be able to support various types of zone
temperature sensors, such as; temperature sensor only, temperature sensor with built-in
local override switch and temperature sensor with built-in setpoint adjustment switch.
D.
Airflow Transducer: In order to provide reliable Pressure Independent VAV operation,
Unitary Controllers for pressure independent VAV applications shall have a precision
built-in Honeywell AWM series airflow transducer for accurate air flow measurement.
E.
Integral Actuator: Each Unitary Controller for VAV applications shall have an integral
direct coupled electronic actuator with the following features:
1.
F.
The actuator shall provide on-off/floating point control with a minimum of 35 inlb of torque.
The assembly shall mount directly to the damper operating shaft with a universal V-Bolt
clamp assembly.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 12/01/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
G.
The actuator shall not require any limit switches, and shall be electronically protected
against overload.
H.
The actuator shall automatically stop when reaching the damper or actuator end position.
I.
The gears shall be capable of being manually disengaged with a button on the assembly
cover.
J.
A visual pointer for the position of the actuator.
K.
The assembly shall have an anti-rotational strap supplied with the assembly that will
prevent lateral movement.
L.
5-year warranty from the manufacturer.
M.
Visual Status: Each Unitary Controller and Unitary Controller Interface shall have LED
indication for visual status of communication, power, and all outputs.
N.
Standalone Algorithm: In the event of a loss of communication, each Unitary Controller
shall control from a standalone algorithm, which maintains the assigned space
temperature until communication with the Unitary Control Router is restored.
O.
Input/Output Processing:
1.
2.
3.
4.
2.10
SECTION 230900, PAGE 26
INSTRUMENTATION AND
CONTROL FOR HVAC
Digital outputs shall be relays, 24 Volts AC or DC maximum, having a 3 Amp
maximum current. Each relay shall be configured as normally open or normally
closed, and provide a dry contact. Triac outputs are NOT acceptable.
Universal inputs shall be Thermistor Precon Type II, dry contacts or 0-5VDC
with 0-10K Ohm input impedance.
Enhanced Zone Sensor Input. The input shall provide one thermistor input, one
local setpoint adjustment, one timed local override switch, and an occupancy
LED indicator.
Analog output electronic, voltage mode 0-10VDC
FIREFIGHTERS SMOKE CONTROL STATION (FSCS)
A.
This specification defines the basic construction and components for a Firefighter's
Smoke Control Station which provides override control meeting the requirements for a
smoke control panel as indicated in the Uniform Building Code (UBC), Section 909,
International Building Code (IBC), Chapter 7 and shall be UL 864 UUKL listed for the
application. The control panel shall be a graphic display with switches and LED
indicators. The control panel shall be flush or surface mounted as accommodated by wall
construction type. The inputs to the FSCS shall either be via either discrete dry contact
input/outputs and/or interface that provides the same information. FSCS shall be
manufactured by Automated Displays www.adipanels.com.
B.
The control panel shall be constructed with a polyester film overlay. The polyester film
overlay shall be a 7-mil multi-colored polyester film and protected by a non-glare
urethane textured coating, which is non-yellowing, durable, and scratch resistant. LEDs
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 12/01/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
SECTION 230900, PAGE 27
INSTRUMENTATION AND
CONTROL FOR HVAC
shall not protrude through the polyester film overlay. All wiring internal to the control
panel shall be made on solder type terminal turrets. All switches shall be securely
mounted to the panel.
2.11
C.
HAND-OFF-AUTO fan control and OPEN-AUTO-CLOSE damper control is
accomplished with three-position rotary switches that are zone specific as indicated on
drawing M703. A pushbutton is supplied for testing the LEDs. A key switch shall be
used for panel enable operation when specified. Overrides shall be zone specific.
D.
The film overlay shall be a graphic as shown in the Architect's plan with black lines and
legends, and colored background areas. The graphic shall be made having all accent
colors applied to the backside of the film. Critical areas such as elevator shafts,
stairwells, smoke control zones and main air ducts shall be highlighted for easy
identification. The panel supplier shall submit a color chart with a minimum of 22 accent
colors for Architect selection.
E.
High intensity LEDs are available in red, green, amber, yellow and blue. T-1 3/4 LEDs
are mounted on printed circuit boards. The printed circuit boards are mounted to the
aluminum backplate with machine screws. Voltage dropping resistors for operation at
24VDC, 12VDC or 5VDC and diodes for LED test also are mounted on the printed
circuit boards.
F.
The enclosure can be a standard flush or surface mount backbox. The standard
enclosures range in size from Size A (small) 24”w x 36”h to 36”h x 24”w, Size B
(medium) 36”w x 48”h to 48”w x 36”h, Size C (large) 48”w x 60”h to 60”w x 48”. Steel
construction, aluminum or stainless steel construction is acceptable. All enclosures are
constructed according to UL 864 Section 7 specifications.
G.
Provide open-close-normal fault pilot lights for FSDs associated with smoke
management.
ELECTRONIC SENSORS
A.
Description: Vibration and corrosion resistant; for wall, immersion, or duct mounting as
required. Sensors shall meet BACnet and UL864 UUKL standards.
B.
All devices shall be mounted in a panel or enclosures suitable for the location. The
enclosures shall protect the devices from dust, moisture, and movement and conceal the
integral wiring and moving parts.
C.
The devices shall be selected to withstand the ambient conditions in which they will be
operating, such as presence of moisture or condensation, vibrations from the ductwork or
equipment, transient conditions for temperature, pressure, humidity etc. which may be
outside the normal sensing range.
D.
Digital inputs from the various systems in the Points List will be provided by dry
contacts. The contacts to be wired normally open or normally closed as required.
E.
Thermistor Temperature Sensors and Transmitters:
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 12/01/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
1.
Approved Manufacturers or equivalent: Subject to compliance with
requirements, provide products by one of the named manufacturers or an
approved equivalent product. The Architect / Engineer will be the sole judge of
equivalency. Substitution requests are not required in advance of bid, but may be
submitted at Contractors option. When substitution requests are not submitted,
the Architect / Engineer will evaluate equivalency during submittal review.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
F.
SECTION 230900, PAGE 28
INSTRUMENTATION AND
CONTROL FOR HVAC
BEC Controls Corporation.
Ebtron, Inc.
Heat-Timer Corporation.
I.T.M. Instruments Inc.
MAMAC Systems, Inc.
RDF Corporation.
Accuracy: Plus or minus0.5 degrees F at calibration point.
Wire: Twisted, shielded-pair cable.
Insertion Elements in Ducts: Single point, 8 inches to 18 inches long; use where
not affected by temperature stratification or where ducts are smaller than 9 sq. ft.
Averaging Elements in Ducts: Continuous averaging RTDs for ductwork
applications to be one (1) foot (probe length) for each 4 square feet of ductwork
cross-sectional area.
Insertion Elements for Liquids: Brass or stainless-steel socket with minimum
insertion length of 2-1/2 inches.
Room Temperature Sensors and Thermostats: Conceal sensor behind protective
cover matched to the room interior. In occupied areas provide with LCD display,
keypad/slider for temperature adjustment and override button to place in
occupied mode during the unoccupied schedule. Network equipment areas shall
be provided with sensors only; provide one sensor per room with LCD display.
Combine temperature and humidity sensors where applicable.
Sensor Wells: Brass or stainless steel materials as indicated. Provide thermal
transmission material compatible with the immersion sensor to insure good heat
transfer.
Outside Air Type: Provide watertight inlet fitting shielded from direct sunlight of
NEMA 3R construction. Mount element at least 3 inches from building outside
wall. Shielding from direct sunlight shall not inhibit ambient airflow across the
sensing element.
RTDs and Transmitters:
1.
Approved Manufacturers or equivalent: Subject to compliance with
requirements, provide products by one of the named manufacturers or an
approved equivalent product. The Architect / Engineer will be the sole judge of
equivalency. Substitution requests are not required in advance of bid, but may be
submitted at Contractors option. When substitution requests are not submitted,
the Architect / Engineer will evaluate equivalency during submittal review.
a.
b.
c.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
BEC Controls Corporation.
MAMAC Systems, Inc.
RDF Corporation.
Date: 12/01/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
General: RTD sensors to be 1000 ohm or higher, platinum element sensors to be
vibration and corrosion resistant, encapsulated in epoxy, series 300 stainless
steel, anodized aluminum or copper.
Sensing Circuit: 3 wire.
Accuracy: Plus or minus 0.1 percent at calibration point.
Wire: Twisted, shielded-pair cable. Provide 18 gage twisted pair cable for direct
connected RTDs or 10K Negative Temp Coefficients (NTC) Type II or III where
using 4 to 20mA transmitters.
Insertion Elements in Ducts: Single point, 8 inches to 18 inches long; use where
not affected by temperature stratification or where ducts are smaller than 9 sq. ft..
Averaging Elements in Ducts: 18 to 48 inches long, rigid or 24 feet long,
flexible; use where prone to temperature stratification or where ducts are larger
than 9 sq. ft.; length as required.
Insertion Elements for Liquids: Brass socket with minimum insertion length of
2-1/2 inches.
Room Sensor Cover Construction: Manufacturer's standard locking covers.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
10.
G.
SECTION 230900, PAGE 29
INSTRUMENTATION AND
CONTROL FOR HVAC
Set-Point Adjustment: Concealed.
Set-Point Indication: Concealed.
Thermometer: Concealed.
Color: Match adjacent finish.
Orientation: Vertical or Horizontal.
Outside-Air Sensors: Watertight inlet fitting, shielded from direct sunlight.
Humidity Sensors: Bulk polymer sensor element.
1.
Approved Manufacturers or equivalent: Subject to compliance with
requirements, provide products by one of the named manufacturers or an
approved equivalent product. The Architect / Engineer will be the sole judge of
equivalency. Substitution requests are not required in advance of bid, but may be
submitted at Contractors option. When substitution requests are not submitted,
the Architect / Engineer will evaluate equivalency during submittal review.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
BEC Controls Corporation.
General Eastern Instruments.
MAMAC Systems, Inc.
ROTRONIC Instrument Corp.
TCS/Basys Controls.
Vaisala.
Transmitters may be supplied as an integral unit with the field sensor or mounted
separately in a panel or part of the controller.
Accuracy: 2 percent full range with linear output.
Linearity: 1.0 percent of span and repeatability to be within 0.5 percent of the
span and repeatability to be within 0.5 percent of span.
Room Sensor Range: 20 to 80 percent relative humidity.
Room Sensor Cover Construction: Manufacturer's standard locking covers.
Duct Sensor: 20 to 80 percent relative humidity range with element guard and
mounting plate.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 12/01/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
8.
9.
10.
H.
Outside-Air Sensor: 20 to 90 percent relative humidity range with mounting
enclosure, suitable for operation at outdoor temperatures of minus 22 to plus 120
degrees F.
Duct and Sensors: With element guard and mounting plate, range of 0 to 100
percent relative humidity.
Supply voltage to be 24 volts DC.
Pressure Transmitters/Transducers:
1.
Approved Manufacturers or equivalent: Subject to compliance with
requirements, provide products by one of the named manufacturers or an
approved equivalent product. The Architect / Engineer will be the sole judge of
equivalency. Substitution requests are not required in advance of bid, but may be
submitted at Contractors option. When substitution requests are not submitted,
the Architect / Engineer will evaluate equivalency during submittal review.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
2.
c.
d.
e.
f.
3.
BEC Controls Corporation.
General Eastern Instruments.
MAMAC Systems, Inc.
ROTRONIC Instrument Corp.
TCS/Basys Controls.
Vaisala.
Static-Pressure Transmitter: Nondirectional sensor with suitable range for
expected input, and temperature compensated.
a.
b.
I.
SECTION 230900, PAGE 30
INSTRUMENTATION AND
CONTROL FOR HVAC
Accuracy: 1 percent of full scale with repeatability of 0.5 percent.
Linearity: 1.0 percent of span and repeatability to be within 0.2 percent
of the span and repeatability to be within 0.5 percent of span.
Output: 4 to 20 mA.
Building Static-Pressure Range: 0- to 0.25-inch wg.
Duct Static-Pressure Range: 0- to 5-inch wg.
Supply voltage to be 24 volts DC.
Transmitters may be supplied as an integral unit with the field sensor or mounted
separately in a panel or part of the controller.
Occupancy sensor:
1.
Combination passive infrared and ultrasonic 24v sensor, SPDT relay with 30
minute time delay prior to shut down. Legrand model DT-200 or equal.
J.
Liquid Detectors: Conductive liquid detector with alarm relay, weatherproof enclosure,
microchip technology, SPDT alarm contracts, 11-27 VAC/VDC operation and adjustable
height. Kele model WB-1B-C or equal.
K.
Room Sensor Cover Construction: Manufacturer's standard locking covers.
1.
2.
Set-Point Adjustment: Concealed.
Set-Point Indication: Concealed.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 12/01/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
3.
4.
5.
L.
Thermometer: Concealed.
Color: Match adjacent finish.
Orientation: Vertical or Horizontal.
Room sensor accessories include the following:
1.
2.
2.12
SECTION 230900, PAGE 31
INSTRUMENTATION AND
CONTROL FOR HVAC
Insulating Bases: For sensors located on exterior walls.
Adjusting Key: As required for calibration and cover screws.
STATUS SENSORS
A.
General Requirements: Switches shall be provided to monitor equipment status, safety
conditions, and generate alarms at the central system operating station when a failure or
abnormal condition occurs. Safety switches shall be provided with two sets of contacts
and shall be interlock wired to shut down respective equipment.
B.
Status Inputs for Fans: Differential-pressure switch with pilot-duty rating and with
adjustable range of 0- to 5-inch wg.
C.
Status Inputs for Electric Motors: Comply with ISA 50.00.01, current-sensing fixed- or
split-core transformers with self-powered transmitter, adjustable and suitable for 175
percent of rated motor current.
D.
Voltage Transmitter (100- to 600-VAC): Comply with ISA 50.00.01, single-loop, selfpowered transmitter, adjustable, with suitable range and 1 percent full-scale accuracy.
E.
Power Monitor: 3-phase type with disconnect/shorting switch assembly, listed voltage
and current transformers, with pulse kilowatt hour output and 4- to 20-mA kW output,
with maximum 2 percent error at 1.0 power factor and 2.5 percent error at 0.5 power
factor.
F.
Current Switches: The current sensing switch shall be self-powered with solid state
circuitry and a dry contact output. It shall consist of a current transformer, a solid state
current sensing circuit, adjustable trip point, solid state switch, SPDT relay, and an LED
indicating the on or off status. A conductor of the load shall be passed through the
window of the device. It shall accept over-current up to twice its trip point range.
1.
2.
3.
Current sensing switches shall be used for run status for fans, pumps, and other
miscellaneous motor loads.
Current sensing switches shall be calibrated to show a positive run status only
when the motor is operating under load. A motor running with a broken belt or
coupling shall indicate a negative run status.
Current sensing switches for VFD operated devices shall have smart VFD rated
current switches with memory and memory reset capability.
G.
Electronic Valve/Damper Position Indicator: Visual scale indicating percent of travel
and 2- to 10-V dc, feedback signal.
H.
Air Filter Status Switches
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 12/01/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
1.
2.
3.
I.
2.
Air pressure safety switches shall be of the manual reset type with SPDT contacts
rated for 2 amps at 120VAC.
Pressure range shall be adjustable with appropriate scale range and differential
adjustment for intended service.
J.
Differential Static Pressure Input Switch: Provide diaphragm type differential static
pressure switches for binary (two-position) operation. Devices shall withstand pressure
surges up to 150 percent of rated pressure. The diaphragms to actuate single pole double
throw snap switch that may be wired for normally open or normally closed operation.
Motion of the diaphragm shall be strained by a calibrated non-corroding spring that can
be adjusted to set the exact pressure differential at which the electrical switch will be
actuated. Trip set point shall be adjustable.
K.
Induced Current Operated Solid State Input Switches: Provide adjustable ranging
switches to monitor continuous loads up to 200 amperes. Switches shall indicate whether
it is normally open or normally closed. Off-state leakage shall be limited to 2mA or less.
BUILDING POWER MONITOR
A.
2.14
Differential pressure switches used to monitor air filter status shall be of the
automatic reset type with SPDT contacts rated for 2 amps at 120VAC.
A complete installation kit shall be provided, including: static pressure tops,
tubing, fittings, and air filters.
Provide appropriate scale range and differential adjustment for intended service.
Air Pressure Safety Switches:
1.
2.13
SECTION 230900, PAGE 32
INSTRUMENTATION AND
CONTROL FOR HVAC
The system shall be able to monitor building power consumption from signals generated
by a pulse generator (provided by others) mounted at the building power meter or from a
watts transducer and current transformer attached to the building's feeder lines. Input
capability shall also be provided for an end-of-billing period indication. In the event of
phase failure and/or under voltage detection of any one leg the BAS system shall shutdown equipment with three phase motors that do not have phase protection. The BAS
system shall automatically restart equipment that has been shut-down in this manner upon
generator start confirmation.
OUTSIDE AIR MONITOR
A.
Measures the airflow rate in outside air ducts by utilizing an inlet sensor in the outside air
duct and an outdoor reference sensor. Use of the outdoor reference sensor allows for
compensation of wind pressure outside.
B.
Accuracy: ± 5% of actual airflow.
C.
Air density correction capability for site altitude.
D.
The outside reference sensor shall be centrally positioned in, and mounted to the surface
of the outside air inlet, upstream of any inlet louver, bird screen, etc. The inlet airflow
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 12/01/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
SECTION 230900, PAGE 33
INSTRUMENTATION AND
CONTROL FOR HVAC
sensor shall be located downstream of any inlet louver and upstream of the outside air
intake control damper.
2.15
ACTUATORS
A.
Electronic Actuators: Direct-coupled type designed for minimum 60,000 full-stroke
cycles at rated torque.
1.
Approved Manufacturers or equivalent: Subject to compliance with
requirements, provide products by one of the named manufacturers or an
approved equivalent product. The Architect / Engineer will be the sole judge of
equivalency. Substitution requests are not required in advance of bid, but may be
submitted at Contractors option. When substitution requests are not submitted,
the Architect / Engineer will evaluate equivalency during submittal review.
a.
2.
Dampers: Size sized to operate the damper against the maximum fan pressure or
dynamic closing pressure whichever is greater or as follows:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Belimo Aircontrols (USA), Inc.
Parallel-Blade Damper with Edge Seals: 7 inch-lb/sq. ft. of damper.
Opposed-Blade Damper with Edge Seals: 5 inch-lb/sq. ft. of damper.
Parallel-Blade Damper without Edge Seals: 4 inch-lb/sq. ft of damper.
Opposed-Blade Damper without Edge Seals: 3 inch-lb/sq. ft. of damper.
Dampers with 2- to 3-Inch wg of Pressure Drop or Face Velocities of
1000 to 2500 fpm: Increase running torque by 1.5.
Dampers with 3- to 4-Inch wg of Pressure Drop or Face Velocities of
2500 to 3000 fpm: Increase running torque by 2.0.
Coupling: V-bolt and V-shaped, toothed cradle.
Overload Protection: Electronic overload or digital rotation-sensing circuitry.
Power Requirements (Two-Position Spring Return): 24-V ac.
Power Requirements (Modulating): Maximum 10 VA at 24-V ac or 8 W at 24-V
dc.
Fail-Safe Operation: Provide 24VAC electric motor type actuators with spring
return or power return, so that, in the event of power failure, actuators shall fail
safe in either the normally open or normally closed position as specified in the
schedule on the drawings. Actuators shall operate opposite the direction of the
spring in no more than 150 seconds, and in the direction of the spring in less than
20 seconds. The actuators to function properly within the range of 85 to 110
percent of motive power. Provide external, manual gear release on nonspringreturn actuators.
The Division 23 contractor shall submit a substitution request for each 120V
actuator. The substitution request will contain language stating the Division 23
contractor shall provide pricing to extend wiring and conduit to 120V inverter
panel for additional circuits per Division 16 specifications, prior to approval.
Proportional Signal: 2- to 10-VDC or 4 to 20 mA, and 2- to 10-VDC position
feedback signal.
Temperature Rating: Minus 22 to plus 122 degrees F
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 12/01/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
11.
12.
13.
2.16
SECTION 230900, PAGE 34
INSTRUMENTATION AND
CONTROL FOR HVAC
Temperature Rating (Smoke Dampers): Minus 22 to plus 250 degrees F.
Run Time: 30 seconds.
Actuator Housing: Molded or die-cast zinc or aluminum. Terminal unit
actuators may be high-impact plastic with ambient temperature rating of 50 to
140 degrees F unless located in return-air plenums.
DAMPERS
A.
Approved Manufacturers – Basis of Design bid: Subject to compliance with
requirements, provide products by the Basis of Design manufacturer listed. Base bid
shall include the Basis of Design. Substitutions will be considered for new products by
other manufacturers listed, but are not required in advance of bid. When substitution
requests are submitted, the Architect / Engineer will be the sole judge of equivalency.
1.
B.
Ruskin – Model CD-60.
Dampers: AMCA-rated, parallel or opposed-blade design; 0.108-inch- minimum thick,
galvanized-steel or 0.125-inch- minimum thick, extruded-aluminum frames with holes
for duct mounting; damper blades shall not be less than 0.064-inch- thick galvanized steel
with maximum blade width of 8 inches and length of 48 inches.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
General: Low leakage airfoil blade control damper with concealed linkage and
steel hex axles, with a ½” round outboard shaft for connection to a direct coupled
actuator. Galvanized steel construction. Blades horizontal unless otherwise
indicated.
Ratings: AMCA leakage Class 1A (3 cfm per square foot at 1”wc). Dampers
shall be AMCA Licensed.
Maximum size: Maximum size of 48 inch wide by 72 inch high for a single
section. Larger sized dampers shall be fabricated in sections. Between sections
install 12 gauge galvanized plate steal the full width of the damper and bolt
sections together through the plate steel.
Frames: 16 gauge galvanized steel 5 inch by 1 inch hat channel mechanically
interlocked at corners.
Blades: 6 inch wide, 14 gauge galvanized steel blades with airfoil profile and
mechanically attached blade seals. Parallel blade arrangement unless otherwise
noted. Refer to the schedule on the drawings for operation and blade orientation.
Blade seals: Closed-cell neoprene jamb seals mechanically attached to blade
edges.
Jamb seals: Flexible metal compression type jamb seals to minimize air leakage.
Replaceable rubber blade seals and spring-loaded stainless-steel side seals, rated
for leakage at less than 10 cfm per sq. ft. of damper area, at differential pressure
of 4-inch wg when damper is held by torque of 50 in. x lbf; when tested
according to AMCA 500D.
Bearings: Stainless steel sleeve bearings.
Linkage: Damper linkage concealed in frame.
Dampers located adjacent to exterior louvers or mounted in ducts connected to
exterior louvers shall be insulated type.
Operating Temperature Range: From minus 40 to plus 200 degrees F.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 12/01/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
2.17
INDICATOR LIGHTS
A.
2.18
Provide yellow indicator lights at the entrances to rooms with smoke purge. Light(s)
shall illuminate for “Emergency Smoke Management System in Operation – Do Not
Enter”. Place signage so that it is visible at each entrance.
OUTPUT SWITCHES
A.
2.19
SECTION 230900, PAGE 35
INSTRUMENTATION AND
CONTROL FOR HVAC
Control Relays: Control relays shall be double pole, double throw (DPDT), 3PDT, or
4PDT as appropriate, UL listed, with contacts rated for the application and enclosed in a
dust proof enclosure. Relays shall have an integral indicator light and check button.
ELECTRICAL POWER AND DISTRIBUTION
A.
All BAS Nodes and operator stations shall be powered with 120 Volt continuous power
from an inverter circuit.
B.
Sensors/relays associated with the BAS system are to be powered from a 120 Volt
inverter circuit. Sensors/relays may derive power from the same dedicated source
feeding the controlled element. Loss of power source shall generate an appropriate
alarm.
C.
Grounding shall be per Division 26.
D.
Transformers when required shall conform to UL 506. Transformers serving digital
controllers shall be powered from dedicated circuit breakers. Provide a fuse cutout on the
secondary side of the transformer.
E.
Surge and transient protection shall be external to the equipment and shall be provided on
all incoming AC power.
F.
Provide complete wiring for the control apparatus, including wiring to transformer
primaries. Conduit per Section 260533, Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems.
G.
Control wiring for 24-volt circuits shall be insulated copper 18 awg stranded copper
minimum and shall be rated for 300 VAC service.
H.
Analog signal wiring shall be cable with aluminum Mylar shield. Cable jacket shall be
105 Degrees C PVC with voltage rating of 300v minimum. Cable shall include 22 AWG,
stranded drain wire. Cable shall carry an equivalent U.L. listing. Communications
wiring shall be per published manufacturer’s standards.
I.
Wiring for 120 VAC shall be 14 AWG minimum and shall be rated for 600 VAC service.
J.
Discrete alarm wiring shall be either two-wire normally closed or three-wire normally
open circuitry as specified in the Alarm Standard Manual.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 12/01/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
SECTION 230900, PAGE 36
INSTRUMENTATION AND
CONTROL FOR HVAC
K.
Flexible metallic conduits shall be used for connections to motors, actuators, controllers,
and sensors mounted on vibration producing equipment. Liquid-tight flexible conduits
shall be used in exterior locations and interior locations subject to moisture.
L.
Junction boxes shall be provided at all cable splices, equipment terminations, and
transitions from EMT to flexible conduit. Boxes shall be galvanized steel, nominal fourinch square with blank cover in dry locations and cast alloy with gasketed covers in damp
locations.
M.
Provide conduit, seal-off’s and weather proof junction boxes for the fuel oil tank liquid
level and leak detection system in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations.
Refer to Section 231113, Facility Fuel-Oil Piping.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01
EXAMINATION
A.
3.02
Verify that duct-, pipe-, and equipment-mounted devices are installed before proceeding
with installation.
INSTALLATION
A.
All work described in this specification shall be installed under the supervision of
competent engineers, electricians and mechanics regularly employed in the installation of
control systems. The system installer shall perform engineering, programming,
calibration, check out, and testing.
B.
All system components to be installed per approved shop drawings and following
equipment manufacturer’s instructions.
C.
Install software in nodes and operator workstation. Implement all program features to
meet specified requirements and appropriate to sequence of operation. Connect and
configure equipment and software to achieve the sequence of operation specified.
D.
Installation of electrical wiring and associated equipment shall be in compliance with
current national and local electrical codes and be per appropriate Sections of Division 26.
E.
The system’s equipment/components must be securely attached to the building structure
(column, permanent wall), superstructure (anchored to the floor, mounted on building
studs or joists) maintaining service access where appropriate. System components are
not to be mounted on auxiliary iron unless otherwise noted.
F.
Installation of nodes (Digital Controllers) will use following guidelines:
1.
Nodes shall be installed in convenient locations directly on or immediately
adjacent to the controlled equipment. If locations are not shown on the drawings,
verify location with owner’s representative prior to installation.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 12/01/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
SECTION 230900, PAGE 37
INSTRUMENTATION AND
CONTROL FOR HVAC
All monitoring, control functions associated with a single mechanical system
such as air handling unit, boiler, and chiller shall be performed by a single
dedicated node. More than one node for a single mechanical system is
unacceptable.
Nodes located in building network equipment areas, electrical rooms, mechanical
rooms, etc. shall be protected from dust using a NEMA 2 enclosure.
Nodes located in raised floor areas shall be wall or column mount. Distribute
nodes around the area. Second choice in this area shall be column mount under
raised floor. Third choice is backboard mounted nodes laid flat on the building
floor. Care shall be taken not to interfere with existing under floor wiring.
Nodes located within fire sprinkler spray range shall be mounted in a NEMA 3
enclosure. These nodes shall be kept away from areas exposed to excessive heat,
and not located directly under sprinkler heads. Nodes shall be easily accessible
for replacement.
Nodes located in the network equipment areas shall use superstructure bracket
mounts. Do not locate nodes directly above or in a location preventing access to
the network equipment.
Wall/column mount nodes shall be positioned such that the bottom of the mount
is at least seven (7) feet above the floor, where installed in network equipment
areas.
G.
Actuators: All actuators for dampers furnished with air handling units shall be furnished
under this Section. The BAS contractor shall coordinate with the various air handling
unit manufacturers as to the size and quantity of actuators required for proper control of
the dampers.
H.
Temperature sensors shall be located to sense appropriate conditions and where they are
easy, to access for service without special tools.
1.
2.
3.
Room temperature sensors shall be located on interior walls suspended from the
roof deck, or mounted on the auxiliary iron where noted on the drawings. Install
on concealed junction boxes properly supported by the wall framing. Avoid
locations, which may be covered by office furniture. Sensors shall be mounted
with centerline approximately five (5) feet above finished floor unless otherwise
noted. Not all thermostats are shown on the drawings and those shown are
preliminary locations only. The contractor shall mark all final thermostat
locations on-site and submit for approval by the owner’s representative prior to
installation. Locations shall be coordinated with light switches where
appropriate.
Duct temperature sensors shall be located in the ductwork to accurately sense
appropriate air temperatures. Do not locate sensors in dead air spaces or positions
obstructed by ducts or equipment. Install gaskets between the sensor housing and
the duct wall. Duct averaging sensors located between rigid supports shall be
thermally isolated from the supports. Freeze protection sensors shall be located to
sense lowest temperatures and to avoid potential problems with air stratification.
Immersion temperature sensors used to measure liquid temperatures shall have
wells located to measure continuous flow conditions. Extension couplings shall
not be used for thermowell installation sensors. Sensors shall be removable
without shutting down the system in which they are installed.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 12/01/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
4.
SECTION 230900, PAGE 38
INSTRUMENTATION AND
CONTROL FOR HVAC
Outside air temperature sensors shall be located away from exhaust hoods, air
intakes, and other areas that may affect temperature readings. Provide sunshields
to protect sensors from the direct sunlight.
I.
Pressure sensing tips shall be installed in locations to sense appropriate pressure
conditions. Duct static pressure sensors shall have high-pressure port connected to a
metal static pressure probe inserted into the duct pointing upstream. The low-pressure
probe shall be open to the plenum area at the point where the high-pressure probe is
tapped into the duct. For building pressure sensors, the high-pressure port shall be
inserted into the space via a metal tube and the low-pressure probe shall be piped to the
outside of the building.
J.
Leak detectors shall be installed on the floor internal to each air handler just downstream
of the cooling coil drain pan.
K.
Wiring:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Wiring shall be enclosed in conduit in compliance with Division 26. Wiring
mounted on vibrating equipment such as fans and compressors shall be encased
in water-tight flexible metal conduit (Greenfield). (Avoid crossing flexible
connections or vibration isolation components. Where wiring leaves vibrating
equipment, provide ample flexible conduit to permit normal machinery
movement). Wiring is to include but is not limited to all wiring routed above
ceilings; all wiring associated with smoke control system; all BAS
communication wiring. Install all conduit per NEC and AHJ requirements.
All wiring shall be installed in metallic conduit with a minimum size of 3/4". All
conduit shall be concealed, except above 9 ft from floor in network equipment
rooms, crawl spaces, tunnels and mechanical or electrical rooms. Conduit shall
be fastened securely at regular intervals per NEC and AHJ requirements and shall
be run parallel to the building lines.
24VAC control wiring or communication wiring shall not share conduit with
power wiring.
Communication wiring shall not be installed in raceway and enclosures
containing Class 1 or other Class 2 wiring.
Maximum pulling, tension, and bend radius for cable installation as specified by
the cable manufacturer shall not be exceeded during installation.
Contractor shall verify the integrity of the entire network following the cable
installation. Use appropriate test measures for each particular cable.
Communication cabling shall be installed in continuous lengths. Spliced wires or
fibers are not acceptable.
All analog signal and communications wiring between field devices and panel
must be "continuous run", no splices will be permitted. If splice is required,
connections, (including shield) must be soldered and taped. Signal integrity of
spliced cables must be checked with oscilloscope and appropriate signal
generator and lines so tagged.
All connections with the panels must be made with spade connectors of
appropriate size and design for terminals being applied.
All cables must be labeled and identified on corresponding termination drawings.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 12/01/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
11.
3.03
SECTION 230900, PAGE 39
INSTRUMENTATION AND
CONTROL FOR HVAC
Conduit for the thermostats located on the auxiliary iron must be extended from
the roof deck to the thermostats individually; conduit installed on auxiliary iron
must be kept to a minimum.
L.
At each building entry and exit point, the wire communications trunk wiring shall be
protected with a transient surge protection device providing the minimal protection
specifications of the General semiconductor, Model #422E device.
M.
Grounding shall be per Division 26.
INSTALLATION – FUEL LEVEL AND LEAK DETECTION SYSTEM
A.
General: Install in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. For more
information contact Pneumercator; Phone: 1-800-209-7858. Supervision, programming
and training shall be performed by a Pneumercator factory authorized technician. Refer
to specification Section 231113, Facility Fuel-Oil Piping.
B.
Control Panel: Control Panel shall be mounted on wall at location indicated on the
drawings. Control panel shall be powered from an inverter circuit per Division 26 prior to
installation of the control wiring.
C.
Control Wiring:
1.
2.
3.
The control wiring shall be installed according to manufacturer's installation
instructions. Leak detection system control wiring shall not share conduit with
any other control wiring from any other manufacturer.
The control wiring shall be installed “intrinsically safe” as defined by the
manufacturer. The conduit shall have seal-offs where it penetrates the outer wall
of the building.
Upon completion of the installation, the system shall be commissioned by
manufacturer's authorized personnel.
D.
Inventory measurement probes and Leak detections shall be installed per the
manufacturer’s instructions. Install measurement probes, sump sensors and interstitial
detectors so that they are level, and where access permits replacement after the
installation of the complete fuel system. Remove the excess cabling from the inventory
measurement probe and the interstitial leak detector.
E.
Utilize seismically rated epoxy to fasten supports to the fuel tank, do not drill or penetrate
outer wall of tank.
F.
Install horn strobe for high fuel level where visible from the fuel fill box.
G.
Calibrate level sensors to be accurate in a range less than ±0.5%. Fuel High level alarm
is 90% and low level alarm is 12.5% tank fuel level.
H.
Calibrate the overfill prevention valve furnished with the generator to 95% tank fuel
level.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 12/01/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
3.04
ELECTRICAL WIRING AND CONNECTION INSTALLATION
A.
Install raceways, boxes, and cabinets according to Section 260533, Raceway and Boxes
for Electrical Systems.
B.
Install building wire and cable according to Section 260519, Low-Voltage Electrical
Power Conductors and Cables.
C.
Install signal and communication cable according to Section 271500, Communications
Horizontal Cabling.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
3.05
SECTION 230900, PAGE 40
INSTRUMENTATION AND
CONTROL FOR HVAC
Conceal cable, except in mechanical rooms and areas where other conduit and
piping are exposed.
Install exposed cable in raceway.
Install concealed cable in raceway.
Bundle and harness multiconductor instrument cable in place of single cables
where several cables follow a common path.
Fasten flexible conductors, bridging cabinets and doors, along hinge side; protect
against abrasion. Tie and support conductors.
Number-code or color-code conductors for future identification and service of
control system, except local individual room control cables.
Install wire and cable with sufficient slack and flexible connections to allow for
vibration of piping and equipment.
D.
Connect manual-reset limit controls independent of manual-control switch positions.
Automatic duct heater resets may be connected in interlock circuit of power controllers.
E.
Connect hand-off-auto selector switches to override automatic interlock controls when
switch is in hand position.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to
inspect, test, and adjust field-assembled components and equipment installation,
including connections and to assist in field testing. Report results in writing.
B.
The installed BAS and its components shall be free from defects and installed per
Contract Documents. The installer shall complete a check of the system and make
necessary repairs, replace defective components by wiring the System prior to the
inspection and acceptance by Owner.
C.
Furnish personnel, equipment, instrumentation, and supplies necessary to perform
calibration and site testing. Ensure that tests are performed by competent employees of
the control system installer or the system manufacturer regularly employed in the testing
and calibration of the control systems.
D.
Testing to include field tests and performance verification tests (acceptance tests).
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 12/01/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
1.
2.
E.
3.06
SECTION 230900, PAGE 41
INSTRUMENTATION AND
CONTROL FOR HVAC
Field tests shall demonstrate proper calibration of input and output devices, and
operation of the specific equipment.
Performance verification tests shall be witnessed by the project engineer and
ensure proper execution of the sequence of operation and proper tuning of control
loops.
Adjust, calibrate, and fine tune circuits and equipment to achieve sequence of operation
specified. Replace damaged or malfunctioning controls and equipment.
ADJUSTING
A.
Calibrating and Adjusting:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Calibrate instruments.
Make three-point calibration test for both linearity and accuracy for each analog
instrument. Provide written calibration test results for each instrument tested.
Calibrate equipment and procedures using manufacturer's written
recommendations and instruction manuals. Use test equipment with accuracy at
least double that of instrument being calibrated.
Control System Inputs and Outputs:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
5.
Pressure:
a.
b.
6.
b.
8.
9.
Calibrate pressure transmitters at 0, 50, and 100 percent of span.
Calibrate pressure switches to make or break contacts, with adjustable
differential set at minimum.
Temperature:
a.
7.
Check analog inputs at 0, 50, and 100 percent of span.
Check analog outputs using milli-ampere meter at 0, 50, and 100 percent
output.
Check digital inputs using jumper wire.
Check digital outputs using ohmmeter to test for contact making or
breaking.
Check resistance temperature inputs at 0, 50, and 100 percent of span
using a precision-resistant source.
Calibrate resistance temperature transmitters at 0, 50, and 100 percent of
span using a precision-resistance source.
Calibrate temperature switches to make or break contacts.
Stroke and adjust control valves and dampers without positioners, following the
manufacturer's recommended procedure, so that valve or damper is 100 percent
open and closed.
Stroke and adjust control valves and dampers with positioners, following
manufacturer's recommended procedure, so that valve and damper is 0, 50, and
100 percent closed.
Provide diagnostic and test instruments for calibration and adjustment of system.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 12/01/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
10.
3.07
SECTION 230900, PAGE 42
INSTRUMENTATION AND
CONTROL FOR HVAC
Provide written description of procedures and equipment for calibrating each
type of instrument. Submit procedures review and approval before initiating
startup procedures.
B.
Adjust initial temperature and humidity set points.
C.
Occupancy Adjustments: When requested within 12 months of date of Substantial
Completion, provide on-site assistance in adjusting system to suit actual occupied
conditions. Provide up to twelve visits to Project during other than normal occupancy
hours for this purpose.
ACCEPTANCE TESTING
A.
Acceptance tests are performed to verify correct operation of the system. Some test
routines may be performed off site and as system design progresses. Owner and Owner’s
Representative shall be notified of all field-testing dates and be invited to witness all
tests. All system testing is performed in accordance with the BAS test and acceptance
procedures.
1.
2.
B.
The contractor shall conduct a successful point-to-point test of all system
components before schedule the on-site performance verification test.
The contractor shall submit documented point-to-point test results to the engineer
along with the request for Acceptance Test scheduling.
Submit for approval Acceptance Testing manual that describes in detail for each
proposed test routine:
1.
2.
3.
4.
The purpose of the test routine.
The detailed procedure for the test routine.
The location of the test routine.
The forms to be filled in during the test routine.
C.
Obtain approval of the plan for each test routine. Furnish documentation and written
certification that the system to be tested is designed, fabricated, and installed per the
requirements of the specifications, calibrated and ready for testing.
D.
Test Routines:
1.
2.
Engineering review is performed to verify that the appropriate hardware
programs, parameters, and graphics have been chosen to comply with plans and
specifications. Compare the proposed equipment and programs with the project
plans and specifications to ensure that all required sequence of operation will be
provided. Documentation for this review will include detailed program and
graphic names and parameters for each program.
Software simulation is done to verify that all sections of program code have been
successfully debugged and shall operate according to the ASHRAE design
standards. This shall be performed by simulating inputs such as temperatures,
pressures, binary inputs to each section of code and/or function blocks and
observe the actions of the programmed outputs. Documentation for this
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 12/01/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
simulation shall include test description, simulated inputs, a record of outputs,
and a certification that the section of the program code performs the required
tasks.
Database is downloaded to verify that the software has been correctly
downloaded to the hardware modules. This shall be performed by observing that
communication has been established with each module and the download is
proceeding and after the completion of downloading observing that no errors
have been reported. A report shall be provided indicating the date the software,
was loaded and initials of the person performing loading.
Module communications routine test is performed to verify that the wires from
each input device are correctly terminated at the local direct digital control units
(LBAS) and supervisory direct digital control unit (SBAS) modules. This is
performed by either opening or shorting the wires at each input device and
observing the resultant change of state. The test form shall include the device
name, device hardware address, the date of the test and initials of the individual
performing the continuity test.
Input accuracy test is performed to calibrate the BAS reading to the actual value
of the measured analog input. The test is performed by measuring the actual
analog input with an agreed standard test equipment, such as digital thermometer,
and calibrating the BAS reading to agree with this value. The test form shall
include name of the point, the hardware address of the point, the actual value of
the parameter read, the calibration of the BAS span and offset, and date and
person performing the test.
Output continuity test routine performed to verify that the WI output devices are
correctly terminated at the BAS module. The test is performed by activating each
output at the BAS module and observing the resultant operation of the required
field device. The test form shall include the device name, the device hardware
address, date of the test and the initials of the individual performing the test.
Output accuracy test is performed to calibrate the BAS software to the actual
analog operating ranges of the modulating control devices. The test is performed
by adjusting each BAS analog output through its entire output range and
observing the points at which the controlled device begins its stroke and at which
controlled device ends its stroke. The test report shall include the name of the
point, the hardware address of the point, the beginning and ending points of the
controlled device stroke (actual spring ranges and normal positions for
modulating valves and dampers), the date of the test and initials of the person
performing the test.
Alarm/ Report test is performed to verify that all required alarm and report
functions are operational and will report to the chosen devices.
a.
9.
SECTION 230900, PAGE 43
INSTRUMENTATION AND
CONTROL FOR HVAC
The binary report test is performed by simulating the required alarm
contact conditions at the BAS module digital input and observing that the
corresponding alarm is annunciated at the correct devices.
The analog alarm test is performed by adjusting the alarm limits such that the
actual sensor value is outside of the limits and observing that the corresponding
alarm is annunciated at the correct devices.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 12/01/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
3.08
The operator requested report test is performed by having the host operator
request each report and observing that the correct report is displayed and/or
printed.
Documentation for the tests shall include point name, report name, hardware
address, hard copy of the alarm and report print out, the date of the test and
initials of the individual performing the test.
The control loop tuning test is to verify that the software for the closed loop
control functions operate correctly and the control loop is stable and maintain the
set point. The test is performed by upsetting the loop (usually changing the set
point) and observing that the controlled variable moves to the new set point
without excessive cycling or delay. Documentation shall include point name,
report name, hardware addresses, calibration parameters, i.e., proportional band,
switching differential, etc., trend and graphic logs when printed, the date of test
and the initials of the individual performing the test.
The sequence of operation routine is performed to verify that the controllers are
programmed correctly and the sequence of operation is executed correctly. The
test is performed by demonstrating all HVAC system operations properly through
the complete sequence of operation like seasonal, occupied/ unoccupied, warm
up, lead/ lag equipment operation. Demonstrate proper control system response
to abnormal conditions by simulating these conditions. Demonstrate hardware
interlocks and safeties work. Documentation shall include name of the HVAC
system, description of the sequence of operation and certification that the system
operates correctly.
Any deviation from the control system design parameters, nature of each failure
and corrective action taken during testing shall be documented in detail with the
test results.
COMMISSIONING
A.
3.09
SECTION 230900, PAGE 44
INSTRUMENTATION AND
CONTROL FOR HVAC
Refer to Section 230800, Commissioning of HVAC, for requirements.
DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING
A.
Provide up to 24 hours of training instruction for a group of up to 8 VZW employees over
a period of at least 4 days. Training to take place at the jobsite, or another location
furnished by VZW.
B.
Submit a training course schedule, syllabus and training materials 45 days prior to the
start of the training. The training will be provided by qualified instructors to designated
personnel in the adjustment, operation and maintenance of the installed system.
Operation and Maintenance manual shall be used as primary instructional aid in the
training. Training manuals shall be provided to each trainee. Two additional sets shall be
delivered for archiving at the project site. Training manuals shall include an agenda,
defined objective and a detailed description of the subject matter for each lesson. A
training day shall be of a maximum 8 hours and shall be normal working hours Monday
through Friday. The training may be divided into various courses.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 12/01/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
C.
SECTION 230900, PAGE 45
INSTRUMENTATION AND
CONTROL FOR HVAC
The first course shall be taught at least one month prior to performance verification tests.
Training shall be classroom, but have hands-on operation of similar controllers. The
course to include as a minimum, following topics:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Theory of operation.
Hardware architecture.
Operation of the system.
Operator commands.
Control sequence programming.
Database entry.
Reports and logs.
Alarm reports.
Diagnostics.
D.
The second course shall be taught in the field, using the operating equipment. The course
shall consist of hands-on training under the constant monitoring of the instructor. The
course content shall be duplication of first course as applied to the installed system.
E.
The third course shall be taught in the field, approximately 6 months after the completion
of all testing. The course shall be structured to discuss and answer questions concerning
operation of the system.
F.
Maintenance Personnel Training: The maintenance course shall be taught at the project
site, and shall include but not be limited to:
1.
2.
3.
4.
G.
Physical layout of each piece of hardware.
Troubleshooting and diagnostics procedures.
Repair Instructions.
Preventive maintenance procedures and schedules e. calibration procedures.
Refer to Section 017900, Demonstration and Training, for additional requirements.
END OF SECTION 230900
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 12/01/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
SECTION 231113, PAGE 1
FACILITY FUEL-OIL PIPING
SECTION 231113 – FACILITY FUEL-OIL PIPING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
Drawings, Agreement, Part 0, Special Conditions and Forms, and Division 01
Specifications Sections, apply to this Section.
B.
Verizon Wireless Network Standards:
1.
2.
3.
1.02
SUMMARY
A.
This Section includes diesel-fuel-oil storage and distribution systems including the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
1.03
NSTD398, Building Automation Systems in Switching Center Design.
NSTD399, Environmental Standards in Switching Center Design.
NSTD401, Commissioning Standard.
Pipes, tubes, and fittings.
Piping and tubing joining materials.
Piping specialties.
Valves.
Fuel-oil storage tank piping specialties.
Liquid-level gage system.
Leak-detection and monitoring system.
DEFINITIONS
A.
Exposed, Interior Installations: Exposed to view indoors. Examples include finished
occupied spaces and mechanical equipment rooms.
B.
Exposed, Exterior Installations: Exposed to view outdoors or subject to outdoor ambient
temperatures and weather conditions. Examples include rooftop locations.
C.
Finished Spaces: Spaces other than mechanical and electrical equipment rooms, furred
spaces, pipe and duct shafts, unheated spaces immediately below roof, spaces above
ceilings, unexcavated spaces, crawlspaces, and tunnels.
D.
FPM: Vinylidene fluoride-hexafluoropropylene copolymer rubber (Viton).
E.
FRP: Glass-fiber-reinforced plastic.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 06/30/10, 1:00 PM
VZW 01
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
1.04
PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A.
1.05
SECTION 231113, PAGE 2
FACILITY FUEL-OIL PIPING
Maximum Operating-Pressure Ratings: 3-psig fuel-oil supply pressure at oil-fired appliances.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include construction details, material
descriptions, and dimensions of individual components and profiles. Also include, where
applicable, rated capacities, operating characteristics, electrical characteristics, and
furnished specialties and accessories.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
B.
Piping specialties.
Valves: Include pressure rating, capacity, settings, and electrical connection data
of selected models.
Fuel-oil storage tank accessories.
Fuel-oil storage tank piping specialties.
Fuel maintenance system.
Liquid-level gage system.
Leak-detection and monitoring system.
Shop Drawings: For facility fuel-oil piping layout. Include plans, piping layout and
elevations, sections, and details for fabrication of pipe anchors, hangers, supports for multiple
pipes, alignment guides, expansion joints and loops, and attachments of the same to building
structure. Detail location of anchors, alignment guides, and expansion joints and loops.
1.
Shop Drawing Scale: 1/4 inch per foot.
C.
Coordination Drawings: Plans and details, drawn to scale, on which fuel-oil piping is shown
and coordinated with other installations, using input from installers of the items involved.
D.
Site Survey: Plans, drawn to scale, on which fuel-oil piping are shown and coordinated
with other services and utilities.
E.
Welding certificates for all welders.
F.
Field quality-control reports.
G.
Operation and Maintenance Data: For fuel-oil equipment and accessories to include in
emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals.
H.
Warranty: Sample of special warranty.
I.
Installers Qualifications: Contractor shall submit qualifications for installation of
equipment covered in this section. Qualifications shall include a list of recent projects
and types of equipment for which the contractor installed.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 06/30/10, 1:00 PM
VZW 01
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
1.06
SECTION 231113, PAGE 3
FACILITY FUEL-OIL PIPING
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Qualifications: Where materials or equipment are specified to conform to requirements
of the Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., the Contractor shall submit proof of such
conformance. The label or listing of the specified agency will be acceptable evidence.
B.
Qualifications of Manufacturer: Materials and equipment shall be the products of the
manufacturers regularly engaged in the manufacture of such products for at least five
years prior to bid opening and shall be supported by a service organization that is within
200 miles of the site.
C.
Standard Compliance:
1.
Applicable Publications: Current publications of the issues listed below, referred
to thereafter by basic designation only, form a part of this specification to the
extent indicated by references thereto.
a.
b.
2.
American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM):
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
3.
A53
Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated Welded and
Seamless.
A105 Specification for Forgings, Carbon Steel, for Piping
Components.
A181 Forgings, Carbon Steel for General Purpose Piping.
A183 Carbon Steel Track Bolts and Nuts.
A234 Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Allow Steel for
Moderate and Elevated Temperatures.
American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME):
a.
b.
c.
d.
4.
American National Standards Institute (ANSI):
B1.20.1 Pipe Threads, General Purpose (Inch).
B16.3
B16.5
B16.34
B16.39
Malleable-Iron Threaded Fittings.
Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings.
Valves-Flanges, Threaded, and Welding End.
Pipe Unions, Malleable Iron Threaded.
National Fire Protection Association (NFPA):
a.
b.
NFPA 30
NFPA 31
Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code.
Standard for the Installation of Oil Burning Equipment.
5.
Federal: CFR Title 40, parts 110 and 112 for SPCC Plan Requirements.
6.
Underwriters Laboratories (UL)
a.
b.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
UL2085: Protected Aboveground Tanks for Flammable and Combustible Liquids.
UL142: Steel Aboveground Tanks for Flammable and Combustible Liquids.
Date: 06/30/10, 1:00 PM
VZW 01
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
1.07
1.08
1.09
SECTION 231113, PAGE 4
FACILITY FUEL-OIL PIPING
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A.
It is the Contractor’s responsibility to ensure on-time delivery of all materials and equipment
required for the Project. All materials furnished or incorporated in the Work shall be new,
unused, of best quality, and especially adapted for the service required; whenever the
characteristics of any material are not particularly specified, such material shall be utilized as
is customary in first class work of a nature for which the material is employed.
B.
Contractor shall provide necessary means to properly stage and store all materials and
equipment until time of use or installation on the Project. Contractor shall be solely
responsible for materials and equipment stored on the Site; type and extent of security
provided to be at Contractor’s discretion. Coordinate all requirements with Owner.
C.
Contractor shall be responsible for proper handling, rigging, and installing of all materials
and equipment for the Project.
D.
Owner reserves the right to reject any materials or equipment that are not properly stored
in accordance with these specifications or the manufacturers’ requirements.
E.
Deliver pipes and tubes with factory-applied end caps. Maintain end caps through
shipping, storage, and handling to prevent pipe end damage and to prevent entrance of
dirt, debris, and moisture.
F.
Refer to Section 015000, Temporary Facilities and Controls, for additional delivery and
storage requirements.
COORDINATION
A.
Coordinate sizes and locations of concrete bases with actual equipment provided.
B.
Coordinate placement and installation of fuel-oil systems with all other trades in advance
of delivery of tanks to the construction site.
WARRANTY
A.
Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair
or replace components of fuel-oil storage tanks and related equipment that fail in
materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.
1.
Miscellaneous Related Equipment:
a.
b.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Failures due to defective materials or workmanship for materials
installed together, including piping, valves, controls, etc.
Warranty Period: One (1) year from date of Substantial Completion.
Date: 06/30/10, 1:00 PM
VZW 01
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
SECTION 231113, PAGE 5
FACILITY FUEL-OIL PIPING
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01
MANUFACTURERS
A.
In other Part 2 articles where subparagraph titles below introduce lists, the following
requirements apply for product selection:
1.
2.02
Approved Manufacturers or equivalent: Subject to compliance with
requirements, provide products by one of the named manufacturers or an
approved equivalent product. The Architect / Engineer will be the sole judge of
equivalency. Substitution requests are not required in advance of bid, but may be
submitted at Contractors option. When substitution requests are not submitted,
the Architect / Engineer will evaluate equivalency during submittal review.
PIPES, TUBES, AND FITTINGS
A.
Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, black steel, Schedule 40, Type S only, Grade B.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Malleable-Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.3, Class 150, standard pattern.
Wrought-Steel Welding Fittings: ASTM A 234/A 234M, for butt welding.
Forged Steel Welding Fittings: ASTM A105 for socket welding.
Unions: ASME B16.39, Class 150, malleable iron with brass-to-iron seat,
ground joint, and threaded ends.
Forged-Steel Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME B16.5, minimum Class 150,
including bolts, nuts, and gaskets of the following material group, end
connections, and facings:
a.
b.
c.
2.03
End Connections: Threaded or butt welding to match pipe.
Gasket Materials:
Asbestos free, ASME B16.20 metallic, or
ASME B16.21 nonmetallic, gaskets compatible with fuel oil.
Bolts and Nuts: ASME B18.2.1, cadmium-plated steel.
PIPING SPECIALTIES
A.
Flexible Connectors: Comply with UL 567.
1.
Metallic Connectors:
a.
Approved Manufacturers or equivalent: Subject to compliance with
requirements, provide products by one of the named manufacturers or an
approved equivalent product. The Architect / Engineer will be the sole
judge of equivalency. Substitution requests are not required in advance
of bid, but may be submitted at Contractors option. When substitution
requests are not submitted, the Architect / Engineer will evaluate
equivalency during submittal review.
1)
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
American Flexible Hose Co., Inc.
Date: 06/30/10, 1:00 PM
VZW 01
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
B.
3.
4.
Listed and labeled for aboveground applications by an NRTL acceptable
to authorities having jurisdiction.
Stainless-steel bellows with woven, flexible, stainless-steel, wirereinforcing protective jacket.
Minimum Operating Pressure: 150 psig.
End Connections: Socket, flanged, or threaded end to match connected piping.
Maximum Length: 30 inches.
Body: ASTM A 126, Class B, cast iron withy-pattern, bottom drain connection.
End Connections: Threaded ends for 2 inch and smaller; flanged ends for 2-1/2
inches and larger.
Strainer Screen: 60-mesh startup strainer and perforated stainless-steel basket
with 50 percent free area.
CWP Rating: 125 psig.
JOINING MATERIALS
A.
Joint Compound and Tape: Suitable for fuel oil having the following characteristics:
1.
2.
B.
2.05
Flexicraft Industries.
FLEX-ING, Inc.
Hose Master, Inc.
Metraflex Company (The).
Proco Products, Inc.
Tru-Flex Metal Hose Corp.
Unaflex.
Y-Pattern Strainers:
1.
2.
2.04
SECTION 231113, PAGE 6
FACILITY FUEL-OIL PIPING
Before October 1, 2011, diesel fuel meeting the requirements of 40 CFR
80.510(a) having a maximum sulfur content of 500 parts per million (ppm) and
either a minimum centane index of 40 or a maximum aromatic content of 35
volume percent.
After October 1, 2011, nonroad diesel fuel meeting the requirements of 40 CFR
80.510(b) having a maximum sulfur content of 15 parts per million (ppm) and
either a minimum centane index of 40 or a maximum aromatic content of 35
volume percent.
Welding Filler Metals: Comply with AWS D10.12/D10.12M for welding materials
appropriate for wall thickness and chemical analysis of steel pipe being welded.
MANUAL FUEL-OIL SHUTOFF VALVES
A.
General Requirements for Metallic Valves, 2 inch and Smaller for Fuel Service: Comply
with UL 842.
1.
2.
CWP Rating: 125 psig.
Threaded Ends: Comply with ASME B1.20.1.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 06/30/10, 1:00 PM
VZW 01
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
3.
4.
5.
B.
Dryseal Threads on Flare Ends: Comply with ASME B1.20.3.
Tamperproof Feature: Locking feature for valves indicated in the valve schedule.
Service Mark: Initials "WOG" shall be permanently marked on valve body.
Two-Piece, Full-Port, Bronze Ball Valves with Bronze Trim: MSS SP-110.
1.
Approved Manufacturers or equivalent: Subject to compliance with
requirements, provide products by one of the named manufacturers or an
approved equivalent product. The Architect / Engineer will be the sole judge of
equivalency. Substitution requests are not required in advance of bid, but may be
submitted at Contractors option. When substitution requests are not submitted,
the Architect / Engineer will evaluate equivalency during submittal review.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
2.06
SECTION 231113, PAGE 7
FACILITY FUEL-OIL PIPING
BrassCraft Manufacturing Company; a Masco company.
Conbraco Industries, Inc.; Apollo Div.
NIBCO.
McDonald, A. Y. Mfg. Co.
Perfection Corporation; a Subsidiary of American Meter Company.
Body: Bronze, complying with ASTM B 584.
Ball: Chrome-plated bronze.
Stem: Bronze; blowout proof.
Seats: Reinforced TFE; blowout proof.
Packing: Threaded-body packnut design with adjustable-stem packing.
Ends: Threaded as indicated in the valve schedule.
CWP Rating: 600 psig.
Service Mark: Initials "WOG" shall be permanently marked on valve body.
SPECIALTY VALVES
A.
Solenoid Valves
1.
Approved Manufacturers or equivalent: Subject to compliance with
requirements, provide products by one of the named manufacturers or an
approved equivalent product. The Architect / Engineer will be the sole judge of
equivalency. Substitution requests are not required in advance of bid, but may be
submitted at Contractors option. When substitution requests are not submitted,
the Architect / Engineer will evaluate equivalency during submittal review.
a.
b.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Morrison Brothers.
Magnatrol.
Listed and labeled for fuel-oil service by an NRTL acceptable to authorities
having jurisdiction.
Body: Forged bronze.
Solenoid: Housed in integral, watertight, explosion-proof shell.
Seals: Viton or Buna-N.
Operates on 120 VAC.
Continuous duty Class H coil.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 06/30/10, 1:00 PM
VZW 01
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
8.
9.
10.
B.
1/2” conduit connection.
Provide necessary relays and transformers to operate valve off of 24 VDC signal
from generator control panel.
Valve to fail closed.
External Emergency Valves (Fire Valves):
1.
Approved Manufacturers or equivalent: Subject to compliance with
requirements, provide products by one of the named manufacturers or an
approved equivalent product. The Architect / Engineer will be the sole judge of
equivalency. Substitution requests are not required in advance of bid, but may be
submitted at Contractors option. When substitution requests are not submitted,
the Architect / Engineer will evaluate equivalency during submittal review.
a.
b.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
2.07
SECTION 231113, PAGE 8
FACILITY FUEL-OIL PIPING
Morrison Brothers.
OPW.
Listed and labeled for fuel-oil service by an NRTL acceptable to authorities
having jurisdiction.
Single disc, spring operated check valve.
Body: Ductile iron.
Disk: Viton encapsulated Teflon.
Spring: Stainless steel.
Stem: Brass.
O-Ring: .Viton encapsulated Teflon
Fusible link assembly to close valve at 165 degrees F.
Maximum Operating Pressure: 200 psig.
FUEL-OIL STORAGE TANK PIPING SPECIALTIES
A.
Fitting Materials: Cast iron, malleable iron, brass, or corrosion-resistant metal; suitable
for fuel-oil service.
1.
2.
B.
Surface, Flush-Mounted Fittings: Waterproof.
Aboveground-Mounted Fittings: Weatherproof.
Fueling Port: Pad mounted, with threaded fill-pipe connection and shall include the
following components:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Integral spill containment capacity of not less than seven (7) gallons.
Weatherproof, lockable cabinet.
A pedestal to support the cabinet and to provide for anchoring to a concrete pad.
A quick disconnect hose coupling with dust cap.
An in-line shutoff valve to provide for fuel line closure.
An in-line check valve to assist in fuel delivery.
Grounding studs.
A hand pump with check and shutoff valves to facilitate the transfer of spillage
out of the spill containment into the fuel tank delivery line. Pump shall be pre-
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 06/30/10, 1:00 PM
VZW 01
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
9.
2.08
piped at the point of manufacture with piping bypassing the fuel line check valve
but preceding the fuel shutoff valve.
Basis of Design: Simplex Fuel Port.
C.
Overfill Prevention Valve: Connected to the supply drop tube and automatically shutoff
fuel to tank at 95% tank capacity. Basis of Design: OPW.
D.
Pipe Adapters and Extensions: Compatible with piping and fittings.
E.
Foot Valves: Single poppet-type, bronze or corrosion-resistant metal components. Basis
of Design: OPW.
F.
Working Vents: Double outlet aluminum tee vent with 40 mesh stainless steel screens.
Basis of Design: Morrison Brothers.
G.
Emergency Vents: Weighted cover on center pin. Basis of Design: Morrison Brothers.
LIQUID-LEVEL GAGE (CLOCK GAGE)
A.
Approved Manufacturers or equivalent: Subject to compliance with requirements,
provide products by one of the named manufacturers or an approved equivalent product.
The Architect / Engineer will be the sole judge of equivalency. Substitution requests are
not required in advance of bid, but may be submitted at Contractors option. When
substitution requests are not submitted, the Architect / Engineer will evaluate equivalency
during submittal review.
1.
B.
2.09
SECTION 231113, PAGE 9
FACILITY FUEL-OIL PIPING
Morrison Brothers Model 818.
Description: Directly reading clock style level gauge, aluminum body, mechanical, with
stainless steel float and cable.
LEAK-DETECTION AND MONITORING SYSTEM
A.
Elevator and Sensor System: Comply with UL 1238.
1.
Approved Manufacturers or equivalent: Subject to compliance with
requirements, provide products by one of the named manufacturers or an
approved equivalent product. The Architect / Engineer will be the sole judge of
equivalency. Substitution requests are not required in advance of bid, but may be
submitted at Contractors option. When substitution requests are not submitted,
the Architect / Engineer will evaluate equivalency during submittal review.
a.
B.
Pneumercator Model TMS 3000.
Fuel Level and Leak Detection Monitoring System: Provide factory-furnished tank
monitoring system, of Continuous Statistical Leak Detection (CSLD) design, for 24-hr
automatic leak detection. Provide accessories for monitoring leaks to detect a breach in
the inner tank as well as in any sumps. System shall include electronic control panel with
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 06/30/10, 1:00 PM
VZW 01
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
SECTION 231113, PAGE 10
FACILITY FUEL-OIL PIPING
integral printer, all relays, modules, and wiring for a complete operational intrinsically
safe monitoring system. System shall be capable of monitoring leak detection for two (2)
tanks, including the interstitial leak detection, sumps one (1) each for the double-wall fuel
supply and return piping, tank fuel level and detectors for auxiliary fuel equipment. The
monitoring panel shall include 2-line, 24-character per line liquid crystal display, 12button keyboard, pilot light, audible and light alarm, push to test, transformers, etc. The
monitoring system shall have the capability to communicate using Modbus or BACnet
protocol via an RS-485/232 dual port communication module, in addition to contacts for
hard wired alarm outputs. Requires 120V/1 phase dedicated inverter power circuit.
C.
Accessories:
1.
2.
3.
4.
D.
Fuel Oil Monitoring Input Summary:
1.
2.
3.
4.
E.
Fuel level (Typical for each fuel tank).
Discriminating leak alarm in enclosure (Typical of 2 for each fuel tank).
Fuel leak alarm (Typical for each fuel tank).
Fuel leak alarm interstitial space (Typical for each fuel tank).
Fuel Oil Monitoring Output Summary (Normally Closed):
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
2.10
Inventory measurement probe, length as required for the fuel tank, refer to the
tank cutsheets.
Overfill alarm and acknowledgement device. Provide switch for outdoor
acknowledgment and alarm horn and strobe respectively. Requires 120V/1 phase
dedicated inverter power circuit.
Interstitial leak detector: Micro-sensor applications or standard interstitial sensor
for steel tanks as required, refer to tank cutsheets. An open sensor triggers a
sensor out alarm.
Discriminating liquid sensor:
Provide discriminating liquid sensor to
differentiate between hydrocarbons and other liquids. Sensor detects liquid
levels 1” deep. An open sensor triggers a sensor out alarm. Refer to the
drawings for quantities and locations.
Low fuel level alarm output, 10%, (independent alarm for each fuel tank).
High fuel level alarm (for each fuel tank).
Fuel leak in Tank (for each fuel tank).
Fuel leak in generator enclosure (for each generator enclosure).
Water leak in generator enclosure (for each generator enclosure).
Fuel monitoring system maintenance/trouble alarm.
FUEL OIL
A.
Fuel Oil: Provide full tank(s) of fuel oil for standby generators as follows prior to
commissioning and testing, and provide full tank(s) before building turnover to owner:
1.
Before October 1, 2011, diesel fuel meeting the requirements of 40 CFR
80.510(a) having a maximum sulfur content of 500 parts per million (ppm) and
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 06/30/10, 1:00 PM
VZW 01
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
2.
2.11
2.12
SECTION 231113, PAGE 11
FACILITY FUEL-OIL PIPING
either a minimum centane index of 40 or a maximum aromatic content of 35
volume percent.
After October 1, 2011, nonroad diesel fuel meeting the requirements of 40 CFR
80.510(b) having a maximum sulfur content of 15 parts per million (ppm) and
either a minimum centane index of 40 or a maximum aromatic content of 35
volume percent.
SLEEVES
A.
Steel Pipe Sleeves:
steel, plain ends.
ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, galvanized
B.
Cast-Iron Pipe Sleeves: Cast or fabricated "wall pipe," equivalent to ductile-iron pressure
pipe, with plain ends and integral waterstop unless otherwise indicated.
ESCUTCHEONS
A.
General Requirements for Escutcheons: Manufactured wall and ceiling escutcheons and floor
plates, with ID to fit around pipe or tube and with OD that completely covers opening.
B.
Split-Plate, Stamped-Steel Escutcheons: With concealed hinge, set screw or spring clips,
and chrome-plated finish.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01
3.02
3.03
EXAMINATION
A.
Examine rough-in for fuel-oil piping system to verify actual locations of piping
connections before equipment installation.
B.
Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
PREPARATION
A.
Close equipment shutoff valves before turning off fuel oil to premises or piping section.
B.
Comply with NFPA 30 and NFPA 31 requirements for prevention of accidental ignition.
OUTDOOR PIPING INSTALLATION
A.
Install metal pipes and tubes, fittings, valves, and flexible connectors at piping
connections to AST.
B.
Install fittings for changes in direction in rigid pipe.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 06/30/10, 1:00 PM
VZW 01
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
3.04
3.05
SECTION 231113, PAGE 12
FACILITY FUEL-OIL PIPING
C.
Install system components with pressure rating equal to or greater than system operating
pressure.
D.
Aboveground, Exterior-Wall Pipe Penetrations: Seal penetrations using steel pipe
sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals. Install sleeve size to allow for 1-inch annular clear
space between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals.
E.
Weld all outdoor piping and fittings except where connecting to a threaded coupling,
valve, or other threaded device.
VALVE INSTALLATION
A.
Install manual fuel-oil shutoff valves on branch connections to fuel-oil appliance.
B.
Install valves in accessible locations.
C.
Protect valves from physical damage.
D.
Install metal tag attached with metal chain indicating fuel-oil piping systems.
E.
Identify valves as specified in Section 230553, Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment.
F.
Install fire valve within 2 feet of tank.
G.
Install two-piece, bronze ball valve with hose end connection and cap or plug at low
points in fuel-oil piping.
H.
Install manual air vents at high points in fuel-oil piping.
PIPING JOINT CONSTRUCTION
A.
Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs.
B.
Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings before assembly.
C.
Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B1.20.1.
Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs
and restore full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows:
1.
2.
D.
Apply appropriate tape or thread compound suitable for diesel fuel to external
pipe threads.
Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded
or damaged. Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open welds.
Welded Joints: Construct joints according to AWS D10.12/D10.12M, using qualified
processes and welding operators according to "Quality Assurance" Article.
1.
Bevel plain ends of steel pipe.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 06/30/10, 1:00 PM
VZW 01
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
2.
E.
3.06
3.07
Flanged Joints: Install gasket material, size, type, and thickness for service application.
Install gasket concentrically positioned.
A.
Connect piping and vent fittings.
B.
Install tank leak-detection and monitoring devices.
C.
Fill storage tanks with fuel oil. Refer to commissioning requirements in Section 230800,
Commissioning of HVAC. Tank fill shall be in a staged manner to check for proper
alarm/level system operation, e.g. low fuel level alarm, dip tube elevation, high fuel level
alarm, overfill prevention valve operation, etc.
LIQUID-LEVEL GAGE
Install liquid-level gage per manufacturer’s instructions.
LEAK-DETECTION AND MONITORING SYSTEM INSTALLATION
A.
Install per manufacturers instructions
B.
Install leak-detection and monitoring system. Install alarm panel inside building where
indicated on the Drawings.
1.
3.09
Patch factory-applied protective coating as recommended by manufacturer at
field welds and where damage to coating occurs during construction.
FUEL-OIL AST INSTALLATION
A.
3.08
SECTION 231113, PAGE 13
FACILITY FUEL-OIL PIPING
Double-Wall, Fuel-Oil Storage Tanks: Install probes in interstitial space.
CONNECTIONS
A.
Install piping adjacent to equipment to allow service and maintenance.
B.
Install unions, in piping 2” and smaller, adjacent to each valve and at final connection to
each piece of equipment having threaded pipe connection.
C.
Install flanges, in piping 2-1/2” and larger, adjacent to flanged valves and at final
connection to each piece of equipment having flanged pipe connection.
D.
Connect piping to equipment with ball valve and union. Install union between valve and
equipment.
E.
Install flexible piping connectors at final connection to engine generator set.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 06/30/10, 1:00 PM
VZW 01
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
3.10
LABELING AND IDENTIFYING
A.
Nameplates, pipe identification, and signs are specified in Section 230553, Identification
for HVAC Piping and Equipment.
B.
Equipment Nameplates and Signs:
Install engraved plastic-laminate equipment
nameplates and signs on or near each service tank or piece of equipment.
1.
3.11
3.12
SECTION 231113, PAGE 14
FACILITY FUEL-OIL PIPING
Text: In addition to identifying unit, distinguish between multiple units, inform
operator of operational requirements, indicate safety and emergency precautions,
and warn of hazards and improper operations.
FIELD PAINTING OF ABOVEGROUND PIPING
A.
Comply with the following requirements and the requirements in Division 09 painting
Sections for painting interior and exterior fuel-oil piping
B.
Paint exposed, exterior and interior metal piping and fittings. Clean piping thoroughly
per paint manufacturer's directions before applying coatings. Coating shall consist of one
coat of epoxy primer and two coats of polyurethane top coat (finish coat).
C.
Color: Black.
D.
Do not paint valves, piping accessories, conduit, etc.
E.
Damage and Touchup: Repair marred and damaged factory-applied finishes with
materials and by procedures to match original factory finish.
FIELD QUAITY CONTROL
A.
Perform tests and inspections.
1.
B.
Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative
to inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including
connections, and to assist in testing.
Tests and Inspections:
1.
Piping: Minimum hydrostatic or pneumatic test-pressures measured at highest
point in system:
a.
b.
c.
2.
Fuel-Oil Distribution Piping: Minimum 5 psig for minimum 30 minutes.
Suction Piping: Minimum 20-in. Hg for minimum 30 minutes.
Isolate storage tanks if test pressure in piping will cause pressure in
storage tanks to exceed 5 psig.
Inspect and test fuel-oil piping according to NFPA 31, "Tests of Piping"
Paragraph; and according to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 06/30/10, 1:00 PM
VZW 01
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
3.13
Fuel-oil piping and equipment will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and
inspections.
D.
Prepare test and inspection reports.
DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING
Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to
adjust, operate, and maintain leak-detection and monitoring systems and fuel maintenance
system. Refer to Section 017900, Demonstration and Training, for additional requirements.
OUTDOOR PIPING SCHEDULE
A.
Aboveground fuel-oil piping shall be one of the following:
1.
3.15
Test liquid-level gage for accuracy by manually measuring fuel-oil levels at not less
than four different depths while filling tank and checking against gage indication.
Test leak-detection and monitoring system for accuracy by manually operating
sensors and checking against alarm panel indication.
Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning
controls and equipment.
Bleed air from fuel-oil piping using manual air vents.
Test and adjust Fuel Maintenance System for correct operation.
C.
A.
3.14
SECTION 231113, PAGE 15
FACILITY FUEL-OIL PIPING
All sizes: Single containment steel pipe, steel welding fittings, welded joints.
Threaded fittings at connections to valves or piping accessories. Flanged fittings
at connection to tank.
ABOVEGROUND MANUAL FUEL-OIL SHUTOFF VALVE SCHEDULE
A.
Distribution piping valves for pipe 2” and smaller shall be the following:
1.
2.
Two-piece, full-port, bronze ball valves with bronze trim.
Refer to commissioning requirements in Section 230800, Commissioning of HVAC.
END OF SECTION 231113
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 06/30/10, 1:00 PM
VZW 01
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
SECTION 232113, PAGE 1
HYDRONIC PIPING
SECTION 232113 - HYDRONIC PIPING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
Drawings, Agreement, Part 0, Special Conditions and Forms, and Division 01
Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
B.
Related Sections include the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
C.
Verizon Wireless Network Standards:
1.
2.
1.02
NSTD385, Mechanical Systems in Switching Center Design.
NSTD401, Commissioning Standard.
SUMMARY
A.
This Section includes pipe and fitting materials, joining methods, special-duty valves, and
specialties for the following:
1.
2.
1.03
Section 230500, Common Work Results for HVAC.
Section 230548, Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and
Equipment.
Section 230553, Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment
Section 230700, HVAC Insulation.
Section 230900, Instrumentation and Control for HVAC.
Section 232500, HVAC Water Treatment.
Glycol cooling-water piping.
Condensate-drain piping.
PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A.
Hydronic piping components and installation shall be capable of withstanding the
following minimum working pressure and temperature:
1.
2.
B.
Glycol Cooling-Water Piping: 150 psig at 200 F.
Condensate-Drain Piping: 150 degrees F.
Hydronic piping components and installation shall be designed and capable of operating
throughout the following minimum temperature ranges (i.e. provided with necessary
expansion devices, supports, anchors, etc to provide reliable operation throughout the
temperature ranges indicated:
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
1.
1.04
Glycol Cooling-Water Piping: 32 degrees F to 200 F.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For each type of the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
1.05
SECTION 232113, PAGE 2
HYDRONIC PIPING
Valves. Include flow and pressure drop curves based on manufacturer's testing
for calibrated-orifice balancing valves and automatic flow-control valves.
Air control devices.
Hydronic specialties.
Chilled water piping.
Pump suction diffusers.
Balancing valves.
Strainers.
Relief valve.
Compression tank.
Air Separators.
Manual air vents.
Automatic air vents.
Temperature and Pressure gauges.
Plugs and Ports.
Pipe attachments.
Hanger and supports (hanger rods, beam clamps, anchors and inserts).
B.
Shop Drawings: Detail, at ¼ scale, the piping layout, fabrication of pipe anchors,
hangers, supports for multiple pipes, alignment guides, expansion joints and loops, and
attachments of the same to the building structure. Detail location of anchors, alignment
guides, and expansion joints and loops.
C.
Qualification Data: For Installer confirm installer complies with 1.05 Quality Assurance
Article and include submittal indicating compliance.
D.
Field quality-control test reports.
E.
Operation and Maintenance Data: For air control devices, hydronic specialties, and
special-duty valves to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals.
Reference Section 017700, Closeout Procedures, Section 017823, Operation and
Maintenance Data, and Section 017839, Project Record Documents, for requirements.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Installer Qualifications:
B.
Steel Support Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M,
"Structural Welding Code - Steel."
C.
ASME Compliance: Comply with ASME B31.9, "Building Services Piping," for
materials, products, and installation. Safety valves and pressure vessels shall bear the
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
SECTION 232113, PAGE 3
HYDRONIC PIPING
appropriate ASME label. Fabricate and stamp air separators and expansion tanks to
comply with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section VIII, Division 01.
1.06
EXTRA MATERIALS
A.
Differential Pressure Meter: For each type of balancing valve and automatic flow control
valve, include flowmeter, probes, hoses, flow charts, and carrying case.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01
MANUFACTURERS
A.
In other Part 2 articles where subparagraph titles below introduce lists, the following
requirements apply for product selection:
1.
B.
The following materials and products shall be domestically produced and manufactured
in the United States:
1.
2.02
Approved Manufacturers or equivalent: Subject to compliance with
requirements, provide products by one of the named manufacturers or an
approved equivalent product. The Architect / Engineer will be the sole judge of
equivalency. Substitution requests are not required in advance of bid, but may be
submitted at Contractors option. When substitution requests are not submitted,
the Architect / Engineer will evaluate equivalency during submittal review.
Copper pipe, tube, fittings and valves.
COPPER TUBE AND FITTINGS
A.
Drawn-Temper Copper Tubing: ASTM B 88, Type L.
B.
Annealed-Temper Copper Tubing: ASTM B 88, Type K.
C.
DWV Copper Tubing: ASTM B 306, Type DWV.
D.
Wrought-Copper Fittings: ASME B16.22.
1.
Approved Manufacturers or equivalent: Subject to compliance with
requirements, provide products by one of the named manufacturers or an
approved equivalent product. The Architect / Engineer will be the sole judge of
equivalency. Substitution requests are not required in advance of bid, but may be
submitted at Contractors option. When substitution requests are not submitted,
the Architect / Engineer will evaluate equivalency during submittal review.
a.
b.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Anvil International, Inc.
S. P. Fittings; a Division of Star Pipe Products.
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
c.
2.
3.
E.
2.03
Victaulic Company of America.
Grooved-End Copper Fittings: ASTM B 75, copper tube or ASTM B 584,
bronze casting.
Grooved-End-Tube Couplings: Rigid pattern, unless otherwise indicated;
gasketed fitting. Ductile-iron housing with keys matching pipe and fitting
grooves, prelubricated EPDM gasket rated for minimum 230 degrees F for use
with housing, and steel bolts and nuts.
Wrought-Copper Unions: ASME B16.22.
JOINING MATERIALS
A.
Pipe-Flange Gasket Materials: Suitable for chemical and thermal conditions of piping
system contents.
1.
ASME B16.21, nonmetallic, flat, asbestos free, 1/8-inch maximum thickness
unless thickness or specific material is indicated.
a.
b.
2.04
SECTION 232113, PAGE 4
HYDRONIC PIPING
Full-Face Type: For flat-face, Class 125, cast-iron and cast-bronze
flanges.
Narrow-Face Type: For raised-face, Class 250, cast-iron and steel
flanges.
B.
Flange Bolts and Nuts: ASME B18.2.1, carbon steel, unless otherwise indicated.
C.
Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B 32, lead-free alloys.
according to ASTM B 813.
D.
Gasket Material: Thickness, material, and type suitable for fluid to be handled and
working temperatures and pressures.
Include water-flushable flux
DIELECTRIC FITTINGS
A.
Description: Combination fitting of copper-alloy and ferrous materials with threaded,
solder-joint, plain, or weld-neck end connections that match piping system materials.
B.
Insulating Material: Suitable for system fluid, pressure, and temperature.
C.
Dielectric Unions:
1.
Approved Manufacturers or equivalent: Subject to compliance with
requirements, provide products by one of the named manufacturers or an
approved equivalent product. The Architect / Engineer will be the sole judge of
equivalency. Substitution requests are not required in advance of bid, but may be
submitted at Contractors option. When substitution requests are not submitted,
the Architect / Engineer will evaluate equivalency during submittal review.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
2.
D.
Factory-fabricated union assembly, for 250-psig minimum working pressure at
180 degrees F.
Approved Manufacturers or equivalent: Subject to compliance with
requirements, provide products by one of the named manufacturers or an
approved equivalent product. The Architect / Engineer will be the sole judge of
equivalency. Substitution requests are not required in advance of bid, but may be
submitted at Contractors option. When substitution requests are not submitted,
the Architect / Engineer will evaluate equivalency during submittal review.
a.
b.
c.
2.
Capitol Manufacturing Company.
Central Plastics Company.
Watts Regulator Co.; a Division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.
Factory-fabricated companion-flange assembly, for 150-psig or 300-psig
minimum working pressure as required to suit system pressures.
Dielectric-Flange Kits:
1.
Approved Manufacturers or equivalent: Subject to compliance with
requirements, provide products by one of the named manufacturers or an
approved equivalent product. The Architect / Engineer will be the sole judge of
equivalency. Substitution requests are not required in advance of bid, but may be
submitted at Contractors option. When substitution requests are not submitted,
the Architect / Engineer will evaluate equivalency during submittal review.
a.
b.
c.
d.
2.
3.
F.
Capitol Manufacturing Company.
Central Plastics Company.
Hart Industries International, Inc.
Watts Regulator Co.; a Division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.
Zurn Plumbing Products Group; AquaSpec Commercial Products
Division.
Dielectric Flanges:
1.
E.
SECTION 232113, PAGE 5
HYDRONIC PIPING
Advance Products & Systems, Inc.
Calpico, Inc.
Central Plastics Company.
Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc.
Companion-flange assembly for field assembly. Include flanges, full-face- or
ring-type neoprene or phenolic gasket, phenolic or polyethylene bolt sleeves,
phenolic washers, and steel backing washers.
Separate companion flanges and steel bolts and nuts shall have 150-psig or 300psig minimum working pressure where required to suit system pressures.
Dielectric Couplings:
1.
Approved Manufacturers or equivalent: Subject to compliance with
requirements, provide products by one of the named manufacturers or an
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
SECTION 232113, PAGE 6
HYDRONIC PIPING
approved equivalent product. The Architect / Engineer will be the sole judge of
equivalency. Substitution requests are not required in advance of bid, but may be
submitted at Contractors option. When substitution requests are not submitted,
the Architect / Engineer will evaluate equivalency during submittal review.
a.
b.
2.
G.
Galvanized-steel coupling with inert and noncorrosive thermoplastic lining;
threaded ends; and 300-psig minimum working pressure at 225 degrees F.
Dielectric Nipples:
1.
Approved Manufacturers or equivalent: Subject to compliance with
requirements, provide products by one of the named manufacturers or an
approved equivalent product. The Architect / Engineer will be the sole judge of
equivalency. Substitution requests are not required in advance of bid, but may be
submitted at Contractors option. When substitution requests are not submitted,
the Architect / Engineer will evaluate equivalency during submittal review.
a.
b.
c.
d.
2.
2.05
Calpico, Inc.
Lochinvar Corporation.
Perfection Corporation; a subsidiary of American Meter Company.
Precision Plumbing Products, Inc.
Sioux Chief Manufacturing Company, Inc.
Victaulic Company of America.
Electroplated steel nipple with inert and noncorrosive, thermoplastic lining;
plain, threaded, or grooved ends; and 300-psig minimum working pressure at 225
degrees F.
VALVES
A.
Automatic Temperature-Control Valves, Actuators, and Sensors:
Comply with
requirements specified in Section 230900, Instrumentation and Control for HVAC.
B.
Bronze, Calibrated-Orifice, Balancing Valves:
1.
Approved Manufacturers or equivalent: Subject to compliance with
requirements, provide products by one of the named manufacturers or an
approved equivalent product. The Architect / Engineer will be the sole judge of
equivalency. Substitution requests are not required in advance of bid, but may be
submitted at Contractors option. When substitution requests are not submitted,
the Architect / Engineer will evaluate equivalency during submittal review.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Armstrong Pumps, Inc.
Bell & Gossett Domestic Pump; a Division of ITT Industries.
Flow Design Inc.
Gerand Engineering Co.
Griswold Controls.
Taco.
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
C.
Body: Bronze, ball or plug type with calibrated orifice or venturi.
Ball: Brass or stainless steel.
Plug: Resin.
Seat: PTFE.
End Connections: Threaded or socket.
Pressure Gage Connections: Integral seals for portable differential pressure
meter.
Handle Style: Lever, with memory stop to retain set position.
CWP Rating: Minimum 125 psig.
Maximum Operating Temperature: 250 degrees F.
Cast-Iron or Steel, Calibrated-Orifice, Balancing Valves:
1.
Approved Manufacturers or equivalent: Subject to compliance with
requirements, provide products by one of the named manufacturers or an
approved equivalent product. The Architect / Engineer will be the sole judge of
equivalency. Substitution requests are not required in advance of bid, but may be
submitted at Contractors option. When substitution requests are not submitted,
the Architect / Engineer will evaluate equivalency during submittal review.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
D.
SECTION 232113, PAGE 7
HYDRONIC PIPING
Armstrong Pumps, Inc.
Bell & Gossett Domestic Pump; a Division of ITT Industries.
Flow Design Inc.
Gerand Engineering Co.
Griswold Controls.
Taco.
Tour & Andersson; available through Victaulic Company of America.
Body: Cast-iron or steel body, ball, plug, or globe pattern with calibrated orifice
or venturi.
Ball: Brass or stainless steel.
Stem Seals: EPDM O-rings.
Disc: Glass and carbon-filled PTFE.
Seat: PTFE.
End Connections: Flanged or grooved.
Pressure Gage Connections: Integral seals for portable differential pressure
meter.
Handle Style: Lever, with memory stop to retain set position.
CWP Rating: Minimum 125 psig.
Maximum Operating Temperature: 250 degrees F.
Diaphragm-Operated, Pressure-Reducing Valves:
1.
Approved Manufacturers or equivalent: Subject to compliance with
requirements, provide products by one of the named manufacturers or an
approved equivalent product. The Architect / Engineer will be the sole judge of
equivalency. Substitution requests are not required in advance of bid, but may be
submitted at Contractors option. When substitution requests are not submitted,
the Architect / Engineer will evaluate equivalency during submittal review.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
E.
Amtrol, Inc.
Armstrong Pumps, Inc.
Bell & Gossett Domestic Pump; a Division of ITT Industries.
Conbraco Industries, Inc.
Spence Engineering Company, Inc.
Watts Regulator Co.; a Division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.
Body: Bronze or brass.
Disc: Glass and carbon-filled PTFE.
Seat: Brass.
Stem Seals: EPDM O-rings.
Diaphragm: EPT.
Low inlet-pressure check valve.
Inlet Strainer: Removable without system shutdown.
Valve Seat and Stem: Noncorrosive.
Valve Size, Capacity, and Operating Pressure: Selected to suit system in which
installed, with operating pressure and capacity factory set and field adjustable.
Diaphragm-Operated Safety Valves:
1.
Approved Manufacturers or equivalent: Subject to compliance with
requirements, provide products by one of the named manufacturers or an
approved equivalent product. The Architect / Engineer will be the sole judge of
equivalency. Substitution requests are not required in advance of bid, but may be
submitted at Contractors option. When substitution requests are not submitted,
the Architect / Engineer will evaluate equivalency during submittal review.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
F.
SECTION 232113, PAGE 8
HYDRONIC PIPING
Amtrol, Inc.
Armstrong Pumps, Inc.
Bell & Gossett Domestic Pump; a Division of ITT Industries.
Conbraco Industries, Inc.
Spence Engineering Company, Inc.
Watts Regulator Co.; a Division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.
Body: Bronze or brass.
Disc: Glass and carbon-filled PTFE.
Seat: Brass.
Stem Seals: EPDM O-rings.
Diaphragm: EPT.
Wetted, Internal Work Parts: Brass and rubber.
Inlet Strainer: Removable without system shutdown.
Valve Seat and Stem: Noncorrosive.
Valve Size, Capacity, and Operating Pressure: Comply with ASME Boiler and
Pressure Vessel Code: Section IV, and selected to suit system in which installed,
with operating pressure and capacity factory set and field adjustable.
Automatic Flow-Control Valves:
1.
Approved Manufacturers or equivalent: Subject to compliance with
requirements, provide products by one of the named manufacturers or an
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
SECTION 232113, PAGE 9
HYDRONIC PIPING
approved equivalent product. The Architect / Engineer will be the sole judge of
equivalency. Substitution requests are not required in advance of bid, but may be
submitted at Contractors option. When substitution requests are not submitted,
the Architect / Engineer will evaluate equivalency during submittal review.
a.
b.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
2.06
Flow Design Inc.
Griswold Controls.
Body: Brass or ferrous metal.
Piston and Spring Assembly: Corrosion resistant, tamper proof, self cleaning, and
removable.
Combination Assemblies: Include bonze or brass-alloy ball valve.
Identification Tag: Marked with zone identification, valve number, and flow
rate.
Size: Same as pipe in which installed.
Performance: Maintain constant flow, plus or minus 5 percent over system
pressure fluctuations.
Minimum CWP Rating: 175 psig.
Maximum Operating Temperature: 200 degrees.
AIR CONTROL DEVICES
A.
Approved Manufacturers or equivalent: Subject to compliance with requirements,
provide products by one of the named manufacturers or an approved equivalent product.
The Architect / Engineer will be the sole judge of equivalency. Substitution requests are
not required in advance of bid, but may be submitted at Contractors option. When
substitution requests are not submitted, the Architect / Engineer will evaluate equivalency
during submittal review.
1.
2.
3.
4.
B.
Manual Air Vents:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
C.
Amtrol, Inc.
Armstrong Pumps, Inc.
Bell & Gossett Domestic Pump; a Division of ITT Industries.
Taco.
Body: Bronze.
Internal Parts: Nonferrous.
Operator: Screwdriver or thumbscrew.
Inlet Connection: NPS 1/2.
Discharge Connection: NPS 1/8.
CWP Rating: 150 psig.
Maximum Operating Temperature: 225 degrees F.
Automatic Air Vents:
1.
2.
3.
Body: Bronze or cast iron.
Internal Parts: Nonferrous.
Operator: Noncorrosive metal float.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
4.
5.
6.
7.
D.
2.
3.
4.
2.
3.
Tank: Welded steel, rated for 125-psig working pressure and 375 degrees F
maximum operating temperature. Factory test with taps fabricated and supports
installed and labeled according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code:
Section VIII, Division 1.
Diaphram: Securely sealed into tank to separate air charge from system water to
maintain required expansion capacity.
Air-Charge Fittings: Schrader valve, stainless steel with EPDM seats.
Tangential-Type Air Separators:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
G.
Tank: Welded steel, rated for 125-psig working pressure and 375 degrees F
maximum operating temperature, with taps in bottom of tank for tank fitting and
taps in end of tank for gage glass. Tanks shall be factory tested with taps
fabricated and labeled according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code:
Section VIII, Division 1.
Air-Control Tank Fitting: Cast-iron body, copper-plated tube, brass vent tube
plug, and stainless-steel ball check, 100-gal. unit only; sized for compressiontank diameter. Provide tank fittings for 125-psig working pressure and 250
degrees F maximum operating temperature.
Tank Drain Fitting: Brass body, nonferrous internal parts; 125-psig working
pressure and 240 degrees F maximum operating temperature; constructed to
admit air to compression tank, drain water, and close off system.
Gage Glass: Full height with dual manual shutoff valves, ¾ - inch diameter gage
glass, and slotted-metal glass guard.
Diaphram - Type Expansion Tanks:
1.
F.
Inlet Connection: NPS 1/2.
Discharge Connection: NPS 1/4.
CWP Rating: 150 psig.
Maximum Operating Temperature: 240 degrees F.
Expansion Tanks:
1.
E.
SECTION 232113, PAGE 10
HYDRONIC PIPING
Tank: Welded steel; ASME constructed and labeled for 125-psig minimum
working pressure and 375 degrees F maximum operating temperature.
Air Collector Tube: Perforated stainless steel, constructed to direct released air
into expansion tank.
Tangential Inlet and Outlet Connections: Threaded for NPS 2 and smaller;
flanged connections for NPS 2-1/2 and larger.
Blowdown Connection: Threaded.
Size: Match system flow capacity.
In-Line Air Separators:
1.
2.
3.
Tank: One-piece cast iron with an integral weir constructed to decelerate system
flow to maximize air separation.
Maximum Working Pressure: Up to 175 psig.
Maximum Operating Temperature: Up to 300 degrees F.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
H.
Air Purgers:
1.
2.
3.
2.07
SECTION 232113, PAGE 11
HYDRONIC PIPING
Body: Cast iron with internal baffles that slow the water velocity to separate the
air from solution and divert it to the vent for quick removal.
Maximum Working Pressure: 150 psig.
Maximum Operating Temperature: 250 degrees F.
HYDRONIC PIPING SPECIALTIES
A.
Y-Pattern Strainers:
1.
2.
3.
4.
B.
Basket Strainers:
1.
2.
3.
4.
C.
2.
3.
4.
Body: Ductile or malleable iron with removable access coupling and end cap for
strainer maintenance.
End Connections: Grooved ends.
Strainer Screen: 60-mesh startup strainer, and perforated stainless-steel basket
with 57 percent free area.
CWP Rating: 750 psig.
Stainless-Steel Bellow, Flexible Connectors:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
E.
Body: ASTM A 126, Class B, high-tensile cast iron with bolted cover and
bottom drain connection.
End Connections: Threaded ends for NPS 2 and smaller; flanged ends for
NPS 2-1/2 and larger.
Strainer Screen: 60-mesh startup strainer, and perforated stainless-steel basket
with 50 percent free area.
CWP Rating: 125 psig.
T-Pattern Strainers:
1.
D.
Body: ASTM A 126, Class B, cast iron with bolted cover and bottom drain
connection.
End Connections: Threaded ends for NPS 2 and smaller; flanged ends for
NPS 2-1/2 and larger.
Strainer Screen: 60-mesh startup strainer, and perforated stainless-steel basket
with 50 percent free area.
CWP Rating: 125 psig.
Body: Stainless-steel bellows with woven, flexible, bronze, wire-reinforcing
protective jacket.
End Connections: Threaded or flanged to match equipment connected.
Performance: Capable of 3/4-inch misalignment.
CWP Rating: 150 psig.
Maximum Operating Temperature: 250 degrees F.
Spherical, Rubber, Flexible Connectors:
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
SECTION 232113, PAGE 12
HYDRONIC PIPING
Body: Fiber-reinforced rubber body.
End Connections: Steel flanges drilled to align with Classes 150 and 300 steel
flanges.
Performance: Capable of misalignment.
CWP Rating: 150 psig.
Maximum Operating Temperature: 250 degrees F.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01
PIPING APPLICATIONS
A.
Glycol cooling-water piping, aboveground, NPS 2 and smaller shall be any of the
following:
1.
B.
Glycol cooling-water piping, aboveground, NPS 2-1/2 and larger shall be any of the
following:
1.
Type L, drawn-temper copper tubing, wrought-copper fittings, and brazed joints.
C.
Condensate-Drain Piping: Type M, drawn-temper copper tubing, wrought-copper
fittings, and soldered joints.
D.
Air-Vent Piping:
1.
2.
3.02
Type L, drawn-temper copper tubing, wrought-copper fittings, and brazed joints.
Inlet: Same as service where installed with metal-to-plastic transition fittings for
plastic piping systems according to the piping manufacturer's written
instructions.
Outlet: Type K, annealed-temper copper tubing with soldered or flared joints.
VALVE APPLICATIONS
A.
Install shutoff-duty valves at each branch connection to supply mains, and at supply
connection to each piece of equipment.
B.
Install isolation valves at each branch connection to return main.
C.
Install calibrated-orifice, balancing valves in the return pipe of each heating or cooling
terminal.
D.
Install check valves at each pump discharge and elsewhere as required to control flow
direction.
E.
Install pressure-reducing valves at makeup-water connection to regulate system fill
pressure.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
3.03
SECTION 232113, PAGE 13
HYDRONIC PIPING
PIPING INSTALLATIONS
A.
Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of
piping systems. Indicate piping locations and arrangements if such were used to size pipe
and calculate friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other design considerations.
Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Coordination
Drawings.
B.
Install piping in concealed locations, unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment
rooms and service areas.
C.
Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at
right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically
indicated otherwise.
D.
Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel
removal.
E.
Install piping to permit valve servicing.
F.
Install piping at indicated slopes.
G.
Install piping free of sags and bends.
H.
Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections.
I.
Install piping to allow application of insulation.
J.
Select system components with pressure rating equal to or greater than system operating
pressure.
K.
Install groups of pipes parallel to each other, spaced to permit applying insulation and
servicing of valves.
L.
Install drains, consisting of a tee fitting, NPS 3/4 ball valve, and short NPS 3/4 threaded
nipple with cap, at low points in piping system mains and elsewhere as required for
system drainage.
M.
Install piping at a uniform grade of 0.2 percent upward in direction of flow.
N.
Reduce pipe sizes using eccentric reducer fitting installed with level side up.
O.
Install branch connections to mains using tee fittings in main pipe, with the branch
connected to the bottom of the main pipe. For up-feed risers, connect the branch to the
top of the main pipe.
P.
Install unions in piping NPS 2 and smaller, adjacent to valves, at final connections of
equipment, and elsewhere as indicated.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
3.04
SECTION 232113, PAGE 14
HYDRONIC PIPING
Q.
Install flanges in piping, NPS 2-1/2 and larger, at final connections of equipment and
elsewhere as indicated.
R.
Install strainers on inlet side of each control valve, pressure-reducing valve, solenoid
valve, in-line pump, and elsewhere as indicated. Install NPS 3/4 nipple and ball valve in
blowdown connection of strainers NPS 2 and larger. Match size of strainer blowoff
connection for strainers smaller than NPS 2.
S.
Identify piping as specified in Section 230553, Identification for HVAC Piping and
Equipment.
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A.
Comply with the following requirements for maximum spacing of supports.
B.
Seismic restraints are specified in Section 230548, Vibration and Seismic Controls for
HVAC Piping and Equipment.
C.
Install the following pipe attachments:,
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
D.
Install hangers for steel piping with the following maximum spacing and minimum rod
sizes:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
E.
Adjustable steel clevis hangers for individual horizontal piping less than 20 feet
long.
Adjustable roller hangers and spring hangers for individual horizontal piping 20
feet or longer.
Pipe Roller: MSS SP-58, Type 44 for multiple horizontal piping 20 feet or
longer, supported on a trapeze.
Spring hangers to support vertical runs.
Provide copper-clad hangers and supports for hangers and supports in direct
contact with copper pipe.
On plastic pipe, install pads or cushions on bearing surfaces to prevent hanger
from scratching pipe.
NPS 3/4: Maximum span, 7 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch.
NPS 1: Maximum span, 7 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch.
NPS 1-1/4: Maximum span, 7 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch.
NPS 1-1/2: Maximum span, 9 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch.
NPS 2: Maximum span, 10 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch.
NPS 2-1/2: Maximum span, 11 feet; minimum rod size, 1/2 inch.
NPS 3: Maximum span, 12 feet; minimum rod size, 1/2 inch.
Install hangers for drawn-temper copper tubing with the following maximum spacing and
minimum rod sizes:
1.
2.
3.
NPS 3/4: Maximum span, 5 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch.
NPS 1: Maximum span, 6 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch.
NPS 1-1/4: Maximum span, 7 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
4.
5.
6.
7.
F.
3.05
NPS 1-1/2: Maximum span, 8 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch.
NPS 2: Maximum span, 8 feet; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch.
NPS 2-1/2: Maximum span, 9 feet; minimum rod size, 1/2 inch.
NPS 3: Maximum span, 10 feet; minimum rod size, 1/2 inch.
Support vertical runs at roof, at each floor, and at 10-foot intervals between floors.
PIPE JOINT CONSTRUCTION
A.
Join pipe and fittings according to the following requirements.
B.
Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe.
C.
Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings before
assembly.
D.
Soldered Joints: Apply ASTM B 813, water-flushable flux, unless otherwise indicated,
to tube end. Construct joints according to ASTM B 828 or CDA's "Copper Tube
Handbook," using lead-free solder alloy complying with ASTM B 32.
E.
Brazed Joints: Construct joints according to AWS's "Brazing Handbook," "Pipe and
Tube" Chapter, using copper-phosphorus brazing filler metal complying with AWS A5.8.
F.
Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B1.20.1.
Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs
and restore full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows:
1.
2.
G.
3.06
SECTION 232113, PAGE 15
HYDRONIC PIPING
Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads unless dry
seal threading is specified.
Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded
or damaged. Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open welds.
Grooved Joints: Assemble joints with coupling and gasket, lubricant, and bolts. Cut or
roll grooves in ends of pipe based on pipe and coupling manufacturer's written
instructions for pipe wall thickness. Use grooved-end fittings and rigid, grooved-endpipe couplings.
HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES INSTALLATION
A.
Install manual air vents at high points in piping, at heat-transfer coils, and elsewhere as
required for system air venting.
B.
Install automatic air vents at high points of system piping in mechanical equipment
rooms only. Manual vents at heat-transfer coils and elsewhere as required for air venting.
C.
Install piping from boiler air outlet, air separator, or air purger to expansion tank with a 2
percent upward slope toward tank.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
D.
Install in-line air separators in pump suction. Install drain valve on air separators NPS 2
and larger.
E.
Install expansion tanks above the air separator. Install tank fitting in tank bottom and
charge tank. Use manual vent for initial fill to establish proper water level in tank.
1.
2.
3.07
3.08
SECTION 232113, PAGE 16
HYDRONIC PIPING
Install tank fittings that are shipped loose.
Support tank from floor or structure above with sufficient strength to carry
weight of tank, piping connections, fittings, plus tank full of water. Do not
overload building components and structural members.
TERMINAL EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS
A.
Sizes for supply and return piping connections shall be the same as or larger than
equipment connections.
B.
Install control valves in accessible locations close to connected equipment.
C.
Install bypass piping with globe valve around control valve. If parallel control valves are
installed, only one bypass is required.
D.
Install ports for pressure gages and thermometers at coil inlet and outlet connections.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Prepare hydronic piping according to ASME B31.9 and as follows:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
B.
Leave joints, including welds, uninsulated and exposed for examination during
test.
Provide temporary restraints for expansion joints that cannot sustain reactions
due to test pressure. If temporary restraints are impractical, isolate expansion
joints from testing.
Flush hydronic piping systems with clean water; then remove and clean or
replace strainer screens.
Isolate equipment from piping. If a valve is used to isolate equipment, its closure
shall be capable of sealing against test pressure without damage to valve. Install
blinds in flanged joints to isolate equipment.
Install safety valve, set at a pressure no more than one-third higher than test
pressure, to protect against damage by expanding liquid or other source of
overpressure during test.
Perform the following tests on hydronic piping:
1.
2.
Use ambient temperature water as a testing medium unless there is risk of
damage due to freezing. Another liquid that is safe for workers and compatible
with piping may be used.
While filling system, use vents installed at high points of system to release air.
Use drains installed at low points for complete draining of test liquid.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
3.
4.
5.
6.
C.
Isolate expansion tanks and determine that hydronic system is full of water.
Subject piping system to hydrostatic test pressure that is not less than 1.5 times
the system's working pressure. Test pressure shall not exceed maximum pressure
for any vessel, pump, valve, or other component in system under test. Verify that
stress due to pressure at bottom of vertical runs does not exceed 90 percent of
specified minimum yield strength or 1.7 times "SE" value in Appendix A in
ASME B31.9, "Building Services Piping."
After hydrostatic test pressure has been applied for at least 10 minutes, examine
piping, joints, and connections for leakage. Eliminate leaks by tightening,
repairing, or replacing components, and repeat hydrostatic test until there are no
leaks.
Prepare written report of testing.
Perform the following before operating the system:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
D.
SECTION 232113, PAGE 17
HYDRONIC PIPING
Open manual valves fully.
Inspect pumps for proper rotation.
Set makeup pressure-reducing valves for required system pressure.
Inspect air vents at high points of system and determine if all are installed and
operating freely (automatic type), or bleed air completely (manual type).
Set temperature controls so all coils are calling for full flow.
Inspect and set operating temperatures of hydronic equipment, such as boilers,
chillers, cooling towers, to specified values.
Verify lubrication of motors and bearings.
Commissioning: Refer to Section 230800, Commissioning of HVAC, for requirements.
END OF SECTION 232113
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
SECTION 232300, PAGE 1
REFRIGERANT PIPING
SECTION 232300 – REFRIGERANT PIPING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
Drawings, Agreement, Part 0, Special Conditions and Forms, and Division 01
Specifications Sections, apply to this Section.
B.
Related Sections include the following:
1.
2.
3.
1.02
SUMMARY
A.
Work under this section shall include furnishing and installing piping, fittings, and
connections common to the various piping systems specified in Division 23.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
1.03
Section 230700, HVAC Insulation.
Section 230900, Instrumentation and Control for HVAC.
Section 238123, Computer Room Air Conditioners
Piping.
Refrigerant.
Moisture and liquid indicators.
Valves.
Filter-driers.
Solenoid valves.
Expansion valves.
Flexible connections.
REFERENCES
A.
ARI 710 - Liquid Line Dryers.
B.
ARI 730 - Flow-Capacity Rating and Application of Suction-Line Filters and
Filter-Driers
C.
ARI 750 - Thermostatic Refrigerant Expansion Valves.
D.
ARI 760 - Solenoid Valves for Use With Volatile Refrigerants.
E.
ASHRAE 15 - Safety Code for Mechanical Refrigeration.
F.
ASHRAE 34 - Number Designation of Refrigerants.
G.
ASME - Boiler and Pressure Vessel Codes, SEC 9 - Qualification Standard for Welding
and Brazing Procedures, Welders, Brazers, and Welding and Brazing Operators.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
1.04
H.
ASME B16.22 - Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings.
I.
ASME B16.26 - Cast Copper Alloy Fittings For Flared Copper Tubes.
J.
ASME SEC 8D - Boilers and Pressure Vessels Code, Rules for Construction of Pressure
Vessels.
K.
ASTM A234 - Pipe Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Moderate and
Elevated Temperatures.
L.
ASTM B280 - Seamless Copper Tube for Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Field
Service.
M.
ASTM F708 - Design and Installation of Rigid Pipe Hangers.
N.
AWS A5.8 - Brazing Filler Metal.
O.
MSS SP58 - Pipe Hangers and Supports - Materials, Design and Manufacturer.
P.
MSS SP69 - Pipe Hangers and Supports - Selection and Application.
Q.
MSS SP89 - Pipe Hangers and Supports - Fabrication and Installation Practices.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A.
Provide pipe hangers and supports in accordance with MSS SP69 unless indicated
otherwise.
B.
Liquid Indicators:
1.
2.
C.
D.
Use vertically in liquid line adjacent to receivers.
Use filter-driers for each solenoid valve.
Solenoid Valves:
1.
E.
Use line size liquid indicators in main liquid line leaving condenser.
Use line size on leaving side of liquid solenoid valves.
Replaceable Cartridge Filter-Driers:
1.
2.
1.05
SECTION 232300, PAGE 2
REFRIGERANT PIPING
Use in liquid line of single or multiple evaporator systems.
Flexible Connectors: Provide at condensing unit connections.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: Provide general assembly of specialties, including manufacturer’s
catalogue information. Provide manufacturers catalog data including load capacity.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
1.06
1.07
SECTION 232300, PAGE 3
REFRIGERANT PIPING
B.
Shop Drawings: Indicate schematic layout of system, including equipment, critical
dimensions, and sizes.
C.
Design Data: Submit design data indicating pipe sizing.
D.
Test Reports: Indicate results of leak test, acid test.
E.
Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate support, connection requirements, and
isolation for servicing.
F.
Project Record Documents: Record exact locations of equipment and refrigeration
accessories on record drawings.
G.
Maintenance Data: Include instructions for changing cartridges, assembly views, spare
parts lists. Reference Section 017700, Closeout Procedures, Section 017823, Operation
and Maintenance Data, and Section 017839, Project Record Documents, for
requirements.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Installer: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum 5
years experience.
B.
Conform to ASME B31.9 for installation of piping system.
C.
Welding Materials and Procedures: Conform to ASME SEC 9 and applicable state labor
regulations
D.
Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and classified by UL, as suitable for
the purpose indicated.
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A.
It is the Contractor’s responsibility to ensure on-time delivery of all materials and
equipment required for the Project. All materials furnished or incorporated in the Work
shall be new, unused, of best quality, and especially adapted for the service required;
whenever the characteristics of any material are not particularly specified, such material
shall be utilized as is customary in first class work of a nature for which the material is
employed.
B.
Contractor shall provide necessary means to properly stage and store all materials and
equipment until time of use or installation on the Project. Contractor shall be solely
responsible for materials and equipment stored on the Site; type and extent of security
provided to be at Contractor’s discretion. Coordinate all requirements with Owner.
C.
Contractor shall be responsible for proper handling, rigging, and installing of all materials
and equipment for the Project.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
1.08
SECTION 232300, PAGE 4
REFRIGERANT PIPING
D.
Owner reserves the right to reject any materials or equipment that are not properly stored
in accordance with these specifications or the manufacturers’ requirements.
E.
Deliver and store piping and specialties in shipping containers with labeling in place.
F.
Protect piping and specialties from entry of contaminating material by leaving end caps
and plugs in place until installation.
G.
Dehydrate and charge components such as piping and receivers, seal prior to shipment,
until connected into system.
H.
Refer to Section 015000, Temporary Facilities and Controls, for additional delivery and
storage requirements.
MAINTENANCE MATERIALS
A.
Provide two refrigeration oil test kits each containing everything required to conduct one
test.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01
PIPING
A.
Copper Tubing: ASTM B280, type ACR hard drawn [or annealed].
1.
2.
B.
Copper Tubing to 7/8 inch OD: ASTM B88, type K, annealed.
1.
2.
C.
Fittings: ASME B16.22 wrought copper.
Joints: Braze, AWS A5.8 BCuP silver/phosphorus/copper alloy with melting
range 1190 to 1480 degrees F.
Fittings: ASME B16.26 cast copper.
Joints: Flared.
Pipe Supports and Anchors:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Conform to MSS SP58.
Hangers for Pipe Sizes 1/2 to 1-1/2 Inch: Malleable iron or Carbon steel,
adjustable swivel, split ring.
Hangers for Pipe Sizes 2 Inches and Over: Carbon steel, adjustable, clevis.
Multiple or Trapeze Hangers: Steel channels with welded spacers and hanger
rods.
Vertical Support: Steel riser clamp.
Copper Pipe Support: Carbon steel ring, adjustable, copper plated.
Hanger Rods: Mild steel threaded both ends, threaded one end, or continuous
threaded.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
8.
2.02
Refrigerant:
1.
Indicators: Single or double port type, UL listed, with copper or brass body, flared or
solder ends, sight glass, color coded paper moisture indicator with removable element
cartridge and plastic cap; for maximum working pressure of 430 psig, and maximum
temperature of 200 degrees F.
VALVES
A.
Ball Valves:
1.
2.05
Straight Line or Angle Line Type:
1.
Brass or steel shell, steel cap and flange, and replaceable cartridge, with screen of
stainless steel wire or monel reinforced with brass; for maximum working
pressure of 430 psig.
PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES
A.
2.07
Two piece forged brass body with Teflon ball seals and copper tube extensions,
brass bonnet and seal cap, chrome plated ball, stem with neoprene ring stem
seals; for maximum working pressure of 500 psig and maximum temperature of
325 degrees F.
STRAINERS
A.
2.06
R-407c or R-410a.
MOISTURE AND LIQUID INDICATORS
A.
2.04
Inserts: Malleable iron case of galvanized steel shell and expander plug for
threaded connection with lateral adjustment, top slot for reinforcing rods, lugs for
attaching to forms; size inserts to suit threaded hanger rods.
REFRIGERANT
A.
2.03
SECTION 232300, PAGE 5
REFRIGERANT PIPING
Straight Through or Angle Type: Brass body and disc, neoprene seat, factory sealed and
stamped with ASME UV and National Board Certification NB; for standard psig setting;
selected to ASHRAE 15.
FILTER-DRIERS
A.
Replaceable Cartridge Angle Type:
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
1.
2.
3.
B.
2.
2.09
2.10
Shell: ARI 710, UL listed, steel, removable cap for maximum working pressure
of 500 psig.
Filter Cartridge: Pleated media with integral end rings, stainless steel support,
filter area to ARI 730 rating for condensing unit size.
Filter/Dryer Cartridge: Pleated media with solid core sieve with activated
alumina, filter area to ARI 730 rating for condensing unit size.
Permanent Straight Through Type:
1.
2.08
SECTION 232300, PAGE 6
REFRIGERANT PIPING
ARI 710, UL listed, steel shell with molded desiccant filer core, for maximum
working pressure of 350 psig.
Rating: ARI 710 flow capacity to match condensing unit size.
SOLENOID VALVES
A.
Valve: ARI 760, pilot operated, copper or brass or steel body and internal parts, synthetic
seat, stainless steel stem and plunger assembly, with flared, solder, or threaded ends; for
maximum working pressure of 500 psig. Stem shall permit manual operation in case of
coil failure.
B.
Coil Assembly: UL listed, replaceable with molded electromagnetic coil, moisture and
fungus proof, with surge protector and color coded lead wires, integral junction box with
pilot light.
EXPANSION VALVES
A.
Angle or Straight Through Type: ARI 750; design suitable for refrigerant, brass body,
internal or external equalizer, mechanical pressure limit (maximum operating pressure
MOP feature), adjustable superheat setting, replaceable inlet strainer, with
non-replaceable capillary tube and remote sensing bulb.
B.
Selection: Evaluate refrigerant pressure drop through system to determine available
pressure drop across valve. Select valve for maximum load at design operating pressure
and minimum 10 degrees F. superheat. Select to avoid being undersized at full load and
excessively oversized at part load.
FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS
A.
Corrugated stainless steel hose with single layer of stainless steel exterior braiding,
minimum 9 inches long with copper tube ends; for maximum working pressure 400 psig.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
SECTION 232300, PAGE 7
REFRIGERANT PIPING
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01
3.02
PREPARATION
A.
Ream pipe and tube ends. Remove burrs. Bevel plain end ferrous pipe.
B.
Remove scale and dirt on inside and outside before assembly.
C.
Prepare piping connections to equipment with flanges or unions.
INSTALLATION
A.
Install refrigeration specialties in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B.
Route piping in orderly manner, with plumbing parallel to building structure, and
maintain gradient.
C.
Install piping to conserve building space and not interfere with use of space.
D.
Group piping whenever practical at common elevations and locations. Slope piping one
percent in direction of oil return.
E.
Install piping to allow for expansion and contraction without stressing pipe, joints, or
connected equipment.
F.
Pipe Hangers and Supports:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Install in accordance with ASTM B31.5 and MSS SP89.
Support horizontal piping as scheduled.
Install hangers to provide minimum 1/2 inch space between finished covering
and adjacent work.
Place hangers within 12 inches of each horizontal elbow.
Support vertical piping at every floor. Support riser piping independently of
connected horizontal piping.
Where several pipes can be installed in parallel and at same elevation, provide
multiple or trapeze hangers.
Provide copper plated hangers and supports for copper piping.
G.
Arrange piping to return oil to compressor. Provide traps and loops in piping, and
provide double risers as required. Slope horizontal piping 0.40 percent in direction of
flow.
H.
Provide clearance for installation of insulation and access to valves and fittings.
I.
Provide access to concealed valves and fittings.
J.
Flood piping system with nitrogen when brazing.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
3.03
3.04
SECTION 232300, PAGE 8
REFRIGERANT PIPING
K.
Where pipe support members are welded to structural building frame, brush clean, and
apply one coat of zinc rich primer to welding.
L.
Prepare unfinished pipe, fittings, supports, and accessories ready for finish painting.
M.
Insulate piping and equipment; refer to Section 15080.
N.
Follow ASHRAE 15 procedures for charging and purging of systems and for disposal of
refrigerant.
O.
Provide replaceable cartridge filter-driers, with isolation valves and valved bypass.
P.
Locate expansion valve sensing bulb immediately downstream of evaporator on suction
line.
Q.
Provide external equalizer piping on expansion valves with refrigerant distributor
connected to evaporator.
R.
Fully charge completed system with refrigerant after testing.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Test refrigeration system in accordance with ASME B31.5.
B.
Pressure test system with dry nitrogen to 200 psig. Perform final tests at 27 inches
vacuum and 200 psig using halide torch or electronic leak detector. Test to no leakage.
SCHEDULES
A.
Pipe Hanger Spacing
PIPE SIZE (Inches)
1/2 to 1-1/4
1-1/2 to 2
2-1/2 to 3
HANGER ROD MAXIMUM
HANGER SPACING (Feet)
6.5
10
10
DIAMETER (Inches)
3/8
3/8
1/2
END OF SECTION 232300
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
SECTION 233113, PAGE 1
METAL DUCTS
SECTION 233113 - METAL DUCTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
Drawings, Agreement, Part 0, Special Conditions and Forms, and Division 01
Specifications Sections, apply to this Section.
B.
Related Sections:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
C.
Verizon Wireless Network Standards:
1.
2.
1.02
NSTD385, Mechanical Systems in Switching Center Design.
NSTD401, Commissioning Standard.
SUMMARY
A.
Section Includes:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
1.03
Section 230500, Common Work Results for HVAC.
Section 230548, Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and
Equipment.
Section 230593, Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC, for testing,
adjusting, and balancing requirements for metal ducts.
Section 230700, HVAC Insulation.
Section 230800, Commissioning of HVAC.
Section 233300, Air Duct Accessories, for dampers, sound-control devices, ductmounting access doors and panels, turning vanes, and flexible ducts.
Single-wall rectangular ducts and fittings.
Single-wall round ducts and fittings.
Sheet metal materials.
Sealants and gaskets.
Hangers and supports.
Seismic-restraint devices.
PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A.
Delegated Duct Design: Duct construction, including sheet metal thicknesses, seam and
joint construction, reinforcements, and hangers and supports, shall comply with
SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" and performance
requirements and design criteria indicated in "Duct Schedule" Article.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/25/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
1.04
SECTION 233113, PAGE 2
METAL DUCTS
B.
Structural Performance: Duct hangers and supports and seismic restraints shall withstand
the effects of gravity and seismic loads and stresses within limits and under conditions
described in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible"
ASCE/SEI 7.
C.
Airstream Surfaces: Surfaces in contact with the airstream shall comply with
requirements in ASHRAE 62.1-2004.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Submit product information for each type of duct and duct fitting. Include construction
material description, pressure and temperature classification, duct connection details,
dimensions and required clearances, and installation instructions. Organize products in
the following order:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
B.
Shop Drawings:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
C.
2” Pressure Class Ducts.
1” Pressure Class Ducts.
Joint Sealants.
Duct Hangers.
Flexible Ducts.
Fabrication, assembly, and installation, including plans, elevations, sections,
components, and attachments to other work.
Factory- and shop-fabricated ducts and fittings.
Duct layout indicating sizes, configuration, liner material, and static-pressure
classes.
Elevation of top of ducts.
Dimensions of main duct runs from building grid lines.
Fittings.
Reinforcement and spacing.
Seam and joint construction.
Penetrations through fire-rated and other partitions.
Equipment installation based on equipment being used on Project.
Locations for duct accessories, including dampers, turning vanes, and access
doors and panels.
Hangers and supports, including methods for duct and building attachment,
seismic restraints, and vibration isolation.
Coordination Drawings: Plans, drawn to scale, on which the following items are shown
and coordinated with each other, using input from installers of the items involved:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Duct installation in congested spaces, indicating coordination with general
construction, building components, and other building services. Indicate
proposed changes to duct layout.
Suspended ceiling components.
Structural members to which duct will be attached.
Size and location of initial access modules for acoustical tile.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/25/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
5.
6.
Penetrations of smoke barriers and fire-rated construction.
Items penetrating finished ceiling including the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
1.05
SECTION 233113, PAGE 3
METAL DUCTS
Lighting fixtures.
Air outlets and inlets.
Sprinklers.
Access panels.
D.
Welding certificates for all welders.
E.
Field quality-control reports.
F.
Operation and Maintenance Data: For metal ducts to include in emergency, operation,
and maintenance manuals. Reference Section 017700, Closeout Procedures, Section
017823, Operation and Maintenance Data, and Section 017839, Project Record
Documents, for requirements.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Source Limitations: Obtain all ductwork through one source from a single manufacturer
unless otherwise specified.
B.
Installation of ducts shall conform to local codes and ordinances.
C.
ASHRAE Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE 62.1-2004, Section 5 "Systems and Equipment" and Section 7 - "Construction and System Start-Up."
D.
ASHRAE/IESNA Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE/IESNA 90.12004, Section 6.4.4 - "HVAC System Construction and Insulation."
E.
Air Moving and Conditioning Association, Inc. (AMCA):
1.
2.
3.
F.
2.
A123 Zinc (Hot Galvanized) Coatings on Products Fabricated from Rolled,
Pressed, and Forged Steel Shapes, Plates, Bars and Strips.
A527 Zinc Coated (Galvanized) Carbon Steel Sheets for Lock Forming
Quality.
Sheet Metal and Air-Conditioning Contractors’ National Association (SMACNA):
1.
H.
Standards Handbook.
Test Code for Air Moving Devices.
Test Code for Sound Rating Air Moving Devices.
American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):
1.
G.
99
210
300
HVAC Duct Construction Standards – Metal and Flexible Third Edition, Second
Printing (2006) (HVAC/DCS).
Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL):
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/25/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
1.
2.
I.
1.07
June 1975 Electrical Construction Materials List.
181
Factory-Made Air Duct Materials and Duct Connectors.
National Fire Protection Association (NFPA):
1.
2.
1.06
SECTION 233113, PAGE 4
METAL DUCTS
70
90A
National Electrical Code.
Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems.
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A.
It is the Contractor’s responsibility to ensure on-time delivery of all materials and
equipment required for the Project. All materials furnished or incorporated in the Work
shall be new, unused, of best quality, and especially adapted for the service required;
whenever the characteristics of any material are not particularly specified, such material
shall be utilized as is customary in first class work of a nature for which the material is
employed.
B.
Contractor shall provide necessary means to properly stage and store all materials and
equipment until time of use or installation on the Project. Contractor shall be solely
responsible for materials and equipment stored on the Site; type and extent of security
provided to be at Contractor’s discretion. Coordinate all requirements with Owner.
C.
Contractor shall be responsible for proper handling, rigging, and installing of all materials
and equipment for the Project.
D.
Owner reserves the right to reject any materials or equipment that are not properly stored
in accordance with these specifications or the manufacturers’ requirements.
E.
Refer to Section 015000, Temporary Facilities and Controls, for additional delivery and
storage requirements.
WARRANTY
A.
All ductwork furnished and installed under this contract, shall be guaranteed against
defects in design, materials and workmanship for the full warranty period which is
standard with the manufacturer, but in no case less than one (1) year from the date of
system acceptance.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01
MANUFACTURERS
A.
In other Part 2 articles where subparagraph titles below introduce lists, the following
requirements apply for product selection:
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/25/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
1.
B.
Approved Manufacturers or equivalent: Subject to compliance with
requirements, provide products by one of the named manufacturers or an
approved equivalent product. The Architect / Engineer will be the sole judge of
equivalency. Substitution requests are not required in advance of bid, but may be
submitted at Contractors option. When substitution requests are not submitted,
the Architect / Engineer will evaluate equivalency during submittal review.
The following materials and products shall be domestically produced and manufactured
in the United States:
1.
2.02
SECTION 233113, PAGE 5
METAL DUCTS
All ductwork.
SINGLE-WALL RECTANGULAR DUCTS AND FITTINGS
A.
General Fabrication Requirements:
Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct
Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" based on indicated static-pressure class
unless otherwise indicated.
B.
Transverse Joints: Select joint types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC
Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 1-4, "Transverse (Girth)
Joints," for static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved,
duct-support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction
Standards - Metal and Flexible."
C.
Longitudinal Seams: Select seam types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC
Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 1-5, "Longitudinal Seams Rectangular Ducts," for static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials
involved, duct-support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct
Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible."
D.
Elbows, Transitions, Offsets, Branch Connections, and Other Duct Construction: Select
types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible," Chapter 2, "Fittings and Other Construction," for static-pressure
class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct-support intervals, and
other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and
Flexible."
E.
Square Corner Inserts: Provide turning vanes at all square corner elbows.
1.
Riveting: Unless sheet metal screws are called for, use rivets for attachment
purposes for sheet metal; blind rivets where required, USM Pop, Duro-Dyne
Pinriveter, or Cherry Commercial.
F.
Bracing for Rectangular Ducts: Bracing shall be provided on the outside of flat surfaces
as required to prevent vibration or drumming at design operating pressure.
G.
Diagonal Creasing: Provide on all panels wider than 18". At Contractor's option, in place
of diagonal creasing required for panels wider than 18", all such panels may have
machine-formed transverse ribbed stiffening on 12" centers, provided such stiffening
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/25/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
SECTION 233113, PAGE 6
METAL DUCTS
accomplishes stiffness and freedom from buckling or breathing, and does not lessen
airtightness at seams and joints.
2.03
SINGLE-WALL ROUND DUCTS AND FITTINGS
A.
General Fabrication Requirements:
Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct
Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Chapter 3, "Round, Oval, and Flexible
Duct," based on indicated static-pressure class unless otherwise indicated. Minimum 26
gauge.
B.
Transverse Joints: Select joint types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC
Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 3-2, "Transverse Joints Round Duct," for static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials
involved, duct-support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct
Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible."
1.
C.
Longitudinal Seams: Select seam types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC
Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 3-1, "Seams - Round Duct and
Fittings," for static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved,
duct-support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction
Standards - Metal and Flexible."
1.
2.
2.04
Transverse Joints in Ducts Larger Than 60 inches in Diameter: Flanged.
Fabricate round ducts larger than 90 inches in diameter with butt-welded
longitudinal seams.
Fabricate flat-oval ducts larger than 72 inches in width (major dimension) with
butt-welded longitudinal seams.
D.
Tees and Laterals: Select types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct
Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 3-4, "90 Degree Tees and Laterals,"
and Figure 3-5, "Conical Tees," for static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements,
materials involved, duct-support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC
Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible."
E.
Slip-Type Field Joints at round ducts: Non-serrated type; insert distance of 1/3 the duct
diameter, but 4" maximum; all joints sealed with adhesive and screwed.
F.
Adjustable Round Elbows: 4 piece adjustable elbows are acceptable at duct branches
serving a single VAV terminal, and downstream of VAV terminals.
SHEET METAL MATERIALS
A.
General Material Requirements: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction
Standards - Metal and Flexible" and NFPA 90A for acceptable materials, material
thicknesses, and duct construction methods unless otherwise indicated. Sheet metal
materials shall be free of pitting, seam marks, roller marks, stains, discolorations, and
other imperfections.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/25/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
B.
Galvanized Sheet Steel: Comply with ASTM A527, ASTM A 653/A 653M and ASTM
A123.
1.
2.
Carbon-Steel Sheets: Comply with ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, with oiled, matte finish for
exposed ducts.
D.
Reinforcement Shapes and Plates: ASTM A 36/A 36M, steel plates, shapes, and bars;
black and galvanized.
E.
Where black- and galvanized-steel shapes and plates are used to reinforce
aluminum ducts, isolate the different metals with butyl rubber, neoprene, or
EPDM gasket materials.
Tie Rods: Galvanized steel, 1/4-inch minimum diameter for lengths 36 inches or less;
3/8-inch minimum diameter for lengths longer than 36 inches.
PLENUMS
A.
Outdoor Air Plenums:
1.
2.
2.06
Galvanized Coating Designation: G90. Galvanize steel hot-dipped after
fabrication.
Finishes for Surfaces Exposed to View: Mill phosphatized.
C.
1.
2.05
SECTION 233113, PAGE 7
METAL DUCTS
Construct from 18” wide x 2” deep 16 gage galvanized sheet metal panels with
standing seams. Fill panels with 2” rigid fiberglass insulation board and cover
with 20 gage galvanized sheet metal skin. Insulation shall face away from the air
stream; foil face shall face to airstream. Horizontal surfaces shall have
supplementary bracing to prevent any deformation of the panels under operating
conditions.
Shop drawings are required for plenums.
SEALANT AND GASKETS
A.
General Sealant and Gasket Requirements: Surface-burning characteristics for sealants
and gaskets shall be a maximum flame-spread index of 25 and a maximum smokedeveloped index of 50 when tested according to UL 723; certified by an NRTL.
B.
Sealant Requirements:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Non-flammable.
UL 181B-M Listed.
UL 723 Classified.
Conforms to NFPA 90A and 90B.
For indoor applications, use sealant that has a VOC content of 250 g/L or less
when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
Maximum VOC limit: 30g/L less water.
Mildew resistant.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/25/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
C.
Water-Based Joint and Seam Sealant:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
D.
2.07
Application Method: Brush on.
Solids Content: Minimum 65 percent.
Shore A Hardness: Minimum 20.
Water resistant.
Mold and mildew resistant.
VOC: Maximum 75 g/L (less water).
Maximum Static-Pressure Class: 10-inch wg, positive and negative.
Service: Indoor or outdoor.
Substrate: Compatible with galvanized sheet steel (both PVC coated and bare),
stainless steel, or aluminum sheets.
Maximum Static-Pressure Class: 10-inch wg, positive or negative.
Service: Indoor or outdoor.
Substrate: Compatible with galvanized sheet steel (both PVC coated and bare),
stainless steel, or aluminum sheets.
Flanged Joint Sealant: Comply with ASTM C 920.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
E.
SECTION 233113, PAGE 8
METAL DUCTS
General: Single-component, acid-curing, silicone, elastomeric.
Type: S.
Grade: NS.
Class: 25.
Use: O.
Flange Gaskets:
plasticizer.
Butyl rubber, neoprene, or EPDM polymer with polyisobutylene
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A.
Hanger Rods and Channel Supports:
1.
Continuous threaded rod and nuts, cadmium plated steel. Do not use chain, wire,
or perforated strap.
B.
Strap and Rod Sizes: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible," Table 4-1, "Rectangular Duct Hangers Minimum Size," and
Table 4-2, "Minimum Hanger Sizes for Round Duct."
C.
Steel Cables for Galvanized-Steel Ducts:
ASTM A 603.
D.
Steel Cables for Stainless-Steel Ducts: Stainless steel complying with ASTM A 492.
E.
Steel Cable End Connections: Cadmium-plated steel assemblies with brackets, swivel,
and bolts designed for duct hanger service; with an automatic-locking and clamping
device.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Galvanized steel complying with
Date: 11/25/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
F.
Duct Attachments: Sheet metal screws, blind rivets, or self-tapping metal screws;
compatible with duct materials.
G.
Trapeze and Riser Supports:
1.
2.
3.
H.
Supports for Galvanized-Steel Ducts: Galvanized-steel shapes and plates.
Supports for Stainless-Steel Ducts: Stainless-steel shapes and plates.
Supports for Aluminum Ducts: Aluminum or galvanized steel coated with zinc
chromate.
Structural Steel Clamps:
1.
2.08
SECTION 233113, PAGE 9
METAL DUCTS
Beam clamps, brackets, channel clamps, and bar joist clips shall be selected to
suit structural systems and meet loading. Provide seismic restraining strap on all
beam clamps.
SEISMIC-RESTRAINT DEVICES
A.
Approved Manufacturers or equivalent: Subject to compliance with requirements,
provide products by one of the named manufacturers or an approved equivalent product.
The Architect / Engineer will be the sole judge of equivalency. Substitution requests are
not required in advance of bid, but may be submitted at Contractors option. When
substitution requests are not submitted, the Architect / Engineer will evaluate equivalency
during submittal review.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
B.
General Requirements for Restraint Components: Rated strengths, features, and
applications shall be as defined in reports by an agency acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction.
1.
C.
Cooper B-Line, Inc.; a Division of Cooper Industries.
Ductmate Industries, Inc.
Hilti Corp.
Kinetics Noise Control.
Loos & Co.; Cableware Division.
Mason Industries.
TOLCO; a brand of NIBCO INC.
Unistrut Corporation; Tyco International, Ltd.
Structural Safety Factor: Allowable strength in tension, shear, and pullout force
of components shall be at least four times the maximum seismic forces to which
they will be subjected.
Channel Support System: Shop- or field-fabricated support assembly made of slotted
steel channels rated in tension, compression, and torsion forces and with accessories for
attachment to braced component at one end and to building structure at the other end.
Include matching components and corrosion-resistant coating.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/25/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
SECTION 233113, PAGE 10
METAL DUCTS
D.
Restraint Cables: ASTM A 603, galvanized steel cables with end connections made of
cadmium-plated steel assemblies with brackets, swivel, and bolts designed for restraining
cable service; and with an automatic-locking and clamping device or double-cable clips.
E.
Hanger Rod Stiffener: Reinforcing steel angle clamped to hanger rod.
F.
Mechanical Anchor Bolts: Drilled-in and stud-wedge or female-wedge type. Select
anchor bolts with strength required for anchor and as tested according to ASTM E 488.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01
DUCT INSTALLATION
A.
General: The installation of the air ducts shall conform to NFPA 90A and SMACNA
HVAC Duct Construction Standards. Mounting and supporting of ducts, equipment,
accessories and appurtenances shall be provided, including but not limited to structural
supports, hangers, vibration isolators, stands, clamps and brackets, access doors and
dampers. Duct accessories are specified in Section 233300, Air Duct Accessories.
B.
Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of
duct system. Indicated duct locations, configurations, and arrangements were used to
size ducts and calculate friction loss for air-handling equipment sizing and for other
design considerations. Install duct systems as indicated unless deviations to layout are
approved on Shop Drawings and Coordination Drawings.
C.
Ductwork shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions where the
provisions of this specification are not applicable.
D.
Installation of Ductwork: Elbows, vaned elbows, take-offs, branch connections,
transitions, splitters, duct volume dampers, flexible connectors, and access doors shall
conform to SMACNA. Ductwork shall be installed so that its operation shall be free of
chatter and vibration. Ductwork shall be airtight so that no dust marks from air leaks will
show at connections or outlets.
E.
Field Changes to Ductwork: Changes such as those required to suit the size of factoryfabricated equipment actually furnished shall be designed to minimize losses in pressure
and performance due to sudden expansion and contraction. Transitions shall be used in
field changes as well as modifications to connecting ducts.
F.
Offsets in Ductwork: All offsets necessary in ductwork are not shown on the drawings.
Provide all offsets required without additional cost to Owner. Offset angles to be as small
as possible.
G.
Routing of Ductwork: Route ductwork above suspended ceilings to avoid contact with all
support and framing for the ceiling suspension system.
H.
Duct Sizes: Sizes shown refer to clear dimensions inside acoustical lining.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/25/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
3.02
SECTION 233113, PAGE 11
METAL DUCTS
I.
Joint Sealing: Seal longitudinal and transverse duct joints to meet the indicated
SMACNA seal class. Joint sealant shall be applied in a workmanlike manner, as
determined by the Architect / Engineer.
J.
Provide openings in ductwork where required to accommodate thermometers and
controllers. Provide pilot tube openings where required for testing of systems, complete
with metal can with spring device or screw to ensure against air leakage. Where
openings are provided in insulated ductwork, install insulation material inside a metal
ring.
K.
Install ducts according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and
Flexible" unless otherwise indicated.
L.
Install round ducts in maximum practical lengths.
M.
Install ducts with fewest possible joints.
N.
Install factory- or shop-fabricated fittings for changes in direction, size, and shape and for
branch connections.
O.
Unless otherwise indicated, install ducts vertically and horizontally, and parallel and
perpendicular to building lines.
P.
Install ducts close to walls, overhead construction, columns, and other structural and
permanent enclosure elements of building.
Q.
Install ducts with a clearance of 1 inch, plus allowance for insulation thickness.
R.
Where ducts pass through non-fire-rated interior partitions and exterior walls and are
exposed to view, cover the opening between the partition and duct or duct insulation with
sheet metal flanges of same metal thickness as the duct. Overlap openings on four sides
by at least 1-1/2 inches.
S.
Where ducts pass through fire-rated interior partitions and exterior walls, install fire
dampers. Comply with requirements in Section 233300, Air Duct Accessories, for fire
and smoke dampers. Provide sheet metal flanges at exposed penetrations.
T.
Protect duct interiors from moisture, construction debris and dust, and other foreign
materials.
Comply with SMACNA's "Duct Cleanliness for New Construction
Guidelines”.
INSTALLATION OF EXPOSED DUCTWORK
A.
Protect ducts exposed in finished spaces from being dented, scratched, or damaged.
B.
Trim duct sealants flush with metal. Create a smooth and uniform exposed bead. Do not
use two-part tape sealing system.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/25/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
3.03
C.
Maintain consistency, symmetry, and uniformity in the arrangement and fabrication of
fittings, hangers and supports, duct accessories, and air outlets.
D.
Repair or replace damaged sections and finished work that does not comply with these
requirements.
DUCT SEALING
A.
Seal ducts to the following seal classes according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct
Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible":
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
3.04
SECTION 233113, PAGE 12
METAL DUCTS
Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and
Flexible."
Outdoor, Supply-Air Ducts: Seal Class A.
Outdoor, Exhaust Ducts: Seal Class C.
Outdoor, Return-Air Ducts: Seal Class C.
Unconditioned Space, Supply-Air Ducts in Pressure Classes 2-Inch wg and
Lower: Seal Class B.
Unconditioned Space, Supply-Air Ducts in Pressure Classes Higher Than 2-Inch
wg: Seal Class A.
Unconditioned Space, Exhaust Ducts: Seal Class C.
Unconditioned Space, Return-Air Ducts: Seal Class B.
Conditioned Space, Supply-Air Ducts in Pressure Classes 2-Inch wg and Lower:
Seal Class C.
Conditioned Space, Supply-Air Ducts in Pressure Classes Higher Than 2-Inch
wg: Seal Class B.
Conditioned Space, Exhaust Ducts: Seal Class B.
Conditioned Space, Return-Air Ducts: Seal Class C.
HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION
A.
General: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and
Flexible," Chapter 4, "Hangers and Supports" where the provisions of this specification
section are more stringent. Use only hanger rods and channel supports for ducts exposed
to view and ducts over 30” wide.
B.
Seismic Bracing: Seismic bracing shall be in compliance with seismic restraints specified
in Section 230548, Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment.
1.
2.
3.
4.
C.
Restrain rectangular ducts with cross sectional area of 6 sq. ft. or larger
Restrain round ducts with diameters of 28” or larger.
Restrain flat oval ducts the same as rectangular ducts of the same nominal size.
No bracing is required if the duct is suspended by hangers 12” or less in length,
as measured from the top of the duct to the bottom of the support where the
hanger is attached.
Building Attachments: Concrete inserts, powder-actuated fasteners, or structural-steel
fasteners appropriate for construction materials to which hangers are being attached.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/25/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
1.
2.
3.
D.
Where practical, install concrete inserts before placing concrete.
Drill and epoxy inserts.
Do not use powder-actuated concrete fasteners.
Support Placement: Comply with Chapter 5 of the SMACNA's "HVAC Duct
Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" for maximum hanger spacing and as
follows;
1.
2.
3.
4.
3.05
SECTION 233113, PAGE 13
METAL DUCTS
Install hangers and supports within 24 inches of each elbow and within 48 inches
of each branch intersection.
Place supports as near as possible to concentrated loads, and when practical,
immediately adjacent to changes in direction.
Support ducts so as to maintain alignment, prevent grade reversals and prevent
sagging in excess of 0.1 inch.
Refer to earlier note in this specification section.
E.
Hangers Exposed to View: Threaded rod and angle or channel supports.
F.
Support vertical ducts with steel angles or channel secured to the sides of the duct with
welds, bolts, sheet metal screws, or blind rivets; support at each floor and at a maximum
intervals of 10 feet.
G.
Install upper attachments to structures. Select and size upper attachments with pull-out,
tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials
where used. Provide seismic restraint straps at all beam clamps.
SEISMIC-RESTRAINT-DEVICE INSTALLATION
A.
Install ducts with hangers and braces designed to support the duct and to restrain against
seismic forces required by applicable building codes. Comply with ASCE/SEI 7.
B.
Select seismic-restraint devices with capacities adequate to carry present and future static
and seismic loads.
C.
Install cables so they do not bend across edges of adjacent equipment or building
structure.
D.
Install cable restraints on ducts that are suspended with vibration isolators.
E.
Install seismic-restraint devices using methods described in Section 230548, Vibration
and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment.
F.
Attachment to Structure: If specific attachment is not indicated, anchor bracing and
restraints to structure, to flanges of beams, to upper truss chords of bar joists, or to
concrete members.
G.
Drilling for and Setting Anchors:
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/25/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
3.06
3.07
Identify position of reinforcing steel and other embedded items prior to drilling
holes for anchors. Do not damage existing reinforcement or embedded items
during drilling. Notify the Architect if reinforcing steel or other embedded items
are encountered during drilling. Locate and avoid prestressed tendons, electrical
and telecommunications conduit, and gas lines.
Do not drill holes in concrete or masonry until concrete, mortar, or grout has
achieved full design strength.
Wedge Anchors: Protect threads from damage during anchor installation.
Heavy-duty sleeve anchors shall be installed with sleeve fully engaged in the
structural element to which anchor is to be fastened.
Set anchors to manufacturer's recommended torque, using a torque wrench.
Install zinc-coated steel anchors for interior applications and stainless-steel
anchors for applications exposed to weather.
CONNECTIONS
A.
Make connections to equipment with flexible connectors complying with Section
233300, Air Duct Accessories.
B.
Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" for
branch, outlet and inlet, and terminal unit connections.
PAINTING
A.
3.08
SECTION 233113, PAGE 14
METAL DUCTS
Paint interior of metal ducts that are visible through registers and grilles and that do not
have duct liner. Apply one coat of flat, black, latex paint over a compatible galvanizedsteel primer. Paint materials and application requirements are specified in Division 09
painting Sections.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Perform tests and inspections.
B.
Duct System Cleanliness Tests:
1.
2.
Visually inspect duct system to ensure that no visible contaminants are present.
Test sections of metal duct system, chosen randomly by Owner, for cleanliness
according to "Vacuum Test" in NADCA ACR, "Assessment, Cleaning and
Restoration of HVAC Systems."
a.
Acceptable Cleanliness Level: Net weight of debris collected on the
filter media shall not exceed 0.75 mg/100 sq. cm.
C.
Duct system will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections.
D.
Prepare test and inspection reports.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/25/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
E.
3.09
SECTION 233113, PAGE 15
METAL DUCTS
Commissioning: Refer to Section 230800, Commissioning of HVAC, for requirements.
DUCT CLEANING
A.
Clean new and existing duct system(s) before testing, adjusting, and balancing.
B.
Use service openings for entry and inspection.
1.
2.
3.
C.
Particulate Collection and Odor Control:
1.
2.
D.
When venting vacuuming system inside the building, use HEPA filtration with
99.97 percent collection efficiency for 0.3-micron-size (or larger) particles.
When venting vacuuming system to outdoors, use filter to collect debris removed
from HVAC system, and locate exhaust downwind and away from air intakes
and other points of entry into building.
Clean the following components by removing surface contaminants and deposits:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
E.
Create new openings and install access panels appropriate for duct static-pressure
class if required for cleaning access. Provide insulated panels for insulated or
lined duct. Patch insulation and liner as recommended by duct liner
manufacturer. Comply with Section 233300, Air Duct Accessories, for access
panels and doors.
Disconnect and reconnect flexible ducts as needed for cleaning and inspection.
Remove and reinstall ceiling to gain access during the cleaning process.
Air outlets and inlets (registers, grilles, and diffusers).
Supply, return, and exhaust fans including fan housings, plenums (except ceiling
supply and return plenums), scrolls, blades or vanes, shafts, baffles, dampers, and
drive assemblies.
Air-handling unit internal surfaces and components including mixing box, coil
section, air wash systems, spray eliminators, condensate drain pans, humidifiers
and dehumidifiers, filters and filter sections, and condensate collectors and
drains.
Coils and related components.
Return-air ducts, dampers, actuators, and turning vanes except in ceiling plenums
and mechanical equipment rooms.
Supply-air ducts, dampers, actuators, and turning vanes.
Dedicated exhaust and ventilation components and makeup air systems.
Mechanical Cleaning Methodology:
1.
2.
3.
Clean metal duct systems using mechanical cleaning methods that extract
contaminants from within duct systems and remove contaminants from building.
Use vacuum-collection devices that are operated continuously during cleaning.
Connect vacuum device to downstream end of duct sections so areas being
cleaned are under negative pressure.
Use mechanical agitation to dislodge debris adhered to interior duct surfaces
without damaging integrity of metal ducts, duct liner, or duct accessories.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/25/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
3.10
SECTION 233113, PAGE 16
METAL DUCTS
Clean fibrous-glass duct liner with HEPA vacuuming equipment; do not permit
duct liner to get wet. Replace fibrous-glass duct liner that is damaged,
deteriorated, or delaminated or that has friable material, mold, or fungus growth.
Clean coils and coil drain pans according to NADCA 1992. Keep drain pan
operational. Rinse coils with clean water to remove latent residues and cleaning
materials; comb and straighten fins.
Provide drainage and cleanup for wash-down procedures.
Antimicrobial Agents and Coatings: Apply EPA-registered antimicrobial agents
if fungus is present. Apply antimicrobial agents according to manufacturer's
written instructions after removal of surface deposits and debris.
Use emulsifying agents and standard detergents for wash-down as appropriate for
the surface material.
DUCT SCHEDULE
A.
Supply Ducts:
1.
Trunk ducts in telecom equipment spaces:
a.
b.
c.
2.
Ducts drops in telecom equipment spaces:
a.
b.
c.
3.
Pressure Class: Positive 3-inch wg.
Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: A.
SMACNA Leakage Class for Rectangular: 6.
Ducts Connected to Equipment Not Listed Above:
a.
b.
c.
B.
Pressure Class: Positive 2-inch wg.
Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: B.
SMACNA Leakage Class for Rectangular: 12.
Ducts Connected to Constant-Volume Air-Handling Units:
a.
b.
c.
5.
Pressure Class: Positive 1-inch wg.
Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: B.
SMACNA Leakage Class for Rectangular: 12.
Ducts Connected to Air Handling Units, CRACs, Fan Coil Units, and Terminal
Units, and Connected Upstream to VAV Terminals:
a.
b.
c.
4.
Pressure Class: Positive 2-inch wg.
Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: B.
SMACNA Leakage Class for Rectangular: 12.
Pressure Class: Positive 2-inch wg.
Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: B
SMACNA Leakage Class for Rectangular Round, and Flat Oval: 12.
Return Ducts:
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/25/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
1.
Ducts Connected to Computer Room Air Handling Units
a.
b.
2.
Ducts Connected to Fans Exhausting (ASHRAE 62.1, Class 1 and 2) Air:
a.
b.
c.
2.
c.
d.
Pressure Class: Positive or negative 2-inch wg.
Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: B if negative pressure, and A if
positive pressure.
SMACNA Leakage Class for Rectangular: 12.
SMACNA Leakage Class for Round and Flat Oval: 12.
Outdoor-Air (Not Filtered, Heated, or Cooled) Ducts:
1.
Ducts Connected to Computer Room Air Handling Units:
a.
b.
c.
2.
Pressure Class: Positive or negative 2-inch wg.
Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: B.
SMACNA Leakage Class for Rectangular, Round, and Flat Oval: 12.
Ducts Connected to Equipment Not Listed Above:
a.
b.
c.
Pressure Class: Positive or negative 2-inch wg.
Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: B.
SMACNA Leakage Class for Rectangular, Round, and Flat Oval: 12.
Intermediate Reinforcement:
1.
F.
Pressure Class: Negative 2-inch wg.
Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: B if negative pressure, and A if
positive pressure.
SMACNA Leakage Class for Rectangular, Round, and Flat Oval: 12.
Ducts Connected to Equipment Not Listed Above:
a.
b.
E.
Pressure Class: Positive or negative 2-inch wg.
Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: B.
SMACNA Leakage Class for Rectangular Round, and Flat Oval: 12.
Exhaust Ducts:
1.
D.
Pressure Class: Positive or negative 2-inch wg.
Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: B.
Ducts Connected to Equipment Not Listed Above:
a.
b.
c.
C.
SECTION 233113, PAGE 17
METAL DUCTS
Galvanized-Steel Ducts:
chromate primer.
Galvanized steel or carbon steel coated with zinc-
Elbow Configuration:
1.
All Velocities:
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/25/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
a.
b.
c.
2.
c.
Radius Type RE 1 with minimum 1.5 radius-to-diameter ratio.
Radius Type RE 3 with minimum 1.0 radius-to-diameter ratio and two
vanes.
Mitered Type RE 2 with vanes complying with SMACNA's "HVAC
Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 2-3, "Vanes
and Vane Runners," and Figure 2-4, "Vane Support in Elbows."
Round Duct: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible," Figure 3-3, "Round Duct Elbows."
a.
b.
G.
Radius Type RE 1 with minimum 1.5 radius-to-diameter ratio.
Radius Type RE 3 with minimum 1.0 radius-to-diameter ratio and two
vanes.
Mitered Type RE 2 with vanes complying with SMACNA's "HVAC
Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 2-3, "Vanes
and Vane Runners," and Figure 2-4, "Vane Support in Elbows."
Rectangular Duct: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction
Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 2-2, "Rectangular Elbows."
a.
b.
3.
SECTION 233113, PAGE 18
METAL DUCTS
Minimum Radius-to-Diameter Ratio and Elbow Segments: Comply with
SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible,"
Table 3-1, "Mitered Elbows." Elbows with less than 90-degree change
of direction have proportionately fewer segments.
Round Elbows, 14 Inches and Larger in Diameter: Standing seam.
Branch Configuration:
1.
Rectangular Duct: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction
Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 2-6, "Branch Connections."
a.
b.
2.
Rectangular Main to Rectangular Branch: 45-degree entry.
Rectangular Main to Round Branch: Spin in.
Round and Flat Oval: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction
Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 3-4, "90 Degree Tees and Laterals," and
Figure 3-5, "Conical Tees." Saddle taps are permitted in existing duct.
a.
b.
c.
Velocity 1000 fpm or Lower: 90-degree tap.
Velocity 1000 to 1500 fpm: Conical tap.
Velocity 1500 fpm or Higher: 45-degree lateral.
END OF SECTION 233113
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/25/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
SECTION 233300, PAGE 1
AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES
SECTION 233300 - AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
Drawings, Agreement, Part 0, Special Conditions and Forms, and Division 01
Specifications Sections, apply to this Section.
B.
Related Sections:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
C.
Verizon Wireless Network Standards:
1.
2.
3.
1.02
Section 230500, Common Work Results for HVAC.
Section 230513, Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment.
Section 230548, Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and
Equipment.
Section 230553, Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment.
Section 230593, Testing, Adjusting and Balancing for HVAC.
Section 230800, Commissioning of HVAC.
Section 230900, Instrumentation and Control for HVAC.
Section 233113, Metal Ducts.
NSTD385, Mechanical Systems in Switching Center Design.
NSTD398, Building Automation Systems in Switching Center Design.
NSTD401, Commissioning Standard.
SUMMARY
A.
Section Includes:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Backdraft and pressure relief dampers.
Barometric relief dampers.
Manual volume dampers.
Control damper installation.
Combination fire and smoke dampers.
Flange connectors.
Turning vanes.
Duct-mounted access doors.
Flexible connectors.
Duct accessory hardware.
Sleeves
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/25/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
1.03
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
1.
2.
3.
B.
Submit product information for all duct accessories. Include construction
material description, pressure and temperature classification, duct connection
details, dimensions and required clearances, and installation instructions.
Submit product information for each fire smoke damper on the schedule on the
drawings, tag according to corresponding number on the schedule. Submittal
information shall include but is not limited to damper size, fusible link
temperature rating, and UL hourly fire rating, actuator location and sleeve length.
For duct silencers, include pressure drop and dynamic insertion loss data.
Include breakout noise calculations for high transmission loss casings.
Shop Drawings: For duct accessories. Include plans, elevations, sections, details and
attachments to other work.
1.
Detail duct accessories fabrication and installation in ducts and other
construction. Include dimensions, weights, loads, and required clearances; and
method of field assembly into duct systems and other construction. Include the
following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
1.04
SECTION 233300, PAGE 2
AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES
Special fittings.
Manual volume damper installations.
Control damper installations.
Combination fire/smoke-damper installations, including sleeves; and
duct-mounted access doors and remote damper operators.
C.
Coordination Drawings: Reflected ceiling plans, drawn to scale, on which ceilingmounted access panels and access doors required for access to duct accessories are shown
and coordinated with each other, using input from Installers of the items involved.
D.
Operation and Maintenance Data: For air duct accessories to include in emergency,
operation, and maintenance manuals. Reference Section 017700, Closeout Procedures,
Section 017823, Operation and Maintenance Data, and Section 017839, Project Record
Documents, for requirements.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Source Limitations: Obtain each category of air duct accessories through one source
from a single manufacturer unless otherwise specified.
B.
Installation of all ducts shall conform to all local codes and ordinances.
C.
Comply with NFPA 90A, "Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems,"
and with NFPA 90B, "Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems."
D.
Comply with AMCA 500-D testing for damper rating.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/25/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
1.05
1.06
SECTION 233300, PAGE 3
AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A.
It is the Contractor’s responsibility to ensure on-time delivery of all materials and
equipment required for the Project. All materials furnished or incorporated in the Work
shall be new, unused, of best quality, and especially adapted for the service required;
whenever the characteristics of any material are not particularly specified, such material
shall be utilized as is customary in first class work of a nature for which the material is
employed.
B.
Contractor shall provide necessary means to properly stage and store all materials and
equipment until time of use or installation on the Project. Contractor shall be solely
responsible for materials and equipment stored on the Site; type and extent of security
provided to be at Contractor’s discretion. Coordinate all requirements with Owner.
C.
Contractor shall be responsible for proper handling, rigging, and installing of all materials
and equipment for the Project.
D.
Owner reserves the right to reject any materials or equipment that are not properly stored
in accordance with these specifications or the manufacturers’ requirements.
E.
Refer to Section 015000, Temporary Facilities and Controls, for additional delivery and
storage requirements.
WARRANTY
A.
All duct accessories furnished and installed under this contract, shall be guaranteed
against defects in design, materials and workmanship for the full warranty period which
is standard with the manufacturer, but in no case less than one (1) year from the date of
system acceptance.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01
MANUFACTURERS
A.
In other Part 2 articles where subparagraph titles below introduce lists, the following
requirements apply for product selection:
1.
Approved Manufacturers – Basis of Design bid: Subject to compliance with
requirements, provide products by the Basis of Design manufacturer listed. Base
bid shall include the Basis of Design. Substitutions will be considered for new
products by other manufacturers listed, but are not required in advance of bid.
When substitution requests are submitted, the Architect / Engineer will be the
sole judge of equivalency.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/25/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
2.02
MATERIALS
A.
Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" for
acceptable materials, material thicknesses, and duct construction methods unless
otherwise indicated. Sheet metal materials shall be free of pitting, seam marks, roller
marks, stains, discolorations, and other imperfections.
B.
Galvanized Sheet Steel: Comply with ASTM A 653/A 653M.
1.
2.03
SECTION 233300, PAGE 4
AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES
Galvanized Coating Designation: G90.
C.
Reinforcement Shapes and Plates: Galvanized-steel reinforcement where installed on
galvanized sheet metal ducts; compatible materials for aluminum and stainless-steel
ducts.
D.
Tie Rods: Galvanized steel, 1/4-inch minimum diameter for lengths 36 inches or less;
3/8-inch minimum diameter for lengths longer than 36 inches.
BACKDRAFT AND PRESSURE RELIEF DAMPERS
A.
Approved Manufacturers – Basis of Design bid: Subject to compliance with
requirements, provide products by the Basis of Design manufacturer listed. Base bid
shall include the Basis of Design. Substitutions will be considered for new products by
other manufacturers listed, but are not required in advance of bid. When substitution
requests are submitted, the Architect / Engineer will be the sole judge of equivalency.
1.
2.
3.
Air Balance Inc.; a Division of Mestek, Inc.
Greenheck Fan Corporation.
Ruskin Company.
B.
Description: Gravity balanced.
C.
Maximum Air Velocity: 2000 fpm.
D.
Maximum System Pressure: 2-in wg.
E.
Frame: 0.052-inch- thick, galvanized sheet steel, with welded corners and mounting
flange.
F.
Blades: Multiple single-piece blades, center-pivoted, maximum 6-inch width, 0.050inch- thick aluminum sheet with sealed edges.
G.
Blade Action: Parallel.
H.
Blade Seals: Neoprene, mechanically locked.
I.
Blade Axles:
1.
Material: Galvanized steel.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/25/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
2.
Diameter: 0.20 inch.
J.
Tie Bars and Brackets: Galvanized steel.
K.
Return Spring: Adjustable tension.
L.
Bearings: Steel ball or synthetic pivot bushings.
M.
Accessories:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Adjustment device to permit setting for varying differential static pressure.
Counterweights and spring-assist kits for vertical airflow installations.
Electric actuators.
Chain pulls.
Screen Mounting: Front mounted in sleeve.
a.
b.
6.
2.04
SECTION 233300, PAGE 5
AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES
Sleeve Thickness: 20-gage minimum.
Sleeve Length: 6 inches minimum.
90-degree stops.
MANUAL VOLUME DAMPERS
A.
General: Provide factory built adjustable dampers and quadrants in ductwork as required
to balance the systems to produce the air quantities indicated on floor plans. All dampers
are not shown. Provide a damper in the duct to each supply and return opening and in
each branch. Use standard leakage dampers on admin and exhaust systems, low leakage
single skin in supply grille drops, and low leakage airfoil dampers in supply ducts for
volume control.
B.
Standard-Leakage, Single Skin Manual Volume Dampers:
1.
Approved Manufacturers – Basis of Design bid: Subject to compliance with
requirements, provide products by the Basis of Design manufacturer listed. Base
bid shall include the Basis of Design. Substitutions will be considered for new
products by other manufacturers listed, but are not required in advance of bid.
When substitution requests are submitted, the Architect / Engineer will be the
sole judge of equivalency.
a.
b.
c.
2.
3.
4.
Ruskin (Basis MD-15).
Greeenheck.
Air Balance.
Ratings: Maximum 2.5 inch water gauge pressure differential at 1,500 fpm
velocity. Tested and rated per AMCA 500 and bearing AMCA’s certified ratings
seal.
Suitable for horizontal or vertical applications.
Frames:
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/25/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
a.
b.
c.
5.
C.
Multiple or single blade.
Parallel- or opposed-blade design.
Stiffen damper blades for stability.
Galvanized steel, 0.064 inch thick.
Blade Axles: Galvanized steel
Bearings:
a.
b.
8.
Hat-shaped, galvanized steel channels, 0.064-inch minimum thickness.
Mitered and welded corners.
Flanges for attaching to walls and flangeless frames for installing in
ducts.
Blades:
a.
b.
c.
d.
6.
7.
SECTION 233300, PAGE 6
AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES
Molded synthetic.
Dampers shall have axles full length of damper blades and bearings at
both ends of operating shaft.
Tie Bars and Brackets: Galvanized steel.
Low-Leakage, Single Skin Manual Volume Dampers:
1.
Approved Manufacturers – Basis of Design bid: Subject to compliance with
requirements, provide products by the Basis of Design manufacturer listed. Base
bid shall include the Basis of Design. Substitutions will be considered for new
products by other manufacturers listed, but are not required in advance of bid.
When substitution requests are submitted, the Architect / Engineer will be the
sole judge of equivalency.
a.
b.
c.
2.
3.
Low-leakage rating, with linkage outside airstream, and bearing AMCA's
Certified Ratings Seal for both air performance and air leakage.
Frames:
a.
b.
c.
d.
4.
Ruskin Company (Basis CD-36 with manual quadrant).
Greenheck.
Air Balance.
Hat shaped.
galvanized steel channels, 0.064 inch thick.
Mitered and welded corners.
Flanges for attaching to walls and flangeless frames for installing in
ducts.
Blades:
a.
b.
c.
d.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Single skin steel blade
Opposed-blade design.
Stiffen damper blades for stability.
Galvanized, roll-formed steel, 0.064 inch thick.
Date: 11/25/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
5.
6.
Blade Axles: Galvanized steel.
Bearings:
a.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Approved Manufacturers – Basis of Design bid: Subject to compliance with
requirements, provide products by the Basis of Design manufacturer listed. Base
bid shall include the Basis of Design. Substitutions will be considered for new
products by other manufacturers listed, but are not required in advance of bid.
When substitution requests are submitted, the Architect / Engineer will be the
sole judge of equivalency.
a.
b.
c.
2.
Ruskin Company (Basis CD-60 with manual quadrant).
Greenheck.
Air Balance.
Description: Airfoil blade control damper fitted with quadrant for manual
balancing. Dampers shall bear the AMCA's Certified Ratings Seal for both air
performance and air leakage. Basis of design is Ruskin CD-60 with manual
quadrant.
Damper Hardware:
1.
2.
2.05
Include locking quadrants to hold single-blade dampers in a fixed
position without vibration.
Low-Leakage, Airfoil Blade, Manual Volume Dampers:
1.
E.
Molded synthetic sleeve.
Blade Seals: PVC coated polyester fabric.
Jamb Seals: stainless steel or aluminum.
Tie Bars and Brackets: Galvanized steel or aluminum.
Accessories:
a.
D.
SECTION 233300, PAGE 7
AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES
Zinc-plated, die-cast core with dial and handle made of 3/32-inch- thick zincplated steel, and a 3/4-inch hexagon locking nut.
Include center hole to suit damper operating-rod size.
CONTROL DAMPERS
A.
General: The following applies:
1.
2.
3.
Dampers fitted with quadrants and used for manual balancing are considered
balancing dampers, and are specified above.
Control dampers within air handling units are specified with the air handling
equipment.
Duct mounted control dampers (used for automatic control) are specified to be
furnished by Section 230900, Instrumentation and Control for HVAC, and are
typically installed by the sheet metal trade. Coordinate the division of work
between trades.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/25/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
2.06
SECTION 233300, PAGE 8
AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES
COMBINATION FIRE AND SMOKE DAMPERS
A.
Approved Manufacturers, no substitutions: Subject to compliance with requirements,
provide products by named manufacturer(s). Substitution requests will not be
considered.
1.
Ruskin Company – Model FSD60.
B.
Type: Rated and labeled according to UL 555 and UL 555S by an NRTL for use in
smoke control systems. UL listed to accommodate firestopping for control of air leakage
around the damper sleeve.
C.
Closing rating in ducts up to 4-inch wg static pressure class and minimum 2000-fpm
velocity.
D.
Fire Rating: Dampers shall be 1-1/2-hour fire rated for use in fire partitions with ratings
less than 3 hours, or 3 hr fire rated dampers for use in fire partitions with ratings greater
than 3 hours.
E.
Electric Fuse Link and damper position switches:
1.
2.
General Areas: Ruskin EFL/SP100 350 degree F electric fuse link and SP100
position switch package, factory installed.
Admin Area Only: 165 degree F electric fusible link (EFL) requiring manual
reset. No position switch required.
F.
Frame: 16-gauge galvanized steel; with mitered and interlocking corners; zinc-plated
steel blade pins, and oil-impregnated sintered bronze bearings; stainless steel
compression side jamb seals.
G.
Blades: Airfoil, opposed blade, and constructed of 14-gauge double skin galvanized
steel; silicone rubber seals on the blade edges.
H.
Minimum Damper Size: 16” x 8” at CMU construction, 12” x 12” minimum size at other
wall types.
I.
Leakage: Class I.
J.
Damper Sleeve: Minimum 16 gauge sheet metal damper sleeve with flanged break-away
duct connections.
K.
Actuators: 120 Volt direct coupled, UL555S listed for 350 degrees F, and UL873 or
UL60730 listed under ISO 9001 quality control. Minimum 15 second power open time.
Minimum 15 second spring close time. Select actuator to match torque requirements of
damper size at 2,000 fpm and 4 inches static pressure. Additional requirements:
1.
2.
3.
Actuator and damper tested together for UL555s listing at 350 degrees F,
actuators to be outside of the airstream unless otherwise noted.
Five (5) year warranty.
Prolonged holding period of 6 months.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/25/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
4.
5.
6.
7.
2.07
Voltage: 120V single phase.
Power consumption: Not more than 0.23A at 120V running, or 0.1A holding.
Actuator performance during brief power interruptions:
Actuators shall
accommodate electrical power interruptions without remaining partially closed.
Manufacturer: Belimo FSLF and FSNF-120 series. Honeywell MS4209F,
MS4309F, MS4120F, or approved.
FIRE/SMOKE DAMPER FLANGE CONNECTORS
A.
Approved Manufacturers – Basis of Design bid: Subject to compliance with
requirements, provide products by the Basis of Design manufacturer listed. Base bid
shall include the Basis of Design. Substitutions will be considered for new products by
other manufacturers listed, but are not required in advance of bid. When substitution
requests are submitted, the Architect / Engineer will be the sole judge of equivalency.
1.
2.
3.
2.08
SECTION 233300, PAGE 9
AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES
Ductmate Industries, Inc.
Nexus PDQ; Division of Shilco Holdings Inc.
Ward Industries, Inc.; a Division of Hart & Cooley, Inc.
B.
Description: Add-on or roll-formed, factory-fabricated, slide-on transverse flange
connectors, gaskets, and components.
C.
Material: Galvanized steel.
D.
Gage and Shape: Match connecting ductwork.
TURNING VANES
A.
Approved Manufacturers – Basis of Design bid: Subject to compliance with
requirements, provide products by the Basis of Design manufacturer listed. Base bid
shall include the Basis of Design. Substitutions will be considered for new products by
other manufacturers listed, but are not required in advance of bid. When substitution
requests are submitted, the Architect / Engineer will be the sole judge of equivalency.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
B.
Ductmate Industries, Inc.
Duro Dyne Inc.
METALAIRE, Inc.
SEMCO Incorporated.
Ward Industries, Inc.; a Division of Hart & Cooley, Inc.
Manufactured Turning Vanes for Metal Ducts: Curved blades of galvanized sheet steel;
support with bars perpendicular to blades set; set into vane runners suitable for duct
mounting.
1.
Acoustic Turning Vanes: Fabricate airfoil-shaped aluminum extrusions with
perforated faces and fibrous-glass fill.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/25/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
2.09
SECTION 233300, PAGE 10
AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES
C.
General Requirements: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible"; Figures 2-3, "Vanes and Vane Runners," and 2-4, "Vane Support in
Elbows."
D.
Vane Construction: Double wall.
DUCT-MOUNTED ACCESS DOORS
A.
Approved Manufacturers – Basis of Design bid: Subject to compliance with
requirements, provide products by the Basis of Design manufacturer listed. Base bid
shall include the Basis of Design. Substitutions will be considered for new products by
other manufacturers listed, but are not required in advance of bid. When substitution
requests are submitted, the Architect / Engineer will be the sole judge of equivalency.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
B.
American Warming and Ventilating; a Division of Mestek, Inc.
Cesco Products; a Division of Mestek, Inc.
Ductmate Industries, Inc.
Flexmaster U.S.A., Inc.
Greenheck Fan Corporation.
McGill AirFlow LLC.
Nailor Industries Inc.
Ventfabrics, Inc.
Ward Industries, Inc.; a Division of Hart & Cooley, Inc.
Duct-Mounted Access Doors: Fabricate access panels according to SMACNA's "HVAC
Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible"; Figures 2-10, "Duct Access Doors
and Panels," and 2-11, "Access Panels - Round Duct."
1.
Door:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
2.
3.
Frame: Galvanized sheet steel, with bend-over tabs and foam gaskets.
Number of Hinges and Locks:
a.
b.
c.
d.
C.
Double wall, rectangular.
Galvanized sheet metal with insulation fill and thickness as indicated for
duct pressure class.
Vision panel.
Hinges and Latches: 1-by-1-inch butt or piano hinge and cam latches.
Fabricate doors airtight and suitable for duct pressure class.
Access Doors Less Than 12 Inches Square: No hinges and two sash
locks.
Access Doors up to 18 Inches Square: Two hinges and two sash locks.
Access Doors up to 24 by 48 Inches: Three hinges and two compression
latches with outside and inside handles.
Access Doors Larger Than 24 by 48 Inches: Four hinges and two
compression latches with outside and inside handles.
Access Door Schedule:
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/25/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
D.
APPLICATION
ACCESS TYPE
SIZE
Duct Mounted
FSDs, FDs, SDs,
Control Dampers
Head and Hand
Access
18”x10” or
Equivalent Area
Generator
Discharge Duct to
Damper
Body Access
25”x14” Minimum
or Equivalent Area
Duct Mounted
Humidifier, Heater
or Other
Equipment
Head and
Shoulder Access
21”x14” or
Equivalent Area
Volume Dampers
Inspection Access
8”x5”
REMARKS
Where duct sizes do
not permit this size
use next smaller size
access door
Where duct sizes do
not permit this size
use next smaller size
access door
Where duct sizes do
not permit this size
use next smaller size
access door
Pressure Relief Access Door:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
2.10
SECTION 233300, PAGE 11
AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES
Door and Frame Material: Galvanized sheet steel.
Door: Double wall with insulation fill and metal thickness applicable for duct
pressure class.
Operation: Open outward for positive-pressure ducts and inward for negativepressure ducts.
Factory set at 4-inch wg.
Doors close when pressures are within set-point range.
Hinge: Continuous piano.
Latches: Cam.
Seal: Neoprene or foam rubber.
Insulation Fill: 1-inch- thick, fibrous-glass or polystyrene-foam board.
FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS
A.
Approved Manufacturers – Basis of Design bid: Subject to compliance with
requirements, provide products by the Basis of Design manufacturer listed. Base bid
shall include the Basis of Design. Substitutions will be considered for new products by
other manufacturers listed, but are not required in advance of bid. When substitution
requests are submitted, the Architect / Engineer will be the sole judge of equivalency.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Ductmate Industries, Inc.
Duro Dyne Inc.
Ventfabrics, Inc.
Ward Industries, Inc.; a Division of Hart & Cooley, Inc.
B.
Materials: Flame-retardant or noncombustible fabrics.
C.
Coatings and Adhesives: Comply with UL 181, Class 1.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/25/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
D.
Metal-Edged Connectors: Factory fabricated with a fabric strip 3-1/2 inches to 5-3/4
inches wide attached to 2 strips of 2-3/4-inch- wide, 0.028-inch- thick, galvanized sheet
steel or 0.032-inch- thick aluminum sheets. Provide metal compatible with connected
ducts.
E.
Indoor System, Flexible Connector Fabric: Glass fabric double coated with neoprene.
1.
2.
3.
F.
3.
2.12
Minimum Weight: 26 oz./sq. yd..
Tensile Strength: 480 lbf/inch in the warp and 360 lbf/inch in the filling.
Service Temperature: Minus 40 to plus 200 degrees F.
Outdoor System, Flexible Connector Fabric:
Glass fabric double coated with
weatherproof, synthetic rubber resistant to UV rays and ozone.
1.
2.
2.11
SECTION 233300, PAGE 12
AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES
Minimum Weight: 24 oz./sq. yd..
Minimum Tensile Strength: 500 lbf/inch in the warp and 440 lbf/inch in the
filling.
Service Temperature: Minus 50 to plus 250 degrees F.
DUCT ACCESSORY HARDWARE
A.
Instrument Test Holes: Cast iron or cast aluminum to suit duct material, including screw
cap and gasket. Size to allow insertion of pitot tube and other testing instruments and of
length to suit duct-insulation thickness. The exact location of the test holes to be
coordinated with air balancing engineers. Fit all openings with instrument adapter.
B.
Adhesives: High strength, quick setting, neoprene based, waterproof, and resistant to
gasoline and grease.
SLEEVES
A.
Sleeves or casings shall extend through wall or slab; shall be made by Contractor if not
integral with dampers as factory made with attachment lugs or straps; anchored to wall or
slab independently of ductwork; slip fit to ducts; tightly fitted and sealed with mastic as
specified for sealing of joints between filters and fan; riveted on 6" centers. Sheet metal
shall be galvanized steel, the following minimum gauges or as recommended by the latest
edition of the SMACNA HVAC/DCS:
Long Dimension
12" and smaller
13" to 31”
Over 31"
B.
Gauge
20
18
16
Free Area Inside Sleeves and Within Damper Stop: Provide ½” minimum clear on each
sides of duct/damper penetration. Where sleeve dimensions are greater than 4ft, provide
1/8” clear per ft on each sides of duct/damper penetration.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/25/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
SECTION 233300, PAGE 13
AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01
INSTALLATION
A.
Install duct accessories according to applicable details in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct
Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" for metal ducts.
B.
Install duct accessories of materials suited to duct materials; use galvanized-steel
accessories in galvanized-steel, stainless-steel accessories in stainless-steel ducts, and
aluminum accessories in aluminum ducts.
C.
Install backdraft control dampers at inlet of exhaust fans or exhaust ducts as close as
possible to exhaust fan unless otherwise indicated.
D.
Install volume dampers at points on supply, return, and exhaust systems where branches
extend from larger ducts. Install minimum 2 duct widths from duct take-off. Where
dampers are installed in ducts having duct liner, install dampers with hat channels of
same depth as liner, and terminate liner with nosing at hat channel.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Install steel volume dampers in steel ducts.
Provide airfoil balancing dampers on switch room supply duct mains.]
Provide low leakage manufactured single skin balancing dampers in equipment
drops to each supply grille located in equipment spaces. Shop fabricated
dampers are not acceptable.
Provide standard leakage balancing dampers on ductwork of Administrative
areas
Provide balancing dampers on duct take-off to diffusers, grilles, and registers,
regardless of whether dampers are specified as part of the diffuser, grille, or
register assembly.
E.
Set dampers to fully open position before testing, adjusting, and balancing. Demonstrate
re-setting of fire/smoke dampers to Owner’s Representative. See additional requirements
specified in Section 230593, Testing, Adjusting and Balancing for HVAC.
F.
Install test holes in ductwork and plenums or casings at inlet and discharge side of fans,
filters, coils, pressure reducing dampers, terminal reheat boxes, variable air volume boxes
and elsewhere as required for static pressure readings. Each test hole shall be fitted with
an instrument adapter. Provide one such test hole for ducts up to 24", two for ducts 25" to
40", three for ducts 41" and larger; uniformly spaced. Provide additional locations as
directed by persons performing balancing work and approved by Architect / Engineer
before installation. Omit test holes adjacent to air measuring devices.
G.
Install fire/smoke dampers according to UL listing.
H.
Install duct access doors on sides of ducts to allow for inspecting, adjusting, and
maintaining accessories and equipment at the following locations:
1.
2.
On both sides of duct coils.
Upstream and downstream from duct filters.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/25/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
3.02
SECTION 233300, PAGE 14
AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES
At outdoor-air intakes and mixed-air plenums.
At drain pans and seals.
Downstream from control dampers, backdraft dampers, and equipment.
Adjacent to and close enough to fire/smoke dampers to allow inspection.
At each change in direction and at maximum 50-foot spacing.
Upstream and downstream from turning vanes.
Control devices requiring inspection.
Elsewhere as indicated.
I.
Install access doors with swing against duct static pressure.
J.
Label access doors according to Section 230553, Identification for HVAC Piping and
Equipment, to indicate the purpose of access door.
K.
Provide flexible connections immediately adjacent to equipment in ducts associated with
fans and motorized equipment, and supported by vibration isolators. Flexible
connections are not required at air handling units, but may be provided to simplify duct
connections. Use high temperature flexible connections at smoke control fans.
L.
Connect diffusers or light troffer boots to ducts directly or with maximum 60-inch
lengths of flexible duct clamped or strapped in place.
M.
Connect flexible ducts to metal ducts with adhesive plus sheet metal screws.
N.
Install duct test holes where required for testing and balancing purposes.
O.
Install thrust limits at centerline of thrust, symmetrical on both sides of equipment.
Attach thrust limits at centerline of thrust and adjust to a maximum of 1/4-inch movement
during start and stop of fans.
INSTALLATION – COMBINATION FIRE/SMOKE DUCT ACCESSORIES
A.
Provide combination fire/smoke dampers at locations indicated, where ducts and outlets
pass through fire rated components, and where required by authorities having
jurisdiction.
B.
Install fire/smoke dampers with required perimeter mounting angles, sleeves and
breakaway duct connections. Mounting angles are required for a finished appearance
where the wall penetration is visible.
C.
Coordinate fire/smoke damper actuator location to allow maintenance access. Indicate
actuator location on HVAC shop drawings. Where access is difficult, obtain Architect /
Engineer approval prior to locating actuators within the airstream.
D.
Provide a duct access door adjacent to all fire/smoke dampers.
E.
Provide fire stopping at fire/smoke dampers at all locations. Follow the fire/smoke
damper manufacturer’s requirements for fire stopping.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/25/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
3.03
SECTION 233300, PAGE 15
AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Tests and Inspections:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
B.
Operate dampers to verify full range of movement.
Inspect locations of access doors and verify that purpose of access door can be
performed.
Operate fire, smoke, and combination fire and smoke dampers to verify full range
of movement and verify that proper heat-response device is installed.
Inspect turning vanes for proper and secure installation.
Operate remote damper operators to verify full range of movement of operator
and damper.
Commissioning: Refer to Section 230800, Commissioning of HVAC, for requirements.
END OF SECTION 233300
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/25/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
SECTION 233416, PAGE 1
CENTRIFUGAL HVAC FANS
SECTION 233416 – CENTRIFUGAL HVAC FANS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
Drawings, Agreement, Part 0, Special Conditions and Forms, and Division 01
Specifications Sections, apply to this Section.
B.
Related Sections include the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
C.
Verizon Wireless Network Standards:
1.
2.
3.
1.02
NSTD385, Mechanical Systems in Switching Center Design.
NSTD398, Building Automation Systems in Switching Center Design.
NSTD401, Commissioning Standard.
SUMMARY
A.
This Section includes the following:
1.
1.03
Section 230500, Common Work Results for HVAC.
Section 230513, Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment.
Section 230548, Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and
Equipment.
Section 230553, Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment.
Section 230593, Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC.
Section 230800, Commissioning of HVAC.
Section 233300, Air Duct Accessories.
Section 077200, Roof Accessories.
Section 260519, Low-Voltage Power Conductors and Cables.
Section 260526, Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems.
Direct drive in-line centrifugal fans.
PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A.
Structural Performance: Hangers and supports and seismic restraints shall withstand the
effects of gravity and seismic loads and stresses within limits and under conditions
described in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" and
ASCE/SEI 7.5.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 09/28/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
1.04
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: Include rated capacities, furnished specialties, and accessories for each
type of product indicated and include the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
B.
Certified fan performance curves with system operating conditions indicated.
Certified fan sound-power ratings.
Motor ratings and electrical characteristics, plus motor and electrical accessories.
Material thickness and finishes, including color charts.
Dampers, including housings, linkages, and operators.
Fan speed controllers.
Shop Drawings: Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loads,
required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each
field connection.
1.
2.
3.
1.05
SECTION 233416, PAGE 2
CENTRIFUGAL HVAC FANS
Wiring Diagrams: Power, signal, and control wiring.
Design Calculations: Calculate requirements for selecting vibration isolators and
seismic restraints and for designing vibration isolation bases.
Vibration Isolation Base Details: Detail fabrication, including anchorages and
attachments to structure and to supported equipment. Include auxiliary motor
slides and rails, and base weights.
C.
Coordination Drawings: Show fan room layout and relationships between components
and adjacent structural and mechanical elements. Show support locations, type of
support, and weight on each support. Indicate and certify field measurements.
D.
Field quality-control test reports.
E.
Operation and Maintenance Data: For centrifugal fans to include in emergency,
operation, and maintenance manuals. Reference Section 017700, Closeout Procedures,
Section 017823, Operation and Maintenance Data, and Section 017839, Project Record
Documents, for requirements.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Source Limitations: Obtain all fans through one source from a single manufacturer
unless otherwise specified.
B.
Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in
NFPA 70, Article 100, and NFPA90A by a testing agency acceptable to authorities
having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use.
C.
AMCA Compliance: Products shall comply with performance requirements and shall be
licensed to use the AMCA-Certified Ratings Seal.
1.
2.
3.
99 Standards Handbook.
210 Test Code for Air Moving Devices.
300 Test Code for Sound Rating Air Moving Devices.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 09/28/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
1.06
1.07
D.
NEMA Compliance: Motors and electrical accessories shall comply with NEMA 1.
E.
UL Compliance: Fans shall be UL listed for smoke management/control systems and be
UL-705 listed.
F.
ASHRAE Compliance: Fans shall comply with ASHRAE 149-200.
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A.
It is the Contractor’s responsibility to ensure on-time delivery of all materials and
equipment required for the Project. All materials furnished or incorporated in the Work
shall be new, unused, of best quality, and especially adapted for the service required;
whenever the characteristics of any material are not particularly specified, such material
shall be utilized as is customary in first class work of a nature for which the material is
employed.
B.
Contractor shall provide necessary means to properly stage and store all materials and
equipment until time of use or installation on the Project. Contractor shall be solely
responsible for materials and equipment stored on the Site; type and extent of security
provided to be at Contractor’s discretion. Coordinate all requirements with Owner.
C.
Contractor shall be responsible for proper handling, rigging, and installing of all materials
and equipment for the Project.
D.
Owner reserves the right to reject any materials or equipment that are not properly stored
in accordance with these specifications or the manufacturers’ requirements.
E.
Refer to Section 015000, Temporary Facilities and Controls, for additional delivery and
storage requirements.
COORDINATION
A.
1.08
SECTION 233416, PAGE 3
CENTRIFUGAL HVAC FANS
Coordinate size and location of structural-steel support members.
WARRANTY
A.
All fans furnished and installed under this contract, shall be guaranteed against defects in
design, materials and workmanship for the full warranty period which is standard with
the manufacturer, but in no case less than one (1) year from the date of system
acceptance.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 09/28/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
SECTION 233416, PAGE 4
CENTRIFUGAL HVAC FANS
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01
MANUFACTURERS
A.
In other Part 2 articles where subparagraph titles below introduce lists, the following
requirements apply for product selection:
1.
2.02
Approved Manufacturers or equivalent: Subject to compliance with
requirements, provide products by one of the named manufacturers or an
approved equivalent product. The Architect / Engineer will be the sole judge of
equivalency. Substitution requests are not required in advance of bid, but may be
submitted at Contractors option. When substitution requests are not submitted,
the Architect / Engineer will evaluate equivalency during submittal review.
DIRECT DRIVE CENTRIFUGAL IN-LINE FANS
A.
Application: Battery Exhaust fan systems.
B.
Approved Manufacturers or equivalent: Subject to compliance with requirements,
provide products by one of the named manufacturers or an approved equivalent product.
The Architect / Engineer will be the sole judge of equivalency. Substitution requests are
not required in advance of bid, but may be submitted at Contractors option. When
substitution requests are not submitted, the Architect / Engineer will evaluate equivalency
during submittal review.
1.
2.
3.
Loren Cook Company
Penn Ventilator
Greenheck Fan Corp.
C.
Description: Direct drive centrifugal in-line fan in rectangular housing, location and
capacity as indicated.
D.
Centrifugal Backward Incline Wheel: Aluminum wheel and hub. Axis of wheel in linewith direction of airflow entering the casing. Wheel balanced in accordance with AMCA
Standard 204-96, Balance Quality and Vibration Levels for Fans.
E.
Certification: UL 705 and AMCA Certified Ratings Seal.
F.
Housing: 18 gage galvanized steel housing with lining, integral duct collars, bolted side
panels on 3 sides to allow field conversion to side outlet. Bellmouth inlet cone at fan
intake.
G.
Grease-Lubricated Shaft Bearings: Self-aligning, pillow-block-type, ball or roller
bearings with adapter mount and two-piece, cast-iron housing.
1.
2.
Ball-Bearing Rating Life: ABMA 9, Ll0 at 50,000 hours.
Roller-Bearing Rating Life: ABMA 11, Ll0 at 50,000 hours.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 09/28/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
3.
H.
Motor: Drive motor with permanently sealed bearing. Conform to the
requirements specified in Section 230513, Motors. Motor nameplate shall show
full load motor efficiency.
Factory Accessories:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
2.03
SECTION 233416, PAGE 5
CENTRIFUGAL HVAC FANS
Inlet Safety Screen: ½” galvanized wire mesh factory installed over the fan inlet.
Outlet Safety Screen: ½” galvanized wire mesh factory installed over the fan
outlet.
Flex Fabric Duct Connectors: Reinforced neoprene fabric with aluminum bands.
Sized to match duct collar on fan inlet and outlet.
Flanged Inlet/Outlet and companion flange: 1-1/2” x 1-1/2” x 1/8” steel angle
sized to match duct collar on fan.
Gravity Backdraft Dampers: Aluminum blades secured to an extruded
aluminum frame with aluminum hinge pins through nylon bushings. Shipped
loosed for field installation in ductwork.
Fan Speed Controller: Electronic solid state speed controller selected to match
direct drive motor. Shipped loose for field installation.
SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Sound-Power Level Ratings: Comply with AMCA 301, "Methods for Calculating Fan
Sound Ratings from Laboratory Test Data." Factory test fans according to AMCA 300,
"Reverberant Room Method for Sound Testing of Fans." Label fans with the AMCACertified Ratings Seal.
B.
Fan Performance Ratings: Establish flow rate, pressure, power, air density, speed of
rotation, and efficiency by factory tests and ratings according to AMCA 210, "Laboratory
Methods of Testing Fans for Rating."
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01
3.02
INSTALLATION
A.
Install centrifugal fans level and plumb.
B.
Label fans according to requirements specified in Section 230553, Identification for
HVAC Piping and Equipment.
C.
Direct Drive in-line Fans: Furnish electronic speed controller to Electrical for
installation. Coordinate speed controller for installation by electrical.
SEISMIC-RESTRAINT-DEVICE INSTALLATION
A.
Install hangers and braces designed to support the units and to restrain against seismic
forces required by applicable building codes. Comply with ASCE/SEI 7.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 09/28/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
B.
Select seismic-restraint devices with capacities adequate to carry present and future static
and seismic loads.
C.
Install cables so they do not bend across edges of adjacent equipment or building
structure.
D.
Install cable restraints on air terminal units that are suspended with vibration isolators.
E.
Attachment to Structure: If specific attachment is not indicated, anchor bracing and
restraints to structure, to flanges of beams, to upper truss chords of bar joists, or to
concrete members.
F.
Drilling for and Setting Anchors:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
3.03
SECTION 233416, PAGE 6
CENTRIFUGAL HVAC FANS
Identify position of reinforcing steel and other embedded items before drilling
holes for anchors. Do not damage existing reinforcement or embedded items
during drilling. Notify the Architect / Engineer if reinforcing steel or other
embedded items are encountered during drilling. Locate and avoid prestressed
tendons, electrical and telecommunications conduit, and gas lines.
Do not drill holes in concrete or masonry until concrete, mortar, or grout has
achieved full design strength.
Wedge Anchors: Protect threads from damage during anchor installation. Install
heavy-duty sleeve anchors with sleeve fully engaged in the structural element to
which anchor is to be fastened.
Set anchors to manufacturer's recommended torque, using a torque wrench.
Install zinc-coated steel anchors for interior applications and stainless-steel
anchors for applications exposed to weather.
CONNECTIONS
A.
Duct installation and connection requirements are specified in other Division 23 Sections.
Drawings indicate general arrangement of ducts and duct accessories. Make final duct
connections with flexible connectors. Flexible fabric connections are specified in Section
233300, Air Duct Accessories. Use high temperature flexible fabric connectors for
smoke purge fans.
B.
Install ducts adjacent to fans to allow service and maintenance.
C.
Ground equipment according to Section 260526, Grounding and Bonding for Electrical
Systems.
D.
Connect wiring according to Section 260519, Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors
and Cables.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 09/28/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
3.04
IDENTIFICATION
A.
3.05
Label each unit with plan number, nominal airflow, and maximum and minimum factoryset airflows. Comply with requirements in Section 230553, Identification for HVAC
Piping and Equipment, for equipment labels and warning signs and labels.
STARTUP SERVICE
A.
Perform startup service.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
3.06
SECTION 233416, PAGE 7
CENTRIFUGAL HVAC FANS
Complete installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written
instructions.
Verify that inlet duct connections are as recommended by unit manufacturer to
achieve proper performance.
Verify that controls and control enclosure are accessible.
Verify that control connections are complete.
Verify that nameplate and identification tag are visible.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Verify that shipping, blocking, and bracing are removed.
Verify that unit is secure on mountings and supporting devices and that
connections to ducts and electrical components are complete. Verify that proper
thermal-overload protection is installed in motors, starters, and disconnect
switches.
Verify that seismic bracing and restraints are properly installed.
Verify that cleaning and adjusting are complete.
Disconnect fan drive from motor, verify proper motor rotation direction, and
verify fan wheel free rotation and smooth bearing operation. Reconnect fan drive
system, align and adjust belts, and install belt guards.
Adjust belt tension.
Adjust damper linkages for proper damper operation.
Verify lubrication for bearings and other moving parts.
Verify that manual and automatic volume control and fire and smoke dampers in
connected ductwork systems are in fully open position.
Refer to Section 230593, Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC, for
testing, adjusting, and balancing procedures.
Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above.
B.
Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and
equipment.
C.
Commissioning: Refer to Section 230800, Commissioning of HVAC, for requirements.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 09/28/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
3.07
SECTION 233416, PAGE 8
CENTRIFUGAL HVAC FANS
DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING
A.
Train Owner's personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain centrifugal fans. Refer to
Section 017900, Demonstration and Training.
END OF SECTION 233416
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 09/28/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
SECTION 233713, PAGE 1
DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES
SECTION 233713 – DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
Drawings, Agreement, Part 0, Special Conditions and Forms, and Division 01
Specifications Sections, apply to this Section.
B.
Related Sections include the following:
1.
2.
C.
Verizon Wireless Network Standards:
1.
2.
1.02
Section includes:
1.
2.
3.
1.04
NSTD385, Mechanical Systems in Switching Center Design.
NSTD401, Commissioning Standard.
SUMMARY
A.
1.03
Section 230500, Common Work Results for HVAC.
Section 230800, Commissioning of HVAC.
Ceiling Diffusers.
Supply Grilles.
Registers and Grilles
DEFINITIONS
A.
Grille: Louvered or perforated covering for an opening in an air passage, which can be
located in a sidewall, ceiling or floor.
B.
Register: Combination of a grille and damper assembly over an air opening.
C.
Diffuser: Air distribution outlet generally located in the ceiling and comprised of
deflection members discharging supply air in various directions and planes and arranged
to induce mixing of primary air with secondary room air.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Submit each item specified in this Section per Division 01 Specification Sections.
B.
Submit product information for all air outlets and inlets and accessories. Include
construction material description, air capacity data, sound data, duct connection details,
dimensions and installation instructions.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
C.
1.05
SECTION 233713, PAGE 2
DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES
Indicate for each grille, register, or diffuser the scheduled tag number from the GRD
schedule in the Drawings.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Source Limitations: Obtain all diffusers, registers, and grilles through one source from a
single manufacturer unless otherwise specified.
B.
The manufacturer shall provide published performance data for outlets and inlets.
Diffusers shall be tested in accordance with ANSI/ ASHRAE Standard 70-1991.
C.
Sound Power Levels: All diffusers shall be sound rated and certified in accordance with
ADC 1062 R3, in sound power level, dB ref. 10-12 watts, in octave bands 2 through 8.
D.
Materials and Finishes:
1.
2.
Materials: Diffusers shall be constructed of steel or aluminum as indicated.
Exterior and exposed edges shall be rolled, or otherwise stiffened and rounded.
Finish: Diffusers in acoustical tile ceilings shall be baked enamel with color to
match ceiling framing members.
E.
Protection: Store products indoors.
F.
Standards Compliance:
1.
2.
Applicable Publications: Current publications of the issues listed below, referred
to thereafter by basic designation only, form a part of this specification to the
extent indicated by references thereto.
Air Diffusion Council (ADC):
a.
b.
3.
5.
Equipment Test Code.
Measurement of Room-to-Room Sound
through Plenum Air Systems.
Transmission
Air Moving and Conditioning Association, Inc. (AMCA):
a.
4.
1062 R4
AD
99 1
Standards Handbook.
American National Standards Institute/ American Society of Heating,
Refrigeration, and Air Conditioning Engineers, Inc. (ANSI/ASHRAE):
a.
70-1991
b.
55-1991
Method of Testing for Rating the Performance of Air Outlets
and Inlets, Isothermal and Cooling.
Thermal Environmental Conditions for Human Occupancy.
American Society of Heating, Refrigeration, and Air Conditioning Engineers,
Inc. ASHRAE):
a.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
62-1989
Ventilation of Acceptable Indoor Air Quality.
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
b.
1.06
1.07
113-90
SECTION 233713, PAGE 3
DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES
Method of Testing for Room Air Distribution.
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A.
It is the Contractor’s responsibility to ensure on-time delivery of all materials and
equipment required for the Project. All materials furnished or incorporated in the Work
shall be new, unused, of best quality, and especially adapted for the service required;
whenever the characteristics of any material are not particularly specified, such material
shall be utilized as is customary in first class work of a nature for which the material is
employed.
B.
Contractor shall provide necessary means to properly stage and store all materials and
equipment until time of use or installation on the Project. Contractor shall be solely
responsible for materials and equipment stored on the Site; type and extent of security
provided to be at Contractor’s discretion. Coordinate all requirements with Owner.
C.
Contractor shall be responsible for proper handling, rigging, and installing of all materials
and equipment for the Project.
D.
Owner reserves the right to reject any materials or equipment that are not properly stored
in accordance with these specifications or the manufacturers’ requirements.
E.
Refer to Section 015000, Temporary Facilities and Controls, for additional delivery and
storage requirements.
WARRANTY
A.
All diffusers, registers and grilles furnished and installed under this contract, shall be
guaranteed against defects in design, materials and workmanship for the full warranty
period which is standard with the manufacturer, but in no case less than one (1) year from
the date of system acceptance.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01
MANUFACTURERS
A.
In other Part 2 articles where subparagraph titles below introduce lists, the following
requirements apply for product selection:
1.
Approved Manufacturers or equivalent: Subject to compliance with
requirements, provide products by one of the named manufacturers or an
approved equivalent product. The Architect / Engineer will be the sole judge of
equivalency. Substitution requests are not required in advance of bid, but may be
submitted at Contractors option. When substitution requests are not submitted,
the Architect / Engineer will evaluate equivalency during submittal review.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
2.02
CEILING DIFFUSERS
A.
Square Modular Core Ceiling Diffusers
1.
Approved Manufacturers or equivalent: Subject to compliance with
requirements, provide products by one of the named manufacturers or an
approved equivalent product. The Architect / Engineer will be the sole judge of
equivalency. Substitution requests are not required in advance of bid, but may be
submitted at Contractors option. When substitution requests are not submitted,
the Architect / Engineer will evaluate equivalency during submittal review.
a.
b.
c.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Titus – Basis of Design: Titus MCD.
Carnes.
Krueger.
Devices shall be specifically designed for variable-air-volume flows.
Material: Steel.
Finish: Baked enamel, white
Face Size: See Drawings.
Face Style: Square steel back pan, 4-way adjustable discharge pattern.
Neck: Square neck with 1 inch duct connection collar.
Mounting: Hard ducted.
Pattern: 4-way Adjustable discharge.
Accessories:
a.
2.03
SECTION 233713, PAGE 4
DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES
Field provided lined can with seismic straps to structure.
SUPPLY GRILLES
A.
Double Deflection Supply Grilles:
1.
Approved Manufacturers or equivalent: Subject to compliance with
requirements, provide products by one of the named manufacturers or an
approved equivalent product. The Architect / Engineer will be the sole judge of
equivalency. Substitution requests are not required in advance of bid, but may be
submitted at Contractors option. When substitution requests are not submitted,
the Architect / Engineer will evaluate equivalency during submittal review.
a.
b.
c.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Titus - Basis of Design Titus 272FL.
Krueger.
Carnes.
Material: Aluminum.
Finish: Baked enamel, white.
Face Size: See drawing schedule.
Mounting: See drawing schedule.
Pattern: double deflection ¾ inch blades. Front blades vertical.
Dampers: None.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
2.04
REGISTERS AND GRILLES
A.
Return Grilles:
1.
Approved Manufacturers or equivalent: Subject to compliance with
requirements, provide products by one of the named manufacturers or an
approved equivalent product. The Architect / Engineer will be the sole judge of
equivalency. Substitution requests are not required in advance of bid, but may be
submitted at Contractors option. When substitution requests are not submitted,
the Architect / Engineer will evaluate equivalency during submittal review.
a.
b.
c.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
2.05
SECTION 233713, PAGE 5
DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES
Titus – Basis of Design Titus 23RL.
Krueger.
Titus.
Material: Steel.
Finish: Baked enamel, white.
Face Arrangement: 45 degree fixed deflection blades, positioned parallel to long
dimension of the grille, ¾” blade spacing.
Mounting Frame: 1-1/4 wide.
Mounting: Lay-in.
SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Verification of Performance: Rate diffusers, registers, and grilles according to
ASHRAE 70, "Method of Testing for Rating the Performance of Air Outlets and Inlets."
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01
3.02
EXAMINATION
A.
Examine areas where diffusers, registers, and grilles are to be installed for compliance
with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance
of equipment.
B.
Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
INSTALLATION
A.
Install in accordance with the details and notes indicated and the recommendations and
printed instructions of the manufacturer for each item.
B.
Diffusers and grilles are shown in their approximate desired location, but exact location
must be compatible with the ceiling system, lighting fixtures, and other ceiling mounted
devices. Coordinate diffuser and grille locations with the ceiling system subcontractor
during preparation of the reflected ceiling plans and prior to the submission of the
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
SECTION 233713, PAGE 6
DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES
reflected ceiling plans for Architectural approval. Extra payments not will be approved
for revisions or relocations of diffusers or ductwork.
3.03
C.
Structural Support: Provide seismic clips to ceiling grid and restraining cables to prevent
injury if diffuser were dislodged from the ceiling. Refer to Section 230548, Seismic and
Vibration Controls for HVAC for additional requirements.
D.
Provide sheet metal “cans” above ceiling mounted grilles, registers and diffusers.
Connect to duct system using flexible duct above lay-in ceilings, and hard duct above
GWB ceilings.
ADJUSTING
A.
After installation, adjust diffusers, registers, and grilles to air patterns indicated, or as
directed, before starting air balancing.
END OF SECTION 233713
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/24/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
SECTION 238123 PAGE 1
COMPUTER ROOM AIR-CONDITIONERS
(CRACS)
SECTION 238123 – COMPUTER ROOM AIR-CONDITIONERS (CRACS)
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
Drawings, Agreement, Part 0, Special Conditions and Forms, and Division 01
Specifications Sections, apply to this Section.
B.
Related Sections include the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
C.
Verizon Wireless Network Standards:
1.
2.
3.
1.02
Section Includes:
1.
2.
Floor-mounted computer-room air conditioners, 6 tons and larger.
Floor-mounted computer-room air conditioners, 5 tons and smaller.
DEFINITIONS
A.
1.04
NSTD385, Mechanical Systems in Switching Center Design.
NSTD398, Building Automation Systems in Switching Center Design.
NSTD401, Commissioning Standard.
SUMMARY
A.
1.03
Section 230500, Common Work Results for HVAC.
Section 230529, Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment.
Section 230548, Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and
Equipment.
Section 230593, Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC.
Section 230800, Commissioning of HVAC.
Section 230900, Instrumentation and Control for HVAC.
Section 232300, Refrigerant Piping.
Section 233113, Metal Ducts.
Section 262816, Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers.
BAS: Building automation system.
PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A.
Delegated Design: Design CRAC condenser supports to comply with seismic
performance requirements, including comprehensive engineering analysis by a qualified
professional engineer, using performance requirements and design criteria indicated.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/23/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
B.
Seismic Performance: CRACs shall withstand the effects of earthquake motions
determined according to SEI/ASCE 7.
1.
C.
1.05
The term "withstand" means "the unit will remain in place without separation of
any parts from the device when subjected to the seismic forces specified."
Project Altitude: Base performance ratings on 500 feet above sea level.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include rated capacities, furnished
specialties, and accessories.
B.
Shop Drawings: For computer-room air conditioners. Include plans, elevations, sections,
details, and attachments to other work.
1.
2.
3.
Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required
clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each
field connection.
Wiring Diagrams: For power, signal, and control wiring.
Details on all loose-shipped items required for field installation.
C.
Coordination Drawings: Plans, elevations, and other details, drawn to scale, using input
from Installers of the items involved.
D.
Seismic Qualification Certificates: For computer-room air conditioners, accessories, and
components, from manufacturer.
1.
2.
3.
1.06
SECTION 238123 PAGE 2
COMPUTER ROOM AIR-CONDITIONERS
(CRACS)
Basis for Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based on
actual test of assembled components or on calculation.
Dimensioned Outline Drawings of Equipment Unit: Identify center of gravity
and locate and describe mounting and anchorage provisions.
Detailed description of equipment anchorage devices on which the certification is
based and their installation requirements.
E.
Field quality-control reports.
F.
Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Reference Section 017700, Closeout Procedures,
Section 017823, Operation and Maintenance Data, and Section 017839, Project Record
Documents, for requirements. For computer-room air conditioners to include in
emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals.
G.
Warranty: Sample of special warranty.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Source Limitations: Obtain all CRAC units through one source from a single
manufacturer unless otherwise specified.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/23/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
B.
Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in
NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and
application.
C.
ASHRAE Compliance:
1.
1.07
1.08
SECTION 238123 PAGE 3
COMPUTER ROOM AIR-CONDITIONERS
(CRACS)
Fabricate and label refrigeration system to comply with ASHRAE 15, "Safety
Standard for Refrigeration Systems."
D.
ASHRAE/IESNA Compliance:
2004.
Applicable requirements in ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1-
E.
ARI Compliance: CRAC units shall comply with standard ARI 360 - Unitary AirConditioning Equipment.
F.
ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 127-2007 (or latest version).
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A.
It is the Contractor’s responsibility to ensure on-time delivery of all materials and
equipment required for the Project. All materials furnished or incorporated in the Work
shall be new, unused, of best quality, and especially adapted for the service required;
whenever the characteristics of any material are not particularly specified, such material
shall be utilized as is customary in first class work of a nature for which the material is
employed.
B.
Contractor shall provide necessary means to properly stage and store all materials and
equipment until time of use or installation on the Project. Contractor shall be solely
responsible for materials and equipment stored on the Site; type and extent of security
provided to be at Contractor’s discretion. Coordinate all requirements with Owner.
C.
Contractor shall be responsible for proper handling, rigging, and installing of all materials
and equipment for the Project.
D.
Owner reserves the right to reject any materials or equipment that are not properly stored
in accordance with these specifications or the manufacturers’ requirements.
E.
Refer to Section 015000, Temporary Facilities and Controls, for additional delivery and
storage requirements.
COORDINATION
A.
Coordinate layout and installation of computer-room air conditioners and suspension
system with other construction that penetrates ceilings or is supported by them, including
light fixtures, HVAC equipment, fire-suppression system, and partition assemblies.
B.
Coordinate sizes and locations of concrete bases with actual equipment provided.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/23/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
C.
1.09
Coordinate sizes and locations of roof curbs, equipment supports, and roof penetrations
with actual equipment provided.
WARRANTY
A.
Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to replace
components listed below that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty
period.
1.
2.
3.
1.10
SECTION 238123 PAGE 4
COMPUTER ROOM AIR-CONDITIONERS
(CRACS)
Warranty Period for Compressors: Manufacturer's standard, but not less than
five (5) years from date of Substantial Completion.
Warranty Period for Humidifiers: Manufacturer's standard, but not less than
three (3) years from date of Substantial Completion.
Warranty Period for Control Boards: Manufacturer's standard, but not less than
three (3) years from date of Substantial Completion.
EXTRA MATERIALS
A.
Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are
packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing
contents.
1.
2.
Fan Belts: One set for each belt-driven fan.
Filters: One set of filters for each unit.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01
MANUFACTURERS
A.
In other Part 2 articles where subparagraph titles below introduce lists, the following
requirements apply for product selection:
1.
2.02
Approved Manufacturers, substitutions by prior approval only: Subject to
compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the named
manufacturers. Substitutions will be considered for products by other
manufacturers if submitted in advance of bidding in conformance with
requirements of Division 01.
FLOOR-MOUNTED UNITS 6 TONS AND LARGER
A.
Approved Manufacturers, substitutions by prior approval only: Subject to compliance
with requirements, provide products by one of the named manufacturers. Substitutions
will be considered for products by other manufacturers if submitted in advance of bidding
in conformance with requirements of Division 01.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/23/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
1.
SECTION 238123 PAGE 5
COMPUTER ROOM AIR-CONDITIONERS
(CRACS)
Liebert Corporation.
B.
Description: Packaged, factory assembled, prewired, and prepiped; consisting of cabinet,
fans, filters, humidifier, and controls.
C.
Cabinet and Frame: Welded steel, braced for rigidity, and supporting compressors and
other mechanical equipment and fittings.
1.
2.
3.
D.
Supply-Air Fan(s):
1.
2.
E.
Doors and Access Panels: Galvanized steel with polyurethane gaskets, hinges,
and concealed fastening devices.
Insulation: Thermally and acoustically insulate cabinet interior with 1-inchthick duct liner.
Finish of Exterior Surfaces: Baked-on, textured vinyl enamel; color as selected
from manufacturer's standard colors.
Double-inlet, forward-curved centrifugal fan(s); statically and dynamically
balanced.
Drive: V-belt, with steel shaft with self-aligning ball bearings and cast-iron or
steel sheaves, variable- and adjustable-pitch motor sheave, minimum of two
matched belts, with drive rated at a minimum of two times the nameplate rating
of motor.
Refrigeration System:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Compressors: Digital scroll; with oil strainer, internal motor overload protection,
resilient suspension system, crankcase heater, manual-reset high-pressure switch,
and pump-down low-pressure switch.
Refrigeration Circuits: Two; each with hot-gas mufflers, thermal-expansion
valve with external equalizer, liquid-line solenoid valve, liquid-line filter-dryer,
sight glass with moisture indicator, service shutoff valves, charging valves, and
charge of refrigerant.
Refrigerant: R-407C or R-410A.
Refrigerant Evaporator Coil: Alternate-row or split-face-circuit, direct-expansion
coil of seamless copper tubes expanded into aluminum fins.
a.
F.
Mount coil assembly over stainless-steel drain pan complying with
ASHRAE 62.1-2004 and having a condensate pump unit with integral
float switch, pump-motor assembly, and condensate reservoir.
Remote, Air-Cooled, Glycol-Solution Cooler: Corrosion-resistant cabinet, copper-tube
aluminum-fin coil, multiple direct-drive propeller fans with fan guards, and single-phase
motors with internal overload protection and integral electric control panel. Control
capacity by cycling fans.
1.
Disconnect Switch: Nonautomatic, molded-case circuit breaker with handle
accessible when panel is closed and capable of preventing access until switched
to off position.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/23/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
G.
SECTION 238123 PAGE 6
COMPUTER ROOM AIR-CONDITIONERS
(CRACS)
Glycol-Solution Pump Package: Weatherproof and vented enclosure of enameled,
galvanized steel on structural base frame containing two centrifugal pump(s) with
mechanical seals; electrical-control cabinet with starters, lead-lag switch, automatic
switchover, and alarm light.
1.
2.
3.
Piping: Interconnecting piping, to and from remote, air-cooled, glycol-solution
cooler, with shutoff valves, flow switches, check valves in pump discharge,
unions, and pressurized expansion tank with air purge vent and system-charging
connection.
Glycol: Inhibited ethylene glycol and water solution mixed 50:50, suitable for
operating temperature of minus 40 degrees F.
Disconnect Switch: Nonautomatic, molded-case circuit breaker with handle
accessible when panel is closed and capable of preventing access until switched
to off position.
H.
Electric-Resistance Heating Coil: Enclosed finned-tube electric elements arranged for
minimum of three stages, with thermal safety switches, manual-reset overload protection,
and branch-circuit overcurrent protection.
I.
Extended-Surface, Disposable, Panel Filter: Pleated, lofted, nonwoven, reinforced cotton
fabric; supported and bonded to welded-wire grid; enclosed in cardboard frame.
J.
Infrared Humidifier: High-intensity quartz lamps mounted above stainless-steel
evaporator pan, serviceable without disconnecting water, drain, or electrical connections;
prepiped and using condensate water from cooling coils with stainless-steel or brass floatvalve mechanism; located in bypass airstream; with flush-cycle timer and solenoid drain
valve.
K.
Integral Electrical Controls: Unit-mounted electrical enclosure with piano-hinged door,
grounding lug, combination magnetic starters with overload relays, circuit breakers and
cover interlock, and fusible control-circuit transformer.
L.
Disconnect Switch: Nonautomatic, molded-case circuit breaker with handle accessible
when panel is closed and capable of preventing access until switched to off position.
M.
Microprocessor-Control System: Continuously monitors operation of process cooling
system; continuously displays room temperature and room relative humidity; sounds
alarm on system malfunction and simultaneously displays problem. If more than one
malfunction occurs, system displays fault in sequence with room temperature and
continues to display fault when malfunction is cleared until system is reset.
1.
Malfunctions:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Power loss.
Loss of airflow.
Clogged air filter.
High room temperature.
Low room temperature.
High humidity.
Low humidity.
Date: 11/23/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
n.
o.
p.
2.
4.
Control power on.
Humidifying.
Dehumidifying.
Compressor No. 1 - Operating.
Compressor No. 2 - Operating.
Heat operating.
Economy cooling.
Push buttons shall stop and start process cooling system, silence audible alarm,
test indicators, and display room's relative humidity.
BAS Interface: Factory-installed hardware and software to enable the BAS to
monitor, control, and display unit status and alarms.
a.
2.03
Smoke/fire.
Water under floor.
Supply fan overload.
Compressor No. 1 - Overload.
Compressor No. 1 - Low Pressure.
Compressor No. 1 - High Pressure.
Compressor No. 2 - Overload.
Compressor No. 2 - Low Pressure.
Compressor No. 2 - High Pressure.
Digital Display:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
3.
SECTION 238123 PAGE 7
COMPUTER ROOM AIR-CONDITIONERS
(CRACS)
ASHRAE 135 (BACnet) communication interface with the BAS shall
enable the BAS operator to remotely control and monitor the unit from
an operator workstation. Control features and monitoring points
displayed locally at unit control panel shall be available through the
BAS.
FLOOR-MOUNTED UNITS 5 TONS AND SMALLER
A.
Approved Manufacturers, substitutions by prior approval only: Subject to compliance
with requirements, provide products by one of the named manufacturers. Substitutions
will be considered for products by other manufacturers if submitted in advance of bidding
in conformance with requirements of Division 01.
1.
Liebert Corporation.
B.
Description: Self-contained, factory assembled, prewired, and prepiped; consisting of
cabinet, fan, filters, and controls; for vertical floor mounting in upflow or downflow
configuration.
C.
Cabinet and Frame: Welded tubular-steel frame with removable steel panels with bakedenamel finish, insulated with 1-inch- thick duct liner.
D.
Supply-Air Fan: Forward curved, centrifugal, and with adjustable V-belt drive.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/23/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
E.
Refrigeration System:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Compressor: Hermetic, with oil strainer, internal motor overload protection,
resilient suspension system, and crankcase heater.
Refrigeration Circuit: Low-pressure switch, manual-reset high-pressure switch,
thermal-expansion valve with external equalizer, sight glass with moisture
indicator, service shutoff valves, charging valves, and charge of refrigerant.
Refrigerant: R-407C or R-410A.
Refrigerant Evaporator Coil: Direct-expansion coil of seamless copper tubes
expanded into aluminum fins, with two circuits, each with solenoid valve.
a.
5.
6.
2.04
SECTION 238123 PAGE 8
COMPUTER ROOM AIR-CONDITIONERS
(CRACS)
Mount coil assembly over stainless-steel drain pan complying with
ASHRAE 62.1-2004 and having a condensate pump unit with integral
float switch, pump-motor assembly, and condensate reservoir.
Remote Air-Cooled Refrigerant Condenser: Integral, copper-tube aluminum-fin
coil with propeller fan, direct driven.
Split system shall have suction- and liquid-line compatible fittings and refrigerant
piping for field interconnection.
F.
Electric-Resistance Heating Coil: Finned-tube electric elements with contactor and hightemperature-limit switches.
G.
Filter: 2-inch- thick, disposable, glass-fiber media.
H.
Infrared Humidifier: High-intensity quartz lamps mounted above stainless-steel
evaporator pan, serviceable without disconnecting water, drain, or electrical connections;
prepiped and located in bypass airstream; with flush-cycle timer and solenoid drain valve.
I.
Disconnect Switch: Nonautomatic, molded-case circuit breaker with handle accessible
when panel is closed and capable of preventing access until switched to off position.
J.
Unit-mounted panel with main fan contactor, compressor contactor, compressor start
capacitor, control transformer with circuit breaker, solid-state temperature and humidity
control modules, humidity contactor, time-delay relay, heating contactor, and hightemperature thermostat. Provide solid-state, wall-mounted control panel with start-stop
switch, adjustable humidity set point, and adjustable temperature set point.
FAN MOTORS
A.
Comply with NEMA designation, temperature rating, service factor, enclosure type, and
efficiency requirements for motors specified in Section 230513, Common Motor
Requirements for HVAC Equipment.
1.
2.
Motor Sizes: Minimum size as indicated. If not indicated, large enough so
driven load will not require motor to operate in service factor range above 1.0.
Controllers, Electrical Devices, and Wiring: Comply with requirements for
electrical devices and connections specified in Division 26 Sections.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/23/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
SECTION 238123 PAGE 9
COMPUTER ROOM AIR-CONDITIONERS
(CRACS)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01
3.02
3.03
EXAMINATION
A.
Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with
requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the
Work.
B.
Examine roughing-in for hydronic piping systems to verify actual locations of piping
connections before equipment installation.
C.
Examine walls, floors and roofs for suitable conditions where computer room airconditioners will be installed.
D.
Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
INSTALLATION
A.
Install computer-room air conditioners level and plumb, maintaining manufacturer's
recommended clearances. Install according to ARI Guideline B.
B.
Computer-Room Air-Conditioner Mounting: Install per drawings. Comply with
requirements for vibration isolation devices specified in Section 230548, Vibration and
Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment.
C.
Air-Cooled Refrigerant Condenser Mounting: Install per drawings. Comply with
requirements for vibration isolation devices specified in Section 230548, Vibration and
Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment.
D.
Remote, Air-Cooled, Glycol-Solution Cooler Mounting: Install per drawings. Comply
with requirements for vibration isolation devices specified in Section 230548, Vibration
and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment.
E.
Glycol-Solution Pump Package Mounting: Install per drawings. Comply with
requirements for vibration isolation devices specified in Section 230548, Vibration and
Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment.
CONNECTIONS
A.
Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 23 Sections. Drawings
indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.
B.
Install piping adjacent to machine to allow service and maintenance.
C.
Water and Drainage Connections: Comply with applicable requirements in Section
221116, Domestic Water Piping. Provide adequate connections for water-cooled units,
condensate drain, and humidifier flushing system.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/23/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
D.
3.04
SECTION 238123 PAGE 10
COMPUTER ROOM AIR-CONDITIONERS
(CRACS)
Refrigerant Piping: Comply with applicable requirements in Section 232300, Refrigerant
Piping. Provide shutoff valves and piping.
STARTUP SERVICE
A.
Engage a factory-authorized service representative to perform startup service.
B.
Complete installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written instructions
and do the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
Inspect for visible damage to unit casing.
Inspect for visible damage to compressor, coils, and fans.
Inspect internal insulation.
Verify that labels are clearly visible.
Verify that clearances have been provided for servicing.
Verify that controls are connected and operable.
Verify that filters are installed.
Clean condenser coil and inspect for construction debris.
Remove packing from vibration isolators.
Verify lubrication on fan and motor bearings.
Inspect fan-wheel rotation for movement in correct direction without vibration
and binding.
Adjust fan belts to proper alignment and tension.
Start unit according to manufacturer's written instructions.
a.
b.
c.
14.
15.
16.
Inspect and record performance of interlocks and protective devices; verify
sequences.
Operate unit for an initial period as recommended or required by manufacturer.
Start refrigeration system and measure and record the following when ambient is
a minimum of 15 degrees F above return-air temperature:
a.
b.
c.
17.
18.
Coil leaving-air, dry- and wet-bulb temperatures.
Coil entering-air, dry- and wet-bulb temperatures.
Outdoor-air, dry-bulb temperature.
Inspect controls for correct sequencing of heating, mixing dampers, refrigeration,
and normal and emergency shutdown.
Measure and record the following minimum and maximum airflows. Plot fan
volumes on fan curve.
a.
b.
19.
Start refrigeration system.
Do not operate below recommended low-ambient temperature.
Complete startup sheets and attach copy with Contractor's startup report.
Supply-air volume.
Return-air volume.
Simulate maximum cooling demand and inspect the following:
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/23/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
a.
b.
20.
C.
3.05
Low-temperature safety operation.
Filter high-pressure differential alarm.
Smoke alarms.
After startup and performance testing and prior to Substantial Completion,
replace existing filters with new filters.
Commissioning: Refer to Section 230800, Commissioning of HVAC, for requirements.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to
inspect, test, and adjust components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including
connections.
B.
Perform tests and inspections.
1.
C.
Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative
to inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including
connections, and to assist in testing.
Tests and Inspections:
1.
2.
3.
4.
3.06
Compressor refrigerant suction and hot-gas pressures.
Short circuiting of air through condenser coil or from condenser fans to
outdoor-air intake.
Verify operation of remote panel including failure modes. Inspect the following:
a.
b.
c.
21.
SECTION 238123 PAGE 11
COMPUTER ROOM AIR-CONDITIONERS
(CRACS)
Inspect for and remove shipping bolts, blocks, and tie-down straps.
After installing computer-room air conditioners and after electrical circuitry has
been energized, test for compliance with requirements.
Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to
confirm proper motor rotation and unit operation.
Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning
controls and equipment.
D.
Computer-room air conditioners will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and
inspections.
E.
Prepare test and inspection reports.
F.
After startup service and performance test, change filters and flush humidifier.
ADJUSTING
A.
Adjust initial temperature and humidity set points.
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/23/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00
VERIZON WIRELESS
ROCHESTER RNC MASTER PLAN DESIGN
ROCHESTER, NEW YORK
3.07
SECTION 238123 PAGE 12
COMPUTER ROOM AIR-CONDITIONERS
(CRACS)
B.
Set field-adjustable switches and circuit-breaker trip ranges as indicated.
C.
Occupancy Adjustments: When requested within 12 months of date of Substantial
Completion, provide on-site assistance in adjusting system to suit actual occupied
conditions. Provide up to two visits to Project during other-than-normal occupancy hours
for this purpose.
DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING
A.
Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's personnel to adjust,
operate, and maintain computer-room air conditioners.
END OF SECTION 238123
KDW, PS Project No. K-09-03400
Date: 11/23/09, 1:00 PM
VZW 00